Glass Processing - Arsenal-analitik74.ru

Quality 

Europe's largest range of 

quality products for glass 

processing 

Reliability 

Sophisticated logistics center 

ensures prompt service 

2008 

Glass Processing

All information at a glance 

Contents and Index 

The list of contents is on page 15. It gives you an overview of the topics in this catalogue. The index along the right hand side of the catalogue 

pages provides quick access to the chosen topic. On the first page of every new topic, you find further detailed information about the specific 

product group. The index at the back contains a list of key words which will help you to find a specific article. 

Products 

with photo, technical details and other relevant information. 

Article Numbers 

for your orders. 

Symbols 

give you further information. 

They are explained in 

more detail below. 

New Product 

Products which are new or shown for the first time 

in this catalogue. 

Innovation 

Especially innovative products which have considerable 

advantages compared to commonly known products and 

technologies. 

Special Offer 

Especially interesting products, e.g. with an excellent 

cost/benefit ratio. 

Special Order 

Products which possibly cannot be supplied to all countries 

or special executions of products which can be ordered on 

request only - please ask your contact person for details. 

Bulky Goods 

Products may have to be declared as "bulky" depending on 

the execution, mode of transportation and destination - 

please ask your contact person for details. 

Hazardous Goods 

Products may have to be declared as "hazardous" depending 

on the execution, mode of transportation and destination - 

please ask your contact person for details.

This is Bohle 

The Bohle Group is Europe's leading manufacturer and supplier of tools, machinery and accessories for glass processing. The family 

business, founded in 1923, is now represented by over 300 employees at fourteen locations in Germany and abroad. Divided into the eight 

product divisions Handling, Glass Cutting, Glass Bonding, Glazing, Tools, Machinery, Fittings and Framing, the total product range is 

precisely tailored to the respective customer groups from trade, industry and retail. Quality is the leading principle at Bohle - in every area. 

To live up to this standard, the company develops and manufactures many products themselves. A modern logistics centre quickly 

dispatches the ordered goods to the customer. 

Bohle is close to the customer 

Bohle is an international company - with German roots. The products are exported to almost every country in the world; exports account 

for over 60% of business. In order to best recognize requirements which vary from market to market, Bohle is close to the customer: 

with two German locations, eleven foreign subsidiaries and over 100 agents worldwide. 

The Bohle brand names 

During the more than 80-year history of the company, numerous product brand names originated under the company name Bohle. 

Today the brand names Silberschnitt, Veribor, Diamantor and Verifix represent entire product ranges within their areas of application. 

3

Ordering? Quick and easy 

Ordering 

If you already have a customer number, you can order by phone, fax, e-mail or directly in our Bohle online-shop 

www.bohle-group.com. After you have placed your order, you will receive either an order confirmation or a proforma invoice for 

your acceptance. 

Please read all order confirmations/proforma invoices carefully, they serve as a double-check for your order. Any necessary 

changes/disagreements to our confirmation have to be communicated to us immediately after receipt, otherwise the order details 

are considered accepted. If you are not a customer yet, we reserve the right to refer you to existing agents/distributors in the 

respective market. 

Collecting Goods 

Collecting goods personally from our warehouse in Haan is possible but can only be organised after having contacted and agreed 

on a date with the responsible sales person. 

Small Orders 

Export orders of a value less then € 300.00 are generally not accepted. 

For export orders of a value of between € 300.00 and € 600.00, a processing fee of € 80.00 applies. 

Payment 

Payment terms have to be agreed upon individually. Payment methods can be T/T transfer, credit card or letter of credit. 

Transport damages 

Transport damages must be claimed to the carrier and confirmed by the same in writing on receipt of the goods. We cannot accept 

any claims without the carrier's claim confirmation. 

Please note our General Sales Conditions found at the back following the key word index! 

4

Ordering at a Glance 

Telephone / Fax 

Monday - Thursday 

8:00 - 16:30 h 

Friday 

8:00 - 14:00 h 

Opening Hours 

Internet 

www.bohle-group.com 

24 hours / 365 days 

Prices 

Please enquire for individual prices 

valid in your country 

Direct display of your individual 

price conditions. 

Shipping 

You can order for delivery on a fixed date if desired. If no date is 

mentioned, we will deliver as soon as all articles are available. 

The earliest possible delivery week is mentioned on the order 

confirmation. 

Shipping Costs 

You can arrange for your own transport or ask us to arrange transport 

for you. In this case, transport cost will be charged at cost price. 

Insurance for any orders is generally NOT included. 

5

The new Bohle Online Shop 

The brand new Bohle Online Shop** offers you everything you expect from a modern internet shop: It is clear and 

understandable, up-to-date and easy to use. 

Your online advantages at a glance: 

Round-the-clock access to our current range of products 365 days a year 

Daily updated information about new products 

Immediate display of product availability 

Display of customer-specific prices 

Optimum summary of your purchase history 

** Expected to be accessible in the second quarter of 2008 

» www.bohle-group.com « 

6

New Products 2008 

SlideTec and TwistTec 

With the top quality sliding and pivot door systems SlideTec and 

TwistTec, you can transform any wall opening into a highlight of 

interior design. The combination of fine fitting technology and the 

elegant material glass creates maximum transparency for modern 

living ambiance. 

For the most popular door situations, Bohle now offers attractive 

fitting kits that include all necessary components. If needed, 

these kits can be supplemented by separate components to suit 

individual requirements. 

The new kits can be found in the chapter "Fittings" starting on 

page 406. 

» Attractive fittings kits 

for the complete solution « 

Europe Shower Door Hinges 

with Both Sides Wall Mounted 

» Quality Made in Germany « 

Linear and distinct: the design of the "Europe" series is timeless 

and fits perfectly in contemporary bathrooms. Well thought-out 

details like the flush wall attachment meet even highest 

demands. "Europe" shower door hinges are produced by Bohle in 

Germany and have a zero setting position which easily can be 

adjusted by ±5 degrees and re-set at any time. The programme, 

available in the finishes shiny chrome-plated, satin chrome-plated 

and stainless steel look, comprises shower door hinges for glassto-glass 

mounting as well as for one-sided and - now newly available 

- for two-sided glass-to-wall mounting. 

The "Europe" series of hinges can be found in the chapter 

"Fittings" starting on page 350. 

7

Industrial Glass Bonding 

For industrial glass bonding, Bohle has developed a new product 

range which, with innovative tools for the automation of bonding 

processes and intelligent accessories, allows efficient and, at the 

same time, precise serial production. The most important new 

products are a multi-functional bonding table, a light tunnel with 

variable settings as well as a professional, portable bonding unit. 

You can find this new product range in the chapter "Glass 

Bonding" starting on page 313. 

» Efficient, Systematic 

Industrial Glass Bonding « 

UV Adhesive VERIFIX LV 740 

» Ideal for Glass 

Constructions Subject 

to Static and Dynamic 

Forces « 

The new UV adhesive VERIFIX LV 740 is a low viscosity adhesive 

and, due to its extremely good capillary action, is exceptionally 

suitable for bonding glass to glass or toughened glass to toughened 

glass. It is especially distinguished by its high bonding 

strength coupled with good elasticity. 

Its special composition makes the VERIFIX LV 740 visibly clear and 

has long-term resistance to yellowing. Its main fields of application 

are objects or glass constructions subject to static as well as 

dynamic forces. 

This new adhesive can be found in the chapter "Glass Bonding" on 

page 269. 

Two-Component 

Acrylate Adhesive 

The Bohle two-component acrylate (BO 5500501) is an adhesive 

for crystal clear bonding of different materials like glass, many 

metals and some plastics. This product is ideal for applications 

where UV bonding is not possible. Further advantages are its easy 

use and very short curing time. 

You can find this new product in the chapter "Glass Bonding" on 

page 280. 

» Adhesive for Universal Applications « 

8

Industrial Drill 

For especially careful, easy drilling of solar and thin glass, Bohle 

now offers the new industrial drill for solar glass BO 5014006. In 

addition to the tools in this chapter, we can also supply special 

diamond tools - made to meet your specific requirements. 

The new industrial drill for solar and thin glass can be found in 

the chapter "Grinding, Drilling, Sawing " on page 127. 

» Drill Solar and Thin Glass Safely 

and Easily « 

ClearShield Heat Performance 

The new ClearShield Heat Performance protects glass against 

staining and discolouration - up to temperatures of 260°C. The 

coating makes it easier to clean and keep clean. This product is 

food safe and ideal for coating oven doors as well as heatproof 

baking dishes. 

» Surface Protection up to 260°C « 

The new ClearShield Heat Performance can be found in the chapter 

"Surface Protection" on page 244. 

New Protective Clothing 

In the product division Glazing, Bohle offers several new products 

for work safety. The range of products has been expanded to 

include KEVLAR work aprons, vests and new work gloves. 

All the new products for work safety can be found in the chapter 

"Glazing" starting on page 218. 

» Work Safely with Quality Products « 

9

Pico Drill with Table 

The Pico Drill with table (BO 79.260) is an ideal 

starter machine that is also suitable for small 

series. This sturdy drilling machine has continuous 

speed control from 500 to 1700 rpm and is suitable 

for drilling diameters up to approx. 100 mm. The 

table has adjustable stoppers for precise positioning 

and drilling templates for glass support. 

For even more precision, now optionally available 

with the cross laser BO 79.215. 

The Pico Drill with table can be found in the chapter 

"Grinding, Drilling, Sawing " on page 124. 

» The Professional Starter Machine « 

VERIBOR Suction Holder 

» Now Also with 90 mm Diameter « 

The VERIBOR suction holder for attaching mounting aids and 

templates is now also available with a smaller suction pad, 

having a diameter of 90 mm (BO 600.90). Wherever the suction 

surface is limited by bothersome contours or if there is not 

enough surface available, this suction holder finds use. While 

also having excellent suction capacity, it meets the need for a 

suction holder between the holders with Ø120 mm (BO 600.20) 

and Ø 55 mm (BO 633.11). The suction holder is suitable for all 

materials with smooth, flat, airtight surfaces. 

This VERIBOR suction holder can be found in the chapter 

"Handling" on page 160. 

Radius Glass Breaking Pliers 

The new radius glass breaking pliers are ideal for rounding off 

corners of glass sheets quickly and easily before final polishing. 

The tool allows precise break and long service life due to diamond 

polished jaws. 

These new glass breaking pliers can be found in the chapter 

"Glass Cutting, Glass Breaking" on page 46. 

» Rounding Off Corners Made Easy « 

10

The Bohle Machinery Programme 

Since the early 1990's, Bohle has been a leading manufacturer of glass processing machinery. Products for automated as well as 

machine glass processing for the trade and industry are developed and produced in the two plants in Torgau, Germany, and Madrid, 

Spain. A big advantage: When developing the range of machinery products, employees can draw upon extensive experience in glass 

processing.The analysis and optimisation of production and work processes, the provision of individual machine solutions as well as 

full service even after machine start-up are expressions of the Bohle service philosophy. 

Cross Belt Grinding Machines 

Machines with water cooling 

Machines for dry grinding with powerful extraction 

filtering system 

Universal machines with two modes of operation, 

for straight edges and shapes 

Compact machines, specifically for straight edges 

Machines with air-cushioned table for special applications 

Table extensions, also for verly large glass panes 

Glass Belt Grinding Machines 

Glass belt grinding machines with castor roller tables 

One or more belt speeds 

For grinding and arrissing straight edges and cut panes, 

circular sheets and small parts, corner radii as well as 

inner curves 

Glass belt grinding machines without castor roller tables 

For basic grinding and arrissing of small and medium-sized 

glass parts 

» Top Performance 

is our Standard « 

11

Drilling Machines 

Fully automatic glass drilling machines with electronically controlled 

feed drive for precise, reproducible drilling parameters 

Low cost fully automatic glass drilling machines with hydropneumatic 

feed drive 

Castor roller lifting tables with or without digital 

positioning stopper system 

Manual double and single-sided glass drilling machines 

Table pull-outs and lateral castor-roller tables for different glass sizes 

Mechanical positioning stoppers and laser positioning devices 

Disc Grinding Machines 

Disc grinding machine with powerful electronically controlled drive 

which provides different speeds and rotational directions and also 

brings the machine to a standstill without wear. 

Glass Washing Machines 

Machine open at the top - allowing twice the 

pane height to be washed 

All parts that come in contact with water are 

made of stainless steel 

Entry and exit with motorised drive 

Exit side with illuminated inspection station 

and end-stop 

Thermostatically controlled warm water heating 

Sound insulated warm air blower 

Coolant Circulation Systems 

Water consumption is reduced significantly 

Cooling lubricants can be used, resulting in improved glass processing 

Extension of service lives of tools and reduction of effort required for 

cleaning 

Water and waste water connections are not needed at the machine site 

No costly drainage systems required 

Sludge can be easily removed 

Special chamber system improves cleaning of the water 

12

Coolant Cleaning Systems 

Sedimentor coolant cleaning systems use flocculant to produce virtually 

clear water for the system, available in three sizes 

Coolant centrifuges, especially space-saving design, remove grinding 

sludge purely mechanically without filtering agents 

Workshop Equipment 

Felt-covered glazier's tables which can be tilted either manually, 

pneumatically or hydraulically - with or without air cushions 

Wet work tables with rubber overlays, stainless steel coolant trays, 

tool storage areas and connectors for water and air supplies 

Vacuum fixation systems to hold the glass securely when processing 

with hand tools 

Mobile roller supports to support glass which extends beyond the 

processing machines 

Machine maintenance articles like grease guns, grease and spray 

lubricant 

Sandblasting Systems 

Fully automatic systems with diverse equipment, up to a glass height of 

2600 mm and glass thickness of 50 mm, controls for up to 30 programs, 

e.g. for deep carving and graduated shading 

Sandblasting systems with manual pistol guidance and feeding 

Mini sandblaster, portable tool for simple sandblasting jobs 

Sandblasting marking tool 

Our comprehensive machinery programme can be found in the separate 

catalogue "Glass Processing Machinery", which we will gladly 

send you on request. Or in the internet under www.bohle-group.com. 

All portable machines can now be found in the chapter "Grinding, 

Drilling, Sawing" starting on page 81. 

13

Contents 

01 

02 

03 

04 

05 

06 

07 

08 

Glass Cutting · Glass Breaking · Products for Art Glass 

Cutting Wheels · Wheel Holders · Blades for Film Cutting · Cutting Fluids for Automatic Cutting · 

Accessories 

Tools and Machinery for Grinding, Drilling and Sawing · Electrical and Pneumatic Power Tools 

Suction Lifters · Carrying Aids · VERIBOR Lifting Systems 

Glazing Accessories · Hand Tools · Protection Films for Flat Glass · Skeleton Guns, Sealant Dispensers · 

Measuring Tools · Protective Clothing · Automotive Glazing · Lead Glazing 

ClearShield Complete Sets · System Components · Accessories · Application Instructions 

Cleaning and Pre-treatment · Positioning and Fixation · Glass Bonding · Dispensing Units for UV 

Adhesives · Curing · Glass Bonding Kits · Glass Bonding in the Furniture Industry · Industrial Glass 

Bonding 

Clamps · Hardware for Shower Doors · Glass Hardware for All-Glass Constructions · Glass Hardware 

for Furniture and Showcases · Glass Shelf Supports, Glass Connectors and Glass Holder · Profiles · 

Mirror Fixations · Informational Guidance Systems and Name Plates · Ventilators · Speak Holes · 

Springs and Accessories 

09 

14

Contents 

Glass Cutting · Glass Breaking 

Automatic Glass Cutting 

Grinding · Drilling · Sawing 

Glass Handling 

Glazing 

Surface Protection 

Glass Bonding 

Fittings 

Key Word Index 

15

Glass Cutting 

Glass Breaking 

01 



Manual Glass Cutting 19 

Oil Glass Cutters 19 

Glass Cutters with Carbide Wheels 25 

Glass Cutters with Steel Wheels 28 

Thick Glass Cutting 30 

Circle Cutters 33 

Oval Cutters 36 

Shape Templates 37 

L-Squares and Straight Edges 40 

Cutting Fluids 43 

Glass Breaking 44 

Cut Running Pliers 44 

Glass Breaking Pliers 46 

Products for Art Glass 48 

Glass Cutters 48 

Cutting and Breaking Aids 51 

Grozing Pliers 53 

“Zag-Zag” Pliers 56 

Scalloping Tool 57 

T +49 2129 5568-0 · F +49 2129 5568-201 · export@bohle.de · www.bohle.de 

17



One of the first steps when 

processing glass is cutting 

large panes into smaller 

units. By scoring the glass 

surface, tensions in the glass 

are released and lead to the 

break when bending the pane 

in a controlled manner - 

either by hand or with a tool. 

Only when using a suitable 

tool is it guaranteed that the 

glass breaks precisely where 

desired. 

Products for cutting and 

breaking glass were the first 

items Josef Bohle started 

producing in 1923. Brand 

names like Silberschnitt and 

Diamantor have gained a 

world-wide reputation since 

then and are still today 

Bohle`s core competence. 

In this product range you will 

find the world´s largest 

selection of products for 

cutting and breaking flat 

glass. 

18 Higher quantity discounts may be available - please enquire.

Manual Glass Cutting 

01 

The SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 

Whether cutting circles, ovals, segments, lateral and corner cut-outs or thick glass: 

With the Silberschnitt System 2000, a single glass cutter serves as the basis for all your applications. 

Products which are part of this versatile system are identified on the following pages by the Silberschnitt 2000 logo. 



Oil Glass Cutters 

A proper cut requires cutting fluid - to open the cut more easily (the cutting fluid penetrates into the fissure) and to lubricate the wheel and axle. 

Make your daily work easier with glass cutters with integrated tank for cutting fluid. 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Oil Glass Cutters - Perfect Cutting of any Glass 

This unique oil glass cutter is the basis of the Silberschnitt 2000 system. It can be configured individually and is therefore ideal for complicated 

applications - whether for thick or thin glass, shaped or straight cuts. Ideal especially in combination with the ergonomically shaped T-handle. 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000.M MASTER Oil Glass Cutter 155° 

Perfect cutting of glass due to optimal application of cutting fluid · for 

cutting shapes and for glass thicknesses from 6 to 12 mm · 2-valve 

technology · round cutting head · trailing, exchangeable Toplife cutting 

wheels · sturdy brass handle · cutting angle 155° · straight edge stand-off 

distance 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 2000.M 


19

SILBERSCHNITT 2000.S STANDARD Oil Glass Cutter 

Perfect cutting of glass 6 mm thick · optimal application of cutting fluid · 2- 

valve technology · round cutting head · trailing, exchangeable Toplife 

cutting wheels · sturdy brass handle · cutting angle 145° · straight edge 

stand-off distance 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 2000.S 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000.P POWER Oil Glass Cutter 158° 

Perfect cutting of thick glass to 19 mm · optimal application of cutting fluid 

· 2-valve technology · round cutting head · trailing, exchangeable Toplife 



Art. No. 

BO 2000.P 

SILBERSCHNITT Wheel Holders 

For SILBERSCHNITT 2000 oil glass cutters and circle cutters · different cutting angles for different glass 

thicknesses 

Art. No. 

BO 2449.0 

BO 2449.1 

BO 2449.2 

BO 2449.3 

BO 2449.4 

BO 2449.5 

BO 2449.6 

BO 2449.7 

BO 2449.8 

BO 2449.9 

BO 2449.10 

Cutting angle / glass thickness (rec.) 

120° / 2 - 3 mm 

127° / 2 - 4 mm 

135° / 2 - 6 mm 

140° / 4 - 8 mm 

145° / 6 - 10 mm 

150° / 6 - 12 mm 

155° / 6 - 15 mm 

158° / 12 - 19 mm 

160° / 19 - 25 mm 

165° / 19 - 25 mm 

Set with all 10 cutting angles 

BO 2449.11 Set w. 4 cut. angles (135°, 145°, 155°, 158°) 

BO 2449.12 Set w. 3 cutting angles (145°, 155°, 158°) 

SILBERSCHNITT Transverse Handle for Glass Cutters 

Ergonomic transverse handle for optimum application of higher cutting 

pressure · can be fitted to the metal models of SILBERSCHNITT glass 

cutters of series 2000, 4000 as well as Art. No. BO 447.8 and BO 448.8 · 

individually adjustable to hand size 

Art. No. 

BO 2045.0 


SILBERSCHNITT 4000 Oil Glass Cutter - Optimum Cut at Low Cost 

The combination of the Silberschnitt Toplife carbide cutting wheel with unsurpassed service life, the light-weight, anti-abrasive coated cutting head 

made of a special metal alloy, the integrated tank with innovative oil flow technology and the literal Silberschnitt quality makes these cutters a first 

choice - at an extraordinarily attractive price! 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT 4000 Oil Glass Cutter 

Original TOPLIFE quality at an especially good value for money · brass 

handle with finger grip · wide cutting head · stand-off distance to straight 

edge 2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 



Art. No. 

BO 4000.0 

BO 4000.0E 

Description 

5 in a box 

single pack 


Original TOPLIFE quality at an especially good value for money · brass handle with finger grip · narrow cutting head 

· 30° swivelling · stand-off distance to straight edge 2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4000.1 

BO 4000.1E 

Description 

5 in a box 

single pack 

SILBERSCHNITT 4000 Oil Glass Cutter „Active Plus“ 

For cutting coated glass · „Active“ grind prevents the cutting wheel from 

becoming clogged by the glass coating · straight edge stand-off distance 

2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4000.0EA 


21


Original TOPLIFE quality at an especially good value for money · transparent 

blue plastic handle with finger grip · wide cutting head · stand-off distance 

to straight edge 2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4001.0 

BO 4001.0E 

Description 

5 in a box 

single pack 


Original TOPLIFE quality at an especially good value for money · transparent, blue plastic handle with finger grip · 

narrow cutting head · 30° swivelling · stand-off distance to straight edge 2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4001.1 

BO 4001.1E 

Description 

5 in a box 

single pack 

SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Head „Active Plus“ 

For cutting coated glass · „Active“ grind prevents the cutting wheel from 

becoming clogged by the glass coating · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4010.3 

SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Heads 

For all SILBERSCHNITT oil glass cutters · wide or narrow plate · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4010.0 

BO 4010.1 

Description 

wide plate 

narrow plate 


Renowned SILBERSCHNITT Oil Glass Cutter 

The proven SILBERSCHNITT oil glass cutters with traditional handle or with rubber support collar are also available with cutting heads from the 

4000 series. A tremendous improvement for cutting quality and service life! 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Oil Glass Cutter for Lead Glazing 

(Glass Artists) 

With replaceable, wide cutting head · high-quality carbide cutting wheel · 

cutting angle 127° · stand-off distance to straight edge 2.5 mm · plastic 

handle with transparent oil tank · solid brass finger grip · traditional shape 



Note: 

The larger cutting wheel serves 

as a guiding aid when cutting 

with templates. 

Art. No. 

BO 441.3 

BO 4010.4 

Description 

fixed cutting head 

spare cutting head 

SILBERSCHNITT Oil Glass Cutter 

With replaceable, wide cutting head · high-quality carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · stand-off distance 

to straight edge 2.5 mm · plastic handle with transparent oil tank · solid brass finger grip · traditional shape 

Art. No. 

BO 441.0 

BO 441.2 

BO 4010.0 

Description 

30° swivelling cutting head 




With replaceable cutting head · carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · stand-off distance to straight edge 

2.5 mm · solid brass model with rubber collar · 30° swivelling cutting head · (option: BO 2045.0 transverse handle) 

Art. No. 

BO 448.8 

BO 447.8 

Description 

wide plate 

narrow plate 


23

BOHLE Speed Cutter 

For quick and easy cutting of large glass panes · with integrated oil supply 

and SILBERSCHNITT cutting head with TOPLIFE cutting wheel · cutting 

angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4580.0 

BO 4580.1 

BO 4580.2 

BO 4580.5 

BO 4580.7 

BO 4580.6 

Cutting width 

110 - 600 mm 

110 - 1200 mm 

110 - 1800 mm 

Spare cutting head, complete 

Spare cutting head 

Spare guide roller 

TOYO TC 17 B / P Oil Glass Cutters · TOYO TC 10 B / TC 1 P 

Wide cutting head with carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 60 211 94 

BO 60 211 95 

BO 60 211 96 

BO 60 212 01 

BO 60 212 04 

BO 60 212 03 

Description 

Model TC 17 B - brass handle 

Model TC 17 P - transparent plastic handle 

Spare cutting head, wide 


Model TC 1 P - transparent plastic handle 

Spare cutting head, narrow 

TOYO TC 9 Oil Glass Cutter 

Model „Thomas Grip“ · with rotating grip for ergonomical handling · carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · 

straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

TG 2013 

BO 60 212 03 

Description 

TOYO TC 9 oil glass cutter 



Glass Cutters with Carbide Cutting Wheels 

Carbide metal cutting wheels are the prerequisite for achieving good cutting results and a long service life. Bohle`s long experience in the 

production of these wheels leads to high quality products for versatile applications. 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Special Glass Cutter 

Glass cutter in SILBERSCHNITT 2000 quality · TOPLIFE cutting wheel · 

plastic handle with traditional glazier’s shape · can be placed underneath 

the score to break the glass · very light-weight cutting head made of 

special alloy · very fine, smooth cutting · an ideal all-purpose glass cutter 

for glass from 2 - 6 mm thick · cutting angle 135 ° · wheels not 

exchangeable · straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 2004.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Glass Cutter 

Wooden handle · replaceable, tempered turret with carbide wheel ø 5 mm · 

especially selected carbide metal guarantees high wear-resistance · 

especially suitable for thick or hard glass · straight edge stand-off distance 

2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 400.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Glass and Tile Cutter 

Ergonomically shaped, plastic handle especially suitable to cut tiles 

requiring high cutting pressure · replaceable, tempered turret with one 

carbide wheel ø 5 mm · cutting angle 135° · straight edge stand-off 

distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 410.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Spare Turret 

With carbide wheel ø 5 mm · cutting angle 135° · for glass cutters BO 

400.0 and BO 410.0 

Art. No. 

BO 401.135 


25

SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Wheels BASIC 

5.0 x 1.0 x 1.3 mm · cutting angle 135° · for glass cutters BO 400.0 + BO 410.0 

Art. No. 

BO 02B135 10 

Art. No. 

BO 02B135H 100 

SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Glass Cutter 

Carbide cutting wheel 120° for thin and/or hard glass · little cutting 

pressure required · especially suitable for technical glass, e.g. Ceran and 

Tempax or high temperature ceramic glass 

Art. No. 

BO 400.1 

SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Wheels BASIC 

5.0 x 1.0 x 1.3 mm · cutting angle 120° · for glass cutter BO 400.1 

Art. No. 

BO 02B120 10 

Art. No. 

BO 02B120H 100 

SILBERSCHNITT Spare Turret 

With carbide wheel ø 5 mm · cutting angle 120° · for glass cutter BO 400.1 

Art. No. 

BO 401.120 


Container for Glass Cutters 

Made of aluminium for safe storing 

Art. No. 

BO 671.1 

01 

Container for Glass Cutters 

With suction base · to secure onto smooth, clean and non-porous surfaces 



Art. No. 

BO 671.0 

DIAMANTOR Carbide Glass Cutter 

All-metal · ball-end · with a specially wear-resistant carbide wheel · cutting 

angle 135° · straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 260.0 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Thick Glass Cutter 

Rotating handle for applying greater pressure · with round cutting head · trailing, self-aligning wheel holder · 

cutting wheel in TOPLIFE quality · cutting angle 158° · straight edge stand-off distance 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 2003.0 

BO 2449.7 

Description 

Thick glass cutter 

Spare wheel holders 

Glass Tube Cutter 

Nickel-plated · with carbide wheel · for glass tubes of 4 - 30 mm diameters · cutting angle 90° 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 17 

Description 

Glass tube cutter 

BO 50 001 18 Spare wheel 90° 


27

Glass Cutters with Steel Wheels 

Cutting wheels made of hardened steel were the first items Josef Bohle started to produce in 1923. The best-known and most widely produced 

glass cutters around the world - like the legendary 100.0 - are equipped with them. Glass cutters with steel wheels provide an especially economical 

way of cutting glass. 

SILBERSCHNITT Glass Cutter 

6 cutting wheels made of alloyed steel and tempered by a patented method 

guarantee high cutting quality and long service life. Turrets and cutting 

heads are nickel plated. An oil-soaked felt ring supplies lubrication for 

wheels and axles. The handle is produced exclusively from ecologically 

controlled and approved kinds of wood. The SILBERSCHNITT glass cutters 

are particularly economical because wheels and turrets are replaceable. 

This cutter is suitable for general cutting requirements of glass with a 

thickness of 3 to 10 mm. Straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm, cutting 

angle 130°. 

The original one! 

Proven a million times over and 

known worldwide. 

The most sold glass cutter in 

the world! 

Art. No. 

BO 100.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Spare Turret with 6 Steel Wheels 

Suitable for all SILBERSCHNITT glass cutters as well as circle cutters BO 

501.0 and BO 510.0 - 516.0 

Art. No. 

BO 101.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Spare Wheels 

Stainless steel · specially tempered · for all SILBERSCHNITT glass and 

circle cutters · each practical dispenser contains 10 doz. 

Art. No. 

BO 102.0 


SILBERSCHNITT Spare Wheels 

Stainless steel · specially tempered · suitable for all SILBERSCHNITT glass 

and circle cutters · special packing: in dozens on a needle in a plastic bag 

Art. No. 

BO 102.1 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Glass Cutter 

Heavy duty model 



Art. No. 

BO 110.0 

DIAMANTOR Glass Cutter 

Rounded wooden handle · with one steel wheel · straight edge stand-off 

distance 1.5 mm · cutting angle 130° 

Art. No. 

BO 200.1 

DIAMANTOR Glass Cutter, Metal 

All-metal · ball-end · with one steel wheel · straight edge stand-off 

distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 230.0 


29

Thick Glass Cutting 

Cutting thick glass is continuously gaining importance. However, it may cause problems depending on the glass quality and the expectations on the 

finished piece. The solution: Innovative Bohle products for thick glass processing. For cutting and opening cuts, for straight or shaped cuts - here you 

find everything you need! 

Thick Glass Cutting Kit in Aluminium Case 

This kit contains all necessary tools for cutting circles and straight cuts in 

glass up to 25 mm thick and with max. ø of 120 cm. For 25 mm glass we 

recommend wheel holder BO 2449.8 with 160° and glass tapper BO 710.1. 

Oil glass cutter BO 2000.P POWER and practical aluminium carrying case 

included. 

Art. No. 

BO 2740.0 

This set contains the following articles: 

Art. No. Description Quantity 

BO 2000.P SILBERSCHNITT 2000.P POWER Oil Glass Cutter 158° 1 piece/s 

BO 2045.0 SILBERSCHNITT Transverse Handle for Glass Cutters 1 piece/s 

BO 702.0 SILBERSCHNITT Cut Running Pliers 1 piece/s 

BO 710.0 SILBERSCHNITT Cut Opening Tapper for Thick Glass 1 piece/s 

BO 521.0 SILBERSCHNITT Thick Glass Circle Cutter 1 piece/s 

BO 5002800 SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid for Thick Glass 1 container 

BO 5002810 Dispenser for Cutting Fluid 1 piece/s 

SILBERSCHNITT Thick Glass Cutting Sledge System 2000 

Used with special Bohle straight edges · together with the SILBERSCHNITT 2000.P POWER oil glass cutter 

(included), with its trailing wheel and integrated cutting fluid, excellent results are achieved. For 25 mm glass we 

recommend wheel holder BO 2449.8 with 160°. 

Art. No. 

BO 2720.0 



BO 2000.P SILBERSCHNITT 2000.P POWER Oil Glass Cutter 158° 1 piece/s 


BO 5002800 SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid for Thick Glass 1 container 

BO 5002810 Dispenser for Cutting Fluid 1 piece/s 


SILBERSCHNITT 2000.P POWER Oil Glass Cutter 158° 

Perfect cutting of thick glass to 19 mm · optimal application of cutting fluid 

· 2-valve technology · round cutting head · trailing, exchangeable Toplife 



Art. No. 

BO 2000.P 

01 

Wheel Holder for SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Oil Glass Cutters 



Art. No. 

Angle / glass thickness 

BO 2449.7 158° / 12 - 19 

BO 2449.8 160° / 19 - 25 mm 

SILBERSCHNITT Transverse Handle for Glass Cutters 

Ergonomic transverse handle for optimum application of higher cutting 

pressure · can be fitted to the metal models of SILBERSCHNITT glass 

cutters of series 2000, 4000 as well as Art. No. BO 447.8 and BO 448.8 · 

individually adjustable to hand size 

Art. No. 

BO 2045.0 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Thick Glass Cutter 

Rotating handle for applying greater pressure · with round cutting head · 

trailing, self-aligning wheel holder · cutting wheel in Toplife quality · 

cutting angle 158° · straight edge stand-off distance 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 2003.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Thick Glass Circle Cutter 

Heavy-duty construction provides high level of operational safety · cutting angle 158° · the ball handle above the 

wheel holder ensures the even transmission of the required cutting pressure for thick glass of 10 - 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 521.0 

BO 521.1 

Max. ø 

120 cm 

180 cm 

SILBERSCHNITT Sliding Cutting Head 

For thick glass circle cutters BO 521.0 and BO 521.1 · with trailing, ballbearing 

wheel holder · Toplife cutting wheel with extremely long service 

life · cutting angle 158° 

Art. No. 

BO 521.5 


31

SILBERSCHNITT Cut Running Pliers 

Heavy-duty · all-metal construction · for thick glass up to 25 mm · precisely adjustable to glass thickness · optimum 

transmission of pressure even over a cutting length of up to 6 m 

Art. No. 

Our tip 

BO 702.5 for opening very 

narrow strips 

BO 702.0 

BO B0734.1 

BO 702.5 


Spare plastic tip 10 x 14 mm 

Pressure bar 80 x 12 mm 

SILBERSCHNITT Cut Opening Tapper for Thick Glass 

Heavy-duty · all-metal construction · adjustable tapper force · controlled breaking with clean edges · also for 

difficult requirements 

Art. No. 

BO 710.0 

BO 710.1 

For glass thickness 

10 - 20 mm 

15 - 25 mm 

SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid for Thick Glass 

Optimum breaking results of glass thicknesses from 12 mm upwards · also for problematic thicknesses up to 

25 mm · water-soluble and environmentally friendly disposal · good lubrication of cutting wheel · viscosity approx. 

5 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 00 

BO 50 028 01 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 10 

Contents 

1 litre 

30 litre container 

Dispenser for Cutting Fluid 250 ml 


Circle Cutters 

Cutting circles puts high requirements on the cutting quality - especially when thick glass is cut. Aside from the traditional circle cutters for „normal“ 

glass thicknesses, Bohle offers a great variety of circle cutters for all kinds of applications. 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 Circle Cutter 

The ideal circle cutter for use with the SILBERSCHNITT 2000.S, 2000.M or 2000.P oil glass cutters · excellent 

cutting quality due to the trailing TOPLIFE cutting wheel and integrated supply of cutting fluid · oil glass cutter and 

T-handle not included (please order separately) 



Art. No. 

BO 2511.0 

BO 2511.1 

BO 2514.0 

BO 2514.1 

BO 2516.0 

BO 2516.1 

Max ø 

60 cm 

24 in. 

120 cm 

48 in. 

200 cm 

64 in. 

SILBERSCHNITT Circle Cutter with Ball-bearing Cutting Head 

Trailing carbide wheel in Toplife quality · improved break quality even for small radii · long service life · less cutting 

pressure · 135° cutting angle · Smallest possible diameter 72 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 510.5 

BO 510.51 

BO 511.5 

BO 511.51 

BO 513.5 

BO 513.51 

BO 514.5 

BO 514.51 

BO 515.5 

BO 515.51 

BO 516.5 

BO 516.51 

BO 519.5 

BO 2449.2 

BO 518.5 

Max. ø 

40 cm 

17 in. 

60 cm 

24 in. 

100 cm 

40 in. 

120 cm 

48 in. 

160 cm 

64 in. 

200 cm 

80 in. 

Spare suction cup for plastic base 

Spare wheel holder 

Cutting Head for Circle Cutters 


33

SILBERSCHNITT Circle Cutter with 6 Steel Wheels 

Wheels and turret can be easily exchanged, cutting angle 130° 

Art. No. 

BO 510.0 

BO 510.1 

BO 511.0 

BO 511.1 

BO 513.0 

BO 513.1 

BO 514.0 

BO 514.1 

BO 515.0 

BO 515.1 

BO 516.0 

BO 516.1 

BO 519.0 

BO 519.5 

Art. No. 

BO 101.0 

Art. No. 

BO 518.0 

Max ø 

40 cm 

17 in. 

60 cm 

24 in. 

100 cm 

40 in. 

120 cm 

48 in. 

160 cm 

64 in. 

200 cm 

80 in. 

Spare suction pad for brass base 

Spare suction pad for plastic base 

Spare turret 

Cutting Head for Circle Cutters 

SILBERSCHNITT Circle Cutter 

With rubber pad · light version · with 6 SILBERSCHNITT steel wheels in a turret · turret can be easily exchanged · 

max. ø 60 cm · cutting angle 130° 

Please note: 

Smallest possible diameter 

50 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 501.0 

Art. No. 

BO 101.0 

Art. No. 

BO 508.0 

Description 


Spare turret 


SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 Segment Cutter 

Cutting segments is now even simpler · adjustable for cuts with radii of 16 - 

300 cm · includes T-handle and oil glass cutter SILBERSCHNITT 2000.S 

STANDARD with 145° cutting angle 

Art. No. 

BO 2522.0 


SILBERSCHNITT Circle Cutter for Repetitive Cuts 

Especially to cut small, round glass parts in series · trailing cutting wheel 

with 155° cutting angle · different cutting angles for different glass 

thicknesses available separately · extension plates made of hard paper are 

only available separately · To nibble glass panes efficiently: BO 701.5 

01 



Art. No. 

BO 534.0 


For precise cutting of large, round panes · turret with 6 steel wheels · easy mounting onto cutting table or base 

plate (not included), cutting angle 130° 

Our tip 

Also for use with trailing 

carbide wheels (BO 518.5) 

Art. No. 

BO 530.0 

BO 532.0 

BO 518.1 

BO 518.5 

Max ø 

30 cm 

60 cm 


Spare cutting head (carbide) 


Ball-bearing · for small circles up to 9 cm ø · for glass thicknesses up to 6 mm · replaceable steel holder with 

SILBERSCHNITT carbide micro wheel for small radii, cutting angle 140° 

Art. No. 

BO 533.0 

Description 

SILBERSCHNITT circle cutter 

BO 415.0 Spare wheel holder 140° 

BO 518.2 



35

Oval Cutters 

No troublesome making of paper or wooden templates - ovals with individual dimensions are cut especially easily with the renowned 

SILBERSCHNITT oval cutter (of course, also suitable for „normal“ circles). Equipped with the SILBERSCHNITT 2000 system with integrated supply of 

cutting fluid, the quality of the results is now even higher! 

SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 Circle and Oval Cutter 

Precise cuts for 22 - 122 cm · for glass up to 25 mm thick using different 

wheel holders · minimum diameter difference 6 cm · includes oil glass 

cutter 2000.S STANDARD 145°, T-handle, JOBO glass breaking device BO 

705.0, cutting fluid, 2 felt-tip pens with adaptor · in practical aluminium 

case 

Art. No. 

BO 2550.0 

BO 2550.1 

BO 2551.0 

BO 2551.1 

Max ø 

22 - 122 cm 

9 - 48 in. 

Extension set up to 182 cm 

Extension set up to 70 in. 

SILBERSCHNITT Circle and Oval Cutting Machine 

Suitable for circles up to 34 cm ø and ovals of 2.5 to 40 cm with a max. difference between dimensions of 8 cm. 

The new, improved design is height adjustable and can be set to the individual glass thickness, cutting angle 135°. 

Art. No. 

BO 541.5 

Description 

Circle and oval cutting machine 

BO 2449.2 Spare wheel holder 135° 

540.0 SILBERSCHNITT Circle and Oval Cutting Machine 

Cutting range from 10 - 40 cm with a maximum dimension difference of 8 cm. Incorporates a special replaceable 

swivelling tungsten wheel unit. Operation is simple. This machine is particularly suited for the glass artist. Also 

available with inch-scale. 

Art. No. 

BO 540.0 


Shape Templates 

Cutting shapes is made considerably easier with the comprehensive range of Bohle templates, many of which are designed to be used with the 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 system. Almost any difficult cutting problem thus finds a simple and practical solution. 

01 

Tool Kit for Corner Cut-Outs 

Corner cut-outs can be produced quickly and effortlessly · no more 

troublesome drilling or sawing · reduces work load e.g. when producing 

tempered glass · for manually cutting flat glass of 3 - 15 mm thicknesses · 

comes in a practical storage case · R = 7 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 578.0 



BO 078 Template for Corner Cut-Outs 1 piece/s 

BO 027 SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid 1 bottle 

BO 2000.M SILBERSCHNITT 2000.M MASTER Oil Glass Cutter 155° 1 piece/s 

BO 2449.4 Wheel Holders for Oil Glass Cutters SILBERSCHNITT 2000, 145 ° 1 piece/s 


BO 704.0 SILBERSCHNITT Cut Running Pliers 1 piece/s 

Tool Kit for Lateral Cut-Outs 

With adjustable template · SILBERSCHNITT 2000 oil glass cutter with 360° 

revolving cutting head · unique BOHLE cut opener · easily cuts glass up to 

10 mm thick · ideal for the production of tempered glass and shop fitting · 

includes case · R = 7 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 578.2 



BO 078.2 Template for Lateral Cut-Outs 1 piece/s 


BO 2000.M SILBERSCHNITT 2000.M MASTER Oil Glass Cutter 155° 1 piece/s 

BO 2449.4 Wheel Holders for Oil Glass Cutters SILBERSCHNITT 2000, 145 ° 1 piece/s 


BO 706.0 SILBERSCHNITT Cut Opener 1 piece/s 

Template for Corner and Triangular Lateral Cut-Outs 

Plastic · with 2 suction pads for secure fixation · stoppers adjustable for 

corner or lateral cut-outs · corner cut-out adjustable from 45 to 400 mm, 

lateral cut-outs adjustable from 45 to 350 mm · corner radius 7 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 078.1 


37

Template for Corner Cut-Outs 

Plastic · with 2 suction pads for secure fixation · adjustable from 45 to 

175 mm · corner radius 7 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 078 

Template for Lateral Cut-Outs 

Plastic · 2 suction pads for secure fixation · adjustable from min. 40 x 

10 mm to max. 240 x 100 mm · corner radius 7 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 078.2 

Radius Corner Template 

With two suction pads for fixation · for radii of 10 to 70 mm · to be used 

with glass cutter 2000.M, 2000.P or 2000.S · stand-off distance 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 078.5 

Radius Corner Template 

Made of plastic · for radii of 10 to 70 mm · to be used with all standard 

glass cutters with 2.5 mm stand-off distance 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 10 


For cutting shapes in glass · ideal for the repair of arched glass doors and windows · suitable for inner and outer 

arcs · made of flexible metal band · 40 mm wide · held in place with suction holders BO 670.5 (please order 

separately) · Recommended: three suction holders for 90 cm, six suction holders for 180 cm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 405 09 

BO 51 405 18 

Length 

90 cm 

180 cm 

Suction Holder 

For shape template · for fixation onto glass surface 

Art. No. 

BO 670.5 

BO 519.5 

Suction holder 

Spare rubber pad 


SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 Segment Cutter 

Cutting segments is now even simpler · adjustable for cuts with radii of 16 - 

300 cm · includes T-handle and oil glass cutter SILBERSCHNITT 2000.S 

STANDARD with 145° cutting angle 

Art. No. 

BO 2522.0 

01 

Angle Measuring System 

Plastic · for safe and efficient cutting of angles (20 - 160°) · cutting side 

approx. 95 cm long · stabilizing bar · easily legible scale 0 - 180° 



Art. No. 

BO 075 

Template for Corner Cross Cutting 

Adjustable angle · length of sides up to 300 mm · measuring scale on outer 

edges · angle made of one piece 

Art. No. 

BO 560.0 

Corner Radius Cutter 

Adjustable angle · length of sides up to 300 mm · measuring scale on outer edges · angle made of one piece · 

additional scale on straight edge · radius adjustable from 35 - 200 mm · centre of circle adjustable to bisecting line 

· with steel wheel 130° 

Art. No. 

BO 561.0 

Art. No. 

BO 101.0 

Corner Radius Cutter 

wheel turret 

Cutting Square for Profile Glass 

Plastic · adjustable to all widths of profile glass from 22 to 50 cm · suitable 

glass cutters: BO 4000.1, BO 4001.1, BO 2004.0 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 22 


39

L-Squares and Straight Edges 

L-squares and straight edges from Bohle are manufactured on highly precise CNC machines with smallest possible tolerances. High quality material 

and accurate production lead to a quality to which others have to measure up. 

L-Squares 

Bohle L-squares are made of especially wear-resistant synthetic material and are produced to match or be better than DIN norms for tolerances. 

Tolerances of EACH L-square are controlled before leaving our works. L-squares with special tolerances are available on request. 

BOHLE L-Squares without Brace · grey 

These L-squares made of high quality material have two pegs made of blue plastic allowing the glass edge to be 

fully visible when positioned. The light grey material provides good contrast to the black felt on the cutting table. 

Note 

All Bohle L-squares have better 

tolerances than those required 

per DIN 7168 and ISO 

286/VSM58400. 

Art. No. 

BO 029.00 

BO 029.5 

BO 030.5 

BO 031.5 

BO 032.5 

BO 033.5 

BO 034.5 

BO 035.5 

BO 036.5 

Length 

30 cm · 17 cm · black · without pegs 

30 cm · 17 cm · black 

50 cm · 27 cm 

60 cm · 27 cm 

80 cm · 37 cm 

105 cm · 37 cm 

135 cm · 47 cm 

150 cm · 47 cm 

175 cm · 47 cm 

BOHLE L-Squares with Brace · black 

These L-squares are manufactured in one piece from high-quality material. The integrated brace guarantees an 

especially high precision. 

Note 

All Bohle L-squares have better 

tolerances than those required 

per DIN 7168 and ISO 

286/VSM58400. 

Art. No. 

BO 031.1 

BO 032.1 

BO 033.1 

BO 034.1 

BO 035.1 

BO 036.1 

BO 037.1 

BO 038.1 

Length / Width 

60 cm · 30 cm 

80 cm · 34 cm 

105 cm · 40 cm 

135 cm · 45 cm 

150 cm · 45 cm 

175 cm · 50 cm 

205 cm · 60 cm · bulky goods 

250 cm · 70 cm · bulky goods 


BOHLE Cutting Frame 

Practical auxiliary device when cutting a series of glass sheets to the same size 

Art. No. 

BO 070.040 

BO 070.060 

BO 070.080 

BO 070.100 

Length 

40 cm 

60 cm 

80 cm 

100 cm 

01 



T-Square 

Traditional T-square in standard quality · flat run-off guarantees cuts all the 

way to the edge of the glass · easy to use · 1387 x 350 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 60 220 26 

Straight Edges 

Bohle straight edges are available in different material thicknesses (4, 5 and 10 mm) as well as with or without integrated suction pads. For the 

fixation of straight edges without suction pads, we recommend the straight edge holder Art.No. BO 670.0. All straight edges with integrated suction 

pads are suitable to be used with the SILBERSCHNITT cutting sledge Art.No. BO 2720.0. 

BOHLE Straight Edges with integrated Suction Cups 

Made of high-quality synthetic material · in lengths of 150 - 600 cm · 8 cm wide · BO 051.xxx = 5 mm thick · BO 

052.xxx = 10 mm thick, thus suitable for SILBERSCHNITT Sledge for Thick Glass BO 2720.0 

Art. No. 

Length / suction cups 

Note: 

Lengths of 2 metres or more 

are shipped by forwarder. 

BO 051.152 150 cm / 2 

BO 051.202 200 cm / 2 

BO 052.202 200 cm / 2 

BO 052.203 200 cm / 3 

BO 051.253 250 cm / 3 

BO 052.253 250 cm / 3 

BO 052.254 250 cm / 4 

BO 052.303 300 cm / 3 

BO 052.304 300 cm / 4 

BO 052.354 350 cm / 4 

BO 052.355 350 cm / 5 

BO 052.405 400 cm / 5 


41

Replacement Suction Pad 

For straight edges · complete with lever, washer and pin 

Art. No. 

BO 051.01 

BOHLE Straight Edges 

Made of high-quality synthetic material · in lengths of 80 - 350 cm 

Art. No. 

Note: 

Lengths of 2 metres or more 

are shipped by forwarder. 

BO 042.0 

BO 044.0 

BO 045.0 

BO 046.0 

BO 046.1 

BO 047.0 

BO 047.1 

BO 048.0 

BO 049.0 

L = 80 cm · W = 5.5 cm · D = 4 mm 

L = 130 cm · W = 6.0 cm · D = 4 mm 

L = 150 cm · W = 8.0 cm · D = 5 mm 

L = 200 cm · W = 8.0 cm · D = 5 mm 

L = 200 cm · W = 7.0 cm · D = 10 mm 

L = 250 cm · W = 8.0 cm · D = 5 mm 

L = 250 cm · W = 7.0 cm · D = 10 mm 

L = 300 cm · W = 7.0 cm · D = 10 mm 

L = 350 cm · W = 7.0 cm · D = 10 mm 

SILBERSCHNITT Straight Edge Holder 

Practical help when making long cuts · holds the straight edge securely in place · precise positioning by adjustable 

stop bracket · also for positioning measuring devices, displays or other products · suction disc ø 55 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 670.0 

BO 670.1 

BO 519.5 

Straight edge holder 

height adjustable 

Spare suction pad 

VERIFIX Eccentric Suction Stopper 

Eccentrically arranged, flat plastic disc · 20 mm high · integrated suction cup · suitable for use when bonding floors 

or shelves in showcases · also can be used in pairs for fine adjustment of straight edge stoppers 

Art. No. 

BO 637.1 

BO 637.5 

Inner ø / Outer ø 

55 mm / 70 mm 



Cutting Fluid 

Due to its viscosity and special characteristics, the cutting fluid penetrates deep into the cut and keeps it „warm“, which leads to considerably 

improved breaking results. Furthermore, the fluid lubricates the wheel and axle and binds glass dust which forms when cutting. 

Suitable for oil glass cutters as well as glass cutters without integrated oil tank. Also available for automatic cutting. 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid 

Ensures a soft and precise break · low surface tension · easy penetration into the cut · glass particles are bound, 

ensuring unhindered run of the wheel 



Art. No. 

BO 027 

Art. No. 

BO 026 

BO 50 028 00 

BO 50 028 01 

BO 50 028 05 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 10 

Description 

50 ml bottle 

1litre, for manual cutting 

1litre, for thick glass cutting 

30 litres, for thick glass cutting 

30 litres, for automatic cutting 





5 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 00 

BO 50 028 01 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 10 

Contents 

1 litre 

30 litres 



43


Cut Running Pliers 

Initial breaking and completely opening the cut is best done with cut running pliers which are normally used from the end of the cut. Depending on 

the glass thickness and the complexity of the cut, Bohle offers different tools which guarantee excellent cutting results and breaking edges. These 

Bohle tools are also suitable for shaped cuts! 


Heavy-duty · all-metal construction · for thick glass up to 25 mm · precisely adjustable to glass thickness · optimum 

transmission of pressure even over a cutting length of up to 6 m 

Art. No. 

Our tip 


narrow strips 

BO 702.0 

BO B0734.1 

BO 702.5 


Spare plastic tip ø 10 x 14 mm 



All-metal · for glass thicknesses of 6 to 15 mm · with adjustment screw to set to individual glass thickness · 

optimum load transmission · also ideal to open straight cuts, corner cut-outs, etc. 

Art. No. 

Our tip 


narrow strips 

BO 704.0 

BO B0734.1 

BO 704.5 


Spare plastic tip ø 10 x 14 mm 



SILBERSCHNITT Cut Opener 

For complicated cuts · ideal for opening corner, lateral or other shaped cuts 

· for glass 6 to 10 mm thick · turnable pressure ring for optimum adjustment 

to all cuts · max. reach 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 706.0 

01 


260 mm long · cast aluminium · for straight and accurately angled breaking 

edges up to 8 mm glass thickness 



Art. No. 

BO 50 096 26 


200 mm long · jaw width 24 mm · with adjustment screw · for glass 

thicknesses of 3 to 5 mm · centre mark on upper jaw · especially for 

breaking narrow strips 

Art. No. 

BO 50 088 00 

Please note: 

Further cut running pliers and glass breaking pliers can be found starting on page 52. 


45

Glass Breaking Pliers 

Bohle glass breaking pliers made of high quality materials are suitable for a large variety of applications. What they all have in common: the good 

quality! 

Radius Glass Breaking Pliers 

Ideal for rounding off corners of glass sheets quickly and easily before final 

polishing · precise break and long service life due to diamond-polished jaws 

Art. No. 

BO 50 082 33 

BO 50 082 34 

BO 50 082 35 

Radius 

10 mm 

20 mm 

30 mm 


200 mm long · jaw width 24 mm · lacquered black · ground head 

Art. No. 

BO 50 080 20 


180 mm long · jaw width 24 mm · lacquered black · ground head 

Art. No. 

BO 50 081 18 


200 mm long · jaw width 20 mm · lacquered blue · ground head 

Art. No. 

BO 50 081 20 



With drop jaw · 200 mm long · jaw width 20 mm · handle lacquered blue 

Art. No. 

BO 50 082 20 

01 


With drop jaw · 180 mm long · jaw width 14 mm · lacquered black · ground 

head 



Art. No. 

BO 50 082 18 


Heavy-duty · 380 mm long · with especially long handles · hand forged · up 

to 20 mm glass thickness 

Art. No. 

BO 50 096 38 


Parallel gripping surfaces for glass 6 mm thick · 210 mm long · jaw width 

26 mm · black lacquered handle · finely ground joint and jaws 

Art. No. 

BO 50 080 26 


For breaking glass up to 12 mm or ½“ thick · 216 mm long · jaw width 

25 mm · handle is lacquered black 

Art. No. 

BO 50 082 25 

Please note: 

Further pliers can be found starting on page 53. 


47

Products for Art Glass 

Glass Cutters 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Special Glass Cutter 

Toplife cutting wheel · blue plastic handle · can be placed underneath the cut to break the glass · extremely 

lightweight cutting head of special alloy · very smooth cutting · for glass 2-6 mm thick · cutting angle 135° · 


Art. No. 

BO 2004.0 

BO 2004.01 

Description 

blue plastic handle 

orange plastic handle 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 Strip Cutter 

For efficient cutting of equally wide glass strips · adjustable strip width (max. 2 cm) · for right or left handers, 

cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 2005.0R 

BO 2005.0L 

Stopper 

right 

left 

SILBERSCHNITT Oil Glass Cutter for Lead Glazing (Glass Artists) 

With replaceable, wide cutting head · high-quality carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 127° · stand-off distance 

to straight edge 2.5 mm · plastic handle with transparent oil tank · solid brass finger grip · traditional shape 

Art. No. 

BO 441.3 

BO 4010.4 

Description 



Note: 

The larger cutting wheel serves 

as a guiding aid when cutting 

with templates. 


SILBERSCHNITT Easy Grip Carbide Oil Glass Cutter 

Blue plastic handle · with transparent tank to check oil supply · adjustable length of handle · 

narrow cutting head 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 444.0 

BO 4010.1 

Description 

Easy Grip carbide oil glass cutter 


01 

SILBERSCHNITT Easy Grip Carbide Glass Cutter 

Length individually adjustable to hand size · carbide cutting wheel 120° · for opalescent or hard glass 



Art. No. 

BO 424.0 

BO 428.0 

Description 

grey, length individually adjustable 

green, integr. guide pc. f. straight-edge cutting 

BO 427.2 spare cutting head, 120° 

BO 427.3 spare cutting head, 135° 

SILBERSCHNITT Easy Grip Glass Cutter 

Red plastic handle · with economic cutting wheel made of special steel · cutting angle 120° · integrated guide 

piece for cutting along straight edges · self-service packing 

Art. No. 

BO 128.01 

BO 128.1 

Description 

Easy Grip Glass Cutter 



Fitted with high-quality carbide cutting wheels · solid brass model with 

rubber collar · narrow, 30° swivelling cutting head · straight edge stand-off 


Art. No. 

BO 447.8 

DIAMANTOR Glass Cutter 

Rounded wooden handle · with one steel wheel · straight edge stand-off 


Art. No. 

BO 200.1 


49


Original TOPLIFE quality at an especially good value for money · transparent, blue plastic handle with finger grip · 

narrow cutting head · 30° swivelling · stand-off distance to straight edge 2.5 mm · cutting angle 138° 

Art. No. 

BO 4001.1 

BO 4001.1E 

Description 

5 in a box 

individual plastic package 

TOYO TC 9 Oil Glass Cutter 

Model „Thomas Grip“ · with rotating grip for ergonomical handling · carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · 


Art. No. 

TG 2013 

TG 2009 

Description 

TOYO TC 9 oil glass cutter 

spare cutting head, narrow 

TOYO TC 10 B / TC 1 P Oil Glass Cutters 

Narrow cutting head with carbide cutting wheel · cutting angle 138° · straight edge stand-off distance 2.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 60 212 01 

BO 60 212 04 

Description 


model TC 1 P · plastic handle 


With rubber pad · light version · with 6 SILBERSCHNITT steel wheels in a turret · turret can be easily exchanged · 

max. ø 60 cm · cutting angle 130° 

Please note: 

Smallest possible diameter 

50 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 501.0 

Art. No. 

BO 101.0 

Art. No. 

BO 508.0 

Description 


Spare turret 


Please note: 

Further circle cutters can be found starting on page 33. 


Cutting and Breaking Tools 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Circle Cutter for Repetitive Cuts 

Especially to cut small, round glass parts of 10 - 185 mm ø in series · 

trailing cutting wheel with 155° cutting angle · different cutting angles for 

different glass thicknesses available separately · extension plates made of 

hard paper are only available separately 

Our tip: 

To nibble glass panes 

efficiently: BO 701.5 



Art. No. 

BO 534.0 

SILBERSCHNITT Geo-Master 

Efficient cutting of glass: strips, parallelograms, mitres, diamond shapes, 

trapezoids, hexagons, octogons, for decorative wall lamps, star motifs, for 

small greenhouses, etc. 

Art. No. 

BO 536.1 

SILBERSCHNITT Roll-up Workplace 

The mobile, roll-up workplace for glass artists and hobbyists · includes 

rubber mat, guide rail, strip and circle cutter, turret with 1 carbide cutting 

wheel 135° and detailed instruction manual 

Art. No. 

BO 536.0 

Pressure Bar 

For Silberschnitt cut running pliers. Even very narrow strips can be opened with the continuous pressure bar. 

Art. No. 

BO 702.5 80 x 12 mm for BO 702.0 

BO 702.0 

Cut running pliers for glass up to 25 mm 

BO 704.5 60 x 12 mm for BO 704.0 

BO 704.0 

Cut running pliers for glass 6 - 15 mm thick 


51

Oval Template · 430 x 160 mm 

Serial production of bowls and plates is tremendously simplified by 

templates which correspond to the dimensions of the slumping moulds. 

On request we can make templates for glass cutting which match the 

dimensions of your moulds. 

Please note: 

For use with 

Silberschnitt 2000. 

Art. No. 

BO 074.0 

Flower Template 

Serial production of bowls and plates is tremendously simplified by 

templates which correspond to the dimensions of the slumping moulds. On 

request we can make templates for glass cutting which match the 

dimensions of your moulds. 

Please note: 

For use with 

Silberschnitt 2000. 

Art. No. 

BO 074.1 

JOBO Glass Breaking Device 

Helpful to open cuts of circles and ovals or for breaking off strips by hand or 

on the table · for glass up to 6 mm thick · for controlled breaks without risk 

of injury · the long sides have different curves · numbers indicate the curve 

on the opposite side 

Art. No. 

BO 705.0 

SILBERSCHNITT JOKER 

90 x 60 x 3 mm · when breaking, distributes pressure and counter-pressure 

evenly over the surface, ensuring controlled and safe breaking of the glass · 

non-slip rubber · ideal for glass thicknesses up to 5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 707.0 

„Ringstar“ Glass Running Pliers 

Glass running pliers made of high-quality plastic. A window affords 

optimum sight of the cut. 

Art. No. 

TG H120 

Replacement Parts Set for „Ringstar“ 

Art. No. 

TG H120A 


„Blue Runner“ Glass Running Pliers 

Made of durable plastic 

Art. No. 

TG 22181 

01 


For Tiffany and art glass work · for glass up to 5 mm thick · glass is broken safely and in a controlled manner · 

upper pressure bar is turnable and can be adjusted to the score · pressure bar and plate also available separately 



Art. No. 

BO 700.0 

BO 7002 

BO 7003.01 

Description 

SILBERSCHNITT cut running pliers 

spare pressure plate 

spare pressure bar 

Grozing Pliers and Glass Nibbling Pliers 

For removing smaller glass parts, Bohle offers a large range of grozing pliers for many applications. 

Glass Grozing Pliers 

Vienna shape · for precise grozing · with spring for opening jaws · 190 mm 

long · jaw width 12 mm · for glass thicknesses up to 15 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 27 

Glass Grozing Pliers 

Vienna shape · for precise grozing · with spring for opening jaws · 160 mm 

long · jaw width 8 mm · for glass thicknesses up to 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 26 


53

Cavity Pliers 

200 mm long · lacquered black · for glass thicknesses up to 8 mm · easy 

grozing · especially for holes (e.g. speak holes) 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 20 

SILBERSCHNITT Grozing Pliers 

160 mm long · especially long service life due to carbide jaw, width 4 mm · 

plastic-coated handles · ground head · with pull-back spring for automatic 

opening of the jaws · suitable for art glass work · small contact area · little 

strength required · less breaking risk 

Art. No. 

BO 091 


160 mm long · jaw width 4 mm · plastic-coated handles · ground head · with 

pull-back spring for automatic opening of the jaws · suitable for art glass 

work · small contact area · little strength required · less breaking risk 

Art. No. 

BO 090 


160 mm long · jaw width 4 mm · plastic-coated handles · ground head · 

suitable for art glass work · small contact area · little strength required · 

less breaking risk 

Art. No. 

BO 089 

Grozing Pliers „KNIPEX“ 

For art glazing · 160 mm long · jaw width 9.5 mm · plastic-coated handles · 

ground head 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 00 

Grozing Pliers 

jaw width 9.5 mm · return spring 

Art. No. 

TG 22210 


Grozing Pliers 

jaw width 4 mm · return spring 

Art. No. 

TG TR027 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Glass Nibbling Pliers with Carbide Wheels 

For efficient nibbling of glass shapes · after the surface of the wheel has worn out, the wheel can be turned and 

re-used. 



Art. No. 

BO 701.5 

BO 703.1 

Glass nibbling pliers 

Replacement wheel 

Glass Nippers 

With carbide jaws · lacquered · handles plastic coated · easy nipping of 

small glass parts · ideal for working on edges 

Art. No. 

BO 50 095 20 

Glass Nibbling Pliers 

Drop-forged nibbling pliers with riveted hinge for mosaic work · black body · 

handles plastic coated 

Art. No. 

BO 50 084 00 


55

„ZAG-ZAG“ Pliers 

The term „ZAG-ZAG“ was invented by Bohle and stands for „cutting“ pieces of glass with scissor-like ease, for professionals, glass artists and 

hobbyists. 

„ZAG-ZAG“ Glass Nibbling Pliers 

„ The red one“ · the all-purpose tool for universal Tiffany and mosaic work · with spring joint and splinter bag · for 

correction of breaking edges on outer radii · cuts like scissors! 

Art. No. 

BO 703.01 

BO 703.02 

BO 703.1 

BO B0803 

Description 

German version 

English version 

Spare cutting wheel 

Spare spring joint 


„Profi“ · a top quality tool · the professional pliers for the most demanding art glass requirements · with splinter 

bag · for Tiffany and art glass work · easy cutting of small glass parts 

Art. No. 

BO 701.0 

BO 701.1 

Description 


Spare cutting wheel 


„Junior“ · the basic model for beginners · with spring joint and splinter deflector · for correction of breaking edges 

on outer radii · cuts like scissors! 

Art. No. 

BO 703.5 

BO B0856 

Description 


Cutting wheel 


Scalloping Tool 

This practical and universally usable tool has already become indispensable for many users. The quick and efficient processing of glass edges, 

especially for thick glass, results in optically attractive and financially interesting results. 

01 

SILBERSCHNITT Scalloping Tool for Edge Decoration 

Quickly produces a regular scallop design on flat glass edges - without the 

need for expensive machinery. The tool is suitable for glass thicknesses of 

3 to 25 mm. The depth and width of the scallops can be adjusted to the 

desired dimensions regardless of the glass thickness. Again and again, 

different new glass edges can be produced and, each piece being unique 

and hand-made, they allow a substantial profit margin for you! 



Art. No. 

BO 719.0 

Positioning Aid for Scalloping Tool 

Makes your scallops on straight edges or circles even more uniform 

Art. No. 

BO 719.5 

Spare Bit for Scalloping Tool 

For scalloping tool Art. No. BO 719.0 

Art. No. 

BO 719.1 


57


Automatic Glass 

Cutting 

02 

Automatic 


Cutting Wheels 61 

Wheel Holders 72 

Blades for Film Cutting 75 

Cutting Fluids for Automatic Cutting 76 

Accessories 79 


59

Automatic Glass 

Cutting 

At an early stage, Bohle 

recognised the remarkable 

properties of carbide steel. 

One of the major benefits of 

the material is that it features 

a service life which is several 

times longer than the life of 

conventional steel wheels. 

Furthermore, the carbide 

cutting wheels have 

consistently good cutting 

properties which provide 

clean cut edges for different 

glass thicknesses. A similar 

development can be seen 

with PCD (polycristalline 

diamond). Bohle is 

continuously investing in the 

research and development of 

glass cutting technology. 

New materials are being 

tested both in our own 

laboratory and in day-to-day 

practice in trial plants as 

well. 


Cutting Wheels 

SILBERSCHNITT cutting wheels are available in a variety of different dimensions, cutting angles and grinds. Here you find a range of the most 

commonly used types. All wheels are made of high quality carbide metals, are accurately manufactured with high precision machinery and convince 

by excellent cutting results and long service life. 

02 

Automatic 


SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Cutting Wheels 2.5 x 0.65 x 0.8 mm 

Standard pack consists of 10 wheels. To order packs of 100, please add an H to the end of the order number (e.g. 

BO 06B135H). Other angles are available with the Art.No. BO 06B000 by indicating the cutting angle in the text of 

your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 06B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 06B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 06B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 06B150 Basic, 150° 

Art. No. 

BO 06A000 

Art. No. 

BO 06B000 

BO 06C000 

Art. No. 

BO 06A000H 

BO 06B000H 

BO 06C000H 

Active 

Basic 

Contact 

Active, 100 pcs. 

Basic, 100 pcs. 

Contact, 100 pcs. 


61



66A135H). Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. BO 66A000 by indicating the cutting angle in the text of 

your order. 

Art. No. 

BO 66A000 

BO 66B000 

BO 66C000 

Art. No. 

BO 66A000H 

BO 66B000H 

BO 66C000H 

Grind 

Active 

Basic 

Contact 






BO 05A135H). Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. BO 05A000 by indicating the cutting angle in the 

text of your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 05A135 Active, 135 

BO 05A140 Active, 140° 

BO 05A145 Active, 145° 

BO 05A150 Active, 150° 

BO 05B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 05B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 05B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 05B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 05A000 Active 

BO 05B000 Basic 

BO 05C000 Contact 

Art. No. 

BO 05A000H 

BO 05B000H 

BO 05C000H 









Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 04A135 Active, 135° 

BO 04A140 Active, 140° 

BO 04A145 Active, 145° 

BO 04B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 04B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 04B145 Basic, 145° 




Art. No. 

02 

BO 04A000H 

BO 04B000H 

BO 04C000H 




Automatic 




12A135H). Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. 12A000 by indicating the cutting angle in the text of 

your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 12A135 Active, 135° 

BO 12A140 Active, 140° 

BO 12A142 Active, 142° 

BO 12A145 Active, 145° 

BO 12A148 Active, 148° 

BO 12A150 Active, 150° 

BO 12A152 Active, 152° 

BO 12A153 Active, 153° 

BO 12A154 Active, 154° 

BO 12A155 Active, 155° 

BO 12A156 Active, 156° 

BO 12A158 Active, 158° 

BO 12A159 Active, 159° 

BO 12A160 Active, 160° 

BO 12A162 Active, 162° 

BO 12A165 Active, 165° 

BO 12B120 Basic, 120° 

BO 12B127 Basic, 127° 

BO 12B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 12B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 12B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 12B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 12B155 Basic, 155° 

BO 12B160 Basic, 160° 

BO 12B165 Basic, 165° 

BO 12C120 Contact, 120 

BO 12C127 Contact, 127 




Art. No. 

BO 12A000H 

BO 12B000H 

BO 12C000H 





63

SILBERSCHNITT Carbode Cutting Wheels 5.00 x 1.00 x 1.30 mm 

Standard pack consists of 10 wheels. To order packs of 100, please add an H to the end of the order number 

(e.g.BO 02A135H). Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. BO 02A000 by indicating the cutting angle in 

the text of your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 02A127 Active, 127° 

BO 02A135 Active, 135° 

BO 02A140 Active, 140° 

BO 02A145 Active, 145° 

BO 02A150 Active, 150° 

BO 02A155 Active, 155° 

BO 02A160 Active, 160° 

BO 02A165 Active, 165° 

BO 02B116 Basic, 116° 

BO 02B120 Basic, 120° 

BO 02B127 Basic, 127° 

BO 02B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 02B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 02B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 02B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 02B155 Basic, 155° 

BO 02C116 Contact, 116° 






Art. No. 

BO 02A000H 

BO 02B000H 

BO 02C000H 





Wheels with Special Tolerances for Lisec Cutting Equipment 5.00 x 1.00 x 1.30 mm 

These wheels have a special tolerance (Thickness tolerance +0.01). 

An “L” (Lisec) is added following the numbers that indicate the angle. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 02A135L Active, 135° 






BO 02B127L Basic, 127° 

BO 02B135L Basic, 135° 

Art. No. 

02 

BO 02C118LH Contact, 118° 

Art. No. 

BO 02A000L 

BO 02B000L 

BO 02C000L 

Art. No. 

Active 

Basic 

Contact 

Automatic 


BO 02A000LH 

BO 02B000LH 

BO 02C000LH 

BO 02A135LH 

BO 02A145LH 

BO 02A155LH 

Active, 100 pcs 

Basic, 100 pcs 

Contact, 100 pcs 

Active, 135°, 100 pcs 




65





Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 03A135 Active, 135° 

BO 03A140 Active, 140° 

BO 03A145 Active, 145° 

BO 03A150 Active, 150° 

BO 03A152 Active, 152° 

BO 03A153 Active, 153° 

BO 03A154 Active, 154° 

BO 03A155 Active, 155° 

BO 03A156 Active, 156° 

BO 03A158 Active, 158° 

BO 03A160 Active, 160° 

BO 03A162 Active, 162° 

BO 03A165 Active, 165° 

BO 03B120 Basic, 120° 

BO 03B127 Basic, 127° 

BO 03B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 03B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 03B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 03B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 03B155 Basic, 155° 






Art. No. 

BO 03A000H 

BO 03B000H 

BO 03C000H 







BO13A135H). Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. BO 13A000 by indicating the cutting angle in the text 

of your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 13A135 Active, 135° 

BO 13A140 Active, 140° 

BO 13A145 Active, 145° 

BO 13A150 Active, 150° 

BO 13A155 Active, 155° 

BO 13B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 13B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 13B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 13B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 13B155 Basic, 155° 




Art. No. 

02 

Automatic 


BO 13A000H 

BO 13B000H 

BO 13C000H 








Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 07A135 Active, 135° 

BO 07A140 Active, 140° 

BO 07A145 Active, 145° 

BO 07A150 Active, 150° 

BO 07A155 Active, 155° 

BO 07B120 Basic, 120° 

BO 07B127 Basic, 127° 

BO 07B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 07B140 Basic, 140° 

BO 07B145 Basic, 145° 

BO 07B150 Basic, 150° 

BO 07B155 Basic, 155° 




Art. No. 

BO 07A000H 

BO 07B000H 

BO 07C000H 





67


Standard pack consists of 10 wheels. Other angles are available e.g. with the Art.No. 63A000 by indicating the 

cutting angle in the text of your order. 

Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 63A145 Active, 145° 

BO 63A150 Active, 150° 

BO 63A155 Active, 155° 






Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 08B135 Basic, 135° 

BO 08B077 Basic, 77° 

BO 08B090 Basic, 90° 



Art. No. 

BO 08A000H 

BO 08B000H 








Art. No. 

Grind, Angle 

BO 64A150 Active, 150° 

BO 64A155 Active, 155° 

BO 64A160 Active, 160° 

BO 64A165 Active, 165° 


02 

Automatic 



69

Cutmaster Gold 

The innovative Cutmaster Gold carbide cutting wheel masters the balancing act between cost reduction and quality improvement. Especially when 

cutting laminated safety glass and edge cutting at float glass facilities, service lives can be achieved which are at least ten times as long as that of 

standard cutting wheels. At float glass facilities Cutmaster Gold achieves cutting performance of well over 250 km with consistently high cutting 

quality. 

Cutmaster Gold Carbide Cutting Wheels with Tenfold Service Life 

To ensure ultimate cutting performance and service life, Cutmaster Gold wheels are used only in metal wheel 

holders. Standard glass cutting machines manufactured by Hegla, Bavelloni, Bottero, Bystronic, Intermac, Macotec 

and Lisec can therefore easily be equipped with Cutmaster Gold. 

Art. No. 

Diameter x Thickness x Bore Hole x Angle 

BO 12A130G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 130° 

BO 12A135G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 135° 

BO 12A145G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 145° 

BO 12A148G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 148° 

BO 12A150G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 150° 

BO 12A152G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 152° 

BO 12A153G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 153° 

BO 12A154G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 154° 

BO 12A155G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 155° 

BO 12A158G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 148° 

BO 12C110G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 110° 

BO 12C118G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 118° 

BO 12C120G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 120° 

BO 12C125G 4,1 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 125° 

BO 02A135GL 5,0 x 1,0 x 1,3 mm x 135° 

BO 02A145GL 5,0 x 1,0 x 1,3 mm x 145° 

BO 02A155GL 5,0 x 1,0 x 1,3 mm x 155° 

BO 03A130G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 130° 

BO 03A135G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 135° 

BO 03A145G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 145° 

BO 03A148G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 148° 

BO 03A150G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 150° 

BO 03A152G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 152° 

BO 03A153G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 153° 

BO 03A154G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 154° 

BO 03A155G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 155° 

BO 03A158G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 158° 

BO 03B135G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 135° 

BO 03B145G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 145° 

BO 03C110G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 110° 

BO 03C125G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 125° 

BO 03C130G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 130° 

BO 03C135G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 135° 

BO 03C145G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 145° 

BO 03C148G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 148° 

BO 03C150G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 150° 

BO 03C153G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 153° 

BO 03C155G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 155° 

BO 03C158G 5,6 x 1,08 x 1,42 mm x 158° 


SILBERSCHNITT PCD Wheels 

Extraordinarily long service life · consistently high cutting quality over the entire lifespan · outstanding cut edges · 

significant reduction of glass splintering/dusting · adaptation to the particular application 

Art. No. 

Dimensions in mm · Wheel holder 

BO 482D000 ø 3,6 x 1,08 x ø 1,31 · 490.8 / 423.5 

BO 483D000 ø 5 x 1,08 x ø 1,51 · 490.5 / 490.7 

BO 484D000 ø 2,55 x 0,65 x ø 0,8 · 490.6 

BO 485D000 ø 3 x 0,65 x ø 0,8 · 490.6 

02 

Automatic 


SILBERSCHNITT Carbide Cutting Wheels 

ACTIVE · 5.6 x1.08 x1.42 mm · pre-facetted, for 4 mm mirror glass “in 10-pack” 

Art. No. 

Angle 

BO 03A110M 110° 

BO 03A115M 115° 


71

Wheel Holders 

Exchanging cutting wheels in automatic cutting tables is made much easier when using wheel holders into which the cutting wheel is already 

integrated. Some models have the further advantage of being colour-coded to identify the respective cutting angle. 

SILBERSCHNITT Wheel Holder with Cutting Wheel 

Complete including cutting wheel with ACTIVE grind · suitable for machines manufactured by Bottero, Grenzebach, 

MacoTec, Intermac, Bavelloni, Pannkoke and others · BASIC grind is also available · Please ask our sales 

representatives. 

The right solution 

When selecting the 

appropriate wheel holder, 

please follow the machine 

manufacturer’s specifications. 

Art. No. 

BO 416A135 

BO 416A140 

BO 416A145 

BO 416A150 

BO 416A155 

BO 416A160 

BO 416A165 

Cutting angle / Colour 

135° / white 

140° / blue 

145° / black 

150° / brown 

155° / red 

160° / dark green 

165° / light green 

Steel Wheel Holders 

Without wheel and axle (please order separately) · made of high quality metal alloy · extremely precisely crafted · 

suitable for Armatec, Bavelloni, Bystronic, Grenzebach, Hegla, Laser, Lisec, MacoTec, Olbricht, Pannkoke, Pfister, 

Rohmer & Stimpfig 

Art. No. 

For wheel / axle 

BO 432.0 12, 03 / BO 496.138, 496.138F, 496.139F 

BO 432.3 05 / BO 496.130 

BO 432.6 06, 66 / BO 496.080 

Wheel Holder 4.76 mm ø 

Without wheel, with inscription: 135°, for wheel type 12 and 03, for axle 

496.138F 

Art. No. 

All available angles 

can be found in our 

catalogue “Automatic 

Glass Cutting” on page 

17. 

BO 432.135 


Wheel Holder Module 

With inscription, steel, with 1 carbide wheel 03A135, incl. carbide axle 

Art. No. 





17. 

BO 432.1351 

Wheel Holder Module 

With inscription, steel, with 1 carbide wheel 12A135, incl. carbide axle 

Art. No. 

BO 432.1352 





17. 

02 

Automatic 


Wheel Holder 

Steel, length 11.5 mm, suitable for carbide wheel type 02L, axle 496.439 

Art. No. 

BO 439.1 

Wheel Holder 

Steel, length 16.5 mm, suitable for carbide wheel type 02L, axle 496.439 

Art. No. 

BO 439.2 

Protective Cap 

The cap is slipped onto the holder 432 and ensures that the mounted axle 

and wheel don’t fall out. 

Art. No. 

BO 432.005 

Assortment Case for Wheels 

This case with two inserts allows you to keep your stock of diverse wheels 

nicely sorted. The case also includes a magnifying glass and the practical 

mounting aid (Art. No. BO 440). 

Art. No. 

BO 4400.0 


73

Mounting Aid for Carbide Wheels 

The practical mounting aid for wheel holder makes wheel changing easy, 

axle diameter 1.30 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 440 

SILBERSCHNITT Axles 

Wheel axles made of carbide 

Art. No. 

BO 496.080 

BO 496.130 

BO 496.439 

BO 496.138 

BO 496.138F 

BO 496.139F 

BO 496.422 

BO 496.140 

BO 496.140F 

BO 496.150 

BO 496.160 

BO 496.300 

Dimensions 

0,80 x 4,60 mm 

1,30 x 4,20 mm 

1,30 x 8,0 mm 

1,38 x 4,20 mm 

1,38 x 4,20 mm 

1,39 x 4,60 mm 

1,39 x 9,0 mm 

1,40 x 12,0 mm 

1,40 x 12,0 mm 

1,50 x 5,50 mm 

1,60 x 9,0 mm 

3,00 x 11,0 mm 

SILBERSCHNITT PCD Axles 

For Silberschnitt PCD cutting wheels 

Art. No. 

BO 497D100 

BO 497D200 

BO 497D300 

BO 497D400 

Dimensions 

1,30 x 4,10 mm 

1,50 x 4,10 mm 

0,80 x 4,10 mm 

1,50 x 6,00 mm 


Blades for Film Cutting 

These blades enable you to cut foils (for use with sandblasting stencils as well as etching stencils which are already applied to the glass workpiece) 

on modern CNC cutting tables. The narrow blades are used for cutting fine curved lines; the wide blades for straight lines. Films from 0.2 to 2.6 mm 

thickness can be cut. 

02 

Automatic 


Plastic Clip 

With narrow blade · for cutting shapes 

Art. No. 

BO 416.1 

Plastic Clip 

With wide blade 

Art. No. 

BO 416.2 

Steel Holder 

With narrow blade · for cutting shapes 

Art. No. 

BO 432.7 

Steel Holder 

With wide blade 

Art. No. 

BO 432.8 


75

Cutting Fluids for Automatic 

Cutting 

Just like with hand glass cutters, the use of the appropriate cutting fluid is indispensable when cutting automatically. For this purpose, Bohle offers 

a special cutting fluid which is used and recommended by many machine manufacturers. 




5 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 00 

BO 50 028 01 

Contents 

1 litre 

30 litres 

ACECUT 4153 Cutting Fluid 

Applications: Automotive glass, general cutting, shape cutting · viscosity 

approx. 35 mPas ·contents 30 litres 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 02 

SILBERSCHNITT Cutting Fluid 

For manual cutting of glass up to 12 mm thick · low surface tension allows easy penetration into the cut · ensures a 

soft break · glass particles are bound · consistently unhindered run of wheel · viscosity approx. 5 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 026 

BO 025 

Contents 

1 litre 

30 litres 


ACECUT 5503 Cutting Fluid for Automatic Cutting 

Especially suitable for coated glass · water-soluble · evaporates after use without leaving residue · small glass 

particles are bound · low surface tension · for mirrors, patterned and float glass as well as painted or printed glass 

· viscosity approx. 2 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 05 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 35 

30 litres, quick evaporating 

200 litres, quick evaporating 

02 

Automatic 



Applications: automotive glass, shape cutting with high requirements, 40° - 90°C · viscosity approx. 65 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 06 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 36 

Contents 

30 litres 

200 litres 


Applications: coated glass, special applications · viscosity approx. 2 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 07 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 37 

30 litres 

200 litres 


77


Applications: insulated glass, mirror glass, general cutting up to 10 mm, cutting laminated glass, film with knife, 

30° - 50°C · viscosity approx. 2 mPas 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 04 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 34 

30 litres 

200 litres 


Accessories 

Pressure Measuring Device 

In the past, it was not possible to determine the actual cutting pressure in 

Newtons of older cutting equipment via the setting pressure gauge or via 

the spring pressure. With the pressure measuring devicefrom Bohle (loads 

up to 500 N), the cutting pressure which is exerted onto the cutting wheel 

by the cylinder of the cutting head can now be accurately determined. This 

device is also suitable for modern cutting systems: a machine’s set 

parameters can quickly and easily be compared to the cutting pressure 

which is actually produced. 

02 

Automatic 


Art. No. 

BO 51 648 50 

Round Blades for Lisec Cutting Tables for Laminated 

Glass 

Ø 25 mm, for cutting laminated glass films, 5 blades in a small case 

Art. No. 

BO 51 667 81 

Carbide Steel Glass Nibbling Pliers 

With exchangeable jaws 

Art. No. 

BO 50 095 25 

Art. No. 

BO 50 095 26 

Art. No. 

BO 50 095 27 

glass nibbling pliers 

spare jaws 

spare spring 


79


Grinding, 

Drilling, 

Sawing 

03 

Glass Grinding 83 

Power Tools for Glass Grinding 83 

Grinding Belts and Abrasives for Machinery 89 

Diamond Tools 109 

Flushing System 112 

Accessories for Glass Grinding 116 

Glass Drilling 123 

Grinding , 

Glass Grinding , 

Drilling, 

Drilling, Sawing 

Sawing 

Power Tools for Glass Drilling 123 

Tools for Glass Drilling and Countersinking 127 

Glass Sawing 136 

Machines for Glass Sawing 136 

Electric and Pneumatic Power Tools 139 

FEIN Cutter 139 

Putty Router for Window Renovation 142 

Scratch Removal 144 

Other Electric and Pneumatic Power Tools 148 


81

Tools for Grinding, 


A perfect cut and an optimal 

breaking edge are no problem 

with the Silberschnitt hand 

tools. 

In general, however, glass 

processing is not finished at 

that point. Glass grinding, 

drilling and sawing are 

further possible steps 

towards the finished product. 

For these purposes Bohle 

offers a large range of glass 

processing machines and 

manual tools on the following 

pages. Comprehensive 

accessories for glass 

grinding, drilling and sawing 

as well as consumables 

complete the Bohle 

programme. With 

systematically assorted 

components, these 

techniques can be applied 

efficiently by any user for any 

requirement. Investments in 

such essential glass 

processing technologies 

make any glazier workshop fit 

for the future. 


Glass Grinding 

Power Tools for Glass Grinding 

For making corrections on site or at the workshop, you can’t do without lightweight, convenient, yet powerful electrical or pneumatic tools. Both for 

arrissing edges as well as processing corner cut-outs and inner radii, you will find the suitable equipment here. 

03 

Makita Belt Grinding Machine 9404 

For arrissing glass edges by dry grinding · good weight distribution and 

large base plate for clean grinding without grooves · 230 V / 50 Hz / 1010W 

· belt speed 3.5 - 7.3 m/sec. · belt size 100 x 610 mm · also for stationary 

use (s. accessories) · includes: dust bag, graphite sheet, cork sheet, 

grinding belt 

Please note ! 

This tool is for 

dry grinding only ! 



Art. No. 

BO 53 004 05 

Accessories for Makita Belt Grinding Machine 

Practical accessories and suitable abrasive belts can be found in the following table. 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 08 

BO 53 004 06 

BO 53 004 07 

BO 53 004 09 

BO 50 610 06 

BO 50 610 08 

BO 50 610 10 

BO 50 610 12 

BO 50 610 15 

BO 50 610 18 

BO 50 610 24 

BO 50 610 32 

BO 50 610 01 

Support 

Cork sheet 

Graphite sheet 

Dust collection bag 

SIC abrasive belt · 100 x 610 mm · 60 grit 








Cork polishing belt · 100 x 610 mm 


83

Flex Wet Belt Grinder 

For grinding glass, ceramic and similar materials · for water-cooled grinding 

belts 30 x 533 mm · quick belt changing system · 230 V / 50 Hz / 500 W · 

belt speed: 10 m/sec. · included: lateral handle, set of gliding sections, 

Allen key, flat grinding shoe, curved grinding shoe (for inner radii) 

Please note: 

* = Standard quality 

**= Industrial quality 

Art. No. 

BO 80.107 

BO 80.108 

BO 54 533 06 

BO 54 533 12 

BO 54 533 22 

BO 54 533 40 

BO 54 533 60 

BO 54 533 10 

BO 55 533 06 

BO 55 533 12 

BO 55 533 22 

BO 55 533 40 

BO 55 533 60 

BO 55 533 10 

BO 78.T0007 

BO 78.BG005 

BO 78.BG003 

BO 50 533 35 

BO 50 533 05 

BO 50 533 00 

Art. No. 

BO 80.B1107 

for isolating transformer 

with safety switch PRCD 

Diamond belt · grit 60 / N 250 / green* 

Diamond belt · grit 120 / N 125 / black* 

Diamond belt · grit 220 / N 74 / red* 

Diamond belt · grit 400 / N 40 / yellow* 

Diamond belt · grit 600 / N 20 / white* 

Diamond belt · grit 1000 / N 10 / blue* 

Diamond belt · grit 60 / N 250 / green** 

Diamond belt · grit 120 / N 125 / black** 

Diamond belt · grit 220 / N 74 / red** 

Diamond belt · grit 400 / N 40 / yellow** 

Diamond belt · grit 600 / N 20 / white** 

Diamond belt · grit 1000 / N 10 / blue** 

Gliding pad 

Grinding shoe, flat 

Grinding shoe, curved 

Abrasive belt 3M Trizact, A35, green 

Polishing belt 3M Trizact, A5 brown 

Polishing belt, cerium oxide, 3M Trizact, white 

Spare carbon brushes 


Multi-Purpose Sander 9031 

For dry edging and arrissing of glass and similar materials · 230 V / 50 Hz / 550 W · belt speed 4-15 m/sec. 

infinitely variable · easy use in difficult-to-reach spots due to removable swivelling handle · long gliding shoe for 

even grinding · belt size 30 x 533 mm · weight 2.1 kg 

Art. No. 

Please note ! 

This tool is for 

dry grinding only ! 

BO 53 003 00 

BO 53 003 02 

Art. No. 

BO 53 003 03 

Art. No. 

BO 5300300R 

Art. No. 

Multi-purpose sander 

Gliding shoe 

Spare carbon brush 

Deflection roller, complete 

BO 50 533 06 SIC abrasive belt · grit 60 










03 



BO 50 533 01 

Cork polishing belt · 30 x 533 mm 

Cordless Angle Grinder 9500 DW 

7.2 V · together with Art. No. BO 53 004 41 suitable to process glass surfaces and edges · for Velcro discs 

ø 100 mm · no-load speed 5500/min · weight 1.9 kg · incl. 7.2V battery and charger · does not include grinding disc 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 40 

BO 53 001 07 

BO 53 004 42 

BO 53 004 41 

BO 50 100 71 

BO 50 100 72 

BO 50 100 73 

BO 50 100 74 

Cordless angle grinder 

Quick battery charger · 9 min. 

Rechargeable battery 

Velcro grinding disc · ø 99 mm 

Velcro diamond disc · grit 60 / N 250 / green 

Velcro diamond disc · grit 120 / N 125 / black 

Velcro diamond disc · grit 220 / N 74 / red 

Velcro diamond disc · grit 800 / N 20 / white 


85

Pneumatic Tools for Glass Grinding 

Small, convenient, powerful and ready to use in a jiffy - pneumatic tools are indispensible for many jobs. 

When using them, please note that these machines must be driven with clean, dry and oiled compressed air. An oil valve is also found in this 

chapter. 

Pneumatic Drilling Machine BM 500 

With quick-action chuck and cooling system · for grinding with abrasive diamond cartridges or other grinding 

devices · pneumatic pressure: 6 bar · speed: approx. 2000 rpm · (Requires reduction hose BO 80.BG103 - please 

order separately) 

Art. No. 

BO 79.101 

BO 80.BG103 

Pneumatic drilling machine 

Reduction hose, complete 

Support for Abrasive Cartridges 

Elastic rubber body with skewed slits for attaching and exchanging abrasive cartridges · shaft diameter: 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 45 

BO 50 075 46 

Dimensions 

ø 15 x 30 mm 

ø 45 x 30 mm 

Abrasive Diamond Cartridges · ø 15 x 30 mm 

For grinding even the smallest and most difficult-to-process bore holes, radii and cut-outs · abrasive diamond 

cartridges are mounted onto supports Art. No. BO 50 075 45 

N = for grinding · R = for polishing 

Important! 

For use with coolant only! 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 85 

BO 50 075 86 

BO 50 075 87 

BO 50 075 88 

BO 50 075 89 

BO 50 075 90 

BO 50 075 91 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 R / blue 

8000 R / orange 






Important! 


Art. No. 

BO 50 075 92 

BO 50 075 93 

BO 50 075 94 

BO 50 075 95 

BO 50 075 96 

BO 50 075 97 

BO 50 075 98 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 R / blue 


03 

Grinders 



“Kristall 2000 S” Glass Grinder 

Glass grinding machine for all art glass work. The grinding head is cooled 

by an integrated pump which transports the coolant directly to the grinding 

head. 

Due to the efficient, two ball-bearing motor, the “Kristall 2000 S” can be 

additionally equipped, e.g. with the diamond band saw attachment Art. No. 

TG H200 

Work surface: 280 x 235 mm 

Speed: 2800 rpm 

Power: 100 W 

Voltage: 230 V 

Includes a 19 mm grinding head. 

Art. No. 

TG 003S 

TG 003.5 

Kristall 2000 S 

Spare ring for work surface · ø 25 mm 


87

Pump for Drilling Head 

For “Kristall 2000 S” glass grinder 

Art. No. 

TG 003BKP 

DIAMANTOR Band Saw Attachment 

The DIAMANTOR bandsaw attachment (without drive motor) allows you to 

transform almost any glass grinder (regardless whether European or 

American model) into a fully functional glass band saw in just a few steps. 

The fact that the DIAMANTOR saw band is diamond coated all around 

makes all the difference - because that makes it possible to cut even very 

tight curves and complicated shapes with ease and precision. The selfcentering 

run of the belt means that the saw band does not need guides or 

complicated band run adjustments. You simply put the saw band on. 

The DIAMANTOR band saw attachment naturally uses the coolant of the 

glass grinder. It is suitable not only for sawing glass, but also for other hard 

materials like stone, steel, brass, ceramic or glass fibre-reinforced plastic. 

Special Feature: 

Easy and precise cutting of 

shapes because the saw band 

is diamond coated all around. 

Art. No. 

TG H200 

TG H201 

TG H214 

TG H216.01 

TG H218.01 

Description 

band saw attachment 

spare saw band · 3.4 mm wide 

spare sponge · 48 x 103 mm 

spare drive cone 

spare elastic band with hook 

Saw Bands and Ring Blades 

Made of high quality, stainless copper alloy, standard saw bands with diamond coating on one side 

Art. No. 

TG H80 

TG H81.1 

TG H82.1 

Description 

1060 x 3 x 0.3 mm “Proxxon” 

960 x 3 x 0.3 mm “Inland” 

ø 145 mm “Taurus” 

Other lengths available 

on request. 


Grinding Belts and Abrasives for Machinery 

Bohle offers different glass grinding belts which are suitable for a variety of different glass belt grinding machines for edge processing of float and 

hollow glass. The most common belt dimensions for almost all machine types are available from Bohle. Please note the large variety of different 

qualities to meet any work requirement. Please note: Grits and dimensions not mentioned in this catalogue are available on request. 

Abrasive Diamond Belts 

These special grinding belts in excellent Bohle quality are especially suitable for demanding work results. 

Due to the special belt fastening, it is not necessary to pay attention to the belt run direction. In order to 

obtain even better grinding results the belt run direction can be altered. All belts have a heavy, 

synthetic support material. To achieve a high removal efficiency, diamond belts should be run at high speeds. 

03 

Abrasive Diamond Belts, Industrial Quality 

These abrasive diamond belts guarantee superior grinding capacity for highest requirements with reduced grinding time. This is made possible by 

the special arrangement of the diamond coating and the improved attachment to the support material. Bohle abrasive diamond belts offer top 

quality and excellent value for money. 



Abrasive Diamond Belts, Industrial Quality · 30 x 533 mm 

Very long life span · excellent abrasive capacity · less heat at the grinding area leads to better results · low 

grinding pressure · reduction of grinding time 

Practical Tip 

Ensure that the grinding area is 

cooled well. Request our 

instructions for cooling. 

Art. No. 

BO 55 533 06 

BO 55 533 12 

BO 55 533 22 

BO 55 533 40 

BO 55 533 60 

BO 55 533 10 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 / N 10 / blue 


89




Art. No. 

BO 55 116 22 

BO 55 116 32 

Grit / Colour 

220 / N 74 / red 

320 / D54 / purple 

Practical Tip 







Practical Tip 




Art. No. 

BO 55 183 06 

BO 55 183 12 

BO 55 183 22 

BO 55 183 40 

BO 55 183 60 

BO 55 183 10 

Grit / colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 / N 10 / blue 




Art. No. 

BO 55183S12 

BO 55183S22 

BO 55183S40 

Grit / colour 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N74 / red 

400 / N40 / yellow 

Practical Tip 





Standard Abrasive Diamond Belts 

These standard abrasive diamond belts have a diamond coating in the traditional “island” arrangement, but also have improved attachment to the 

support material. This guarantees longer service life, high abrasive capacity and thus ensures efficient work results. These Bohle abrasive diamond 

belts offer high quality at an economical price. 

Standard Abrasive Diamond Belts · 10 x 330 mm 



Art. No. 

Grit / Colour 

Practical Tip 




BO 54 330 12 

BO 54 330 22 

BO 54 330 40 

BO 54 330 60 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

03 






Practical Tip 




Art. No. 

BO 54 533 06 

BO 54 533 12 

BO 54 533 22 

BO 54 533 40 

BO 54 533 60 

BO 54 533 10 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 / N 10 / blue 


91




Art. No. 

BO 54 116 32 

Grit / Colour 

320 / purple 

Practical Tip 







Practical Tip 




Art. No. 

BO 54 183 06 

BO 54 183 12 

BO 54 183 22 

BO 54 183 40 

BO 54 183 60 

BO 54 183 10 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 / N 10 / blue 




Art. No. 

BO 54183S12 

BO 54183S22 

BO 54183S40 

Grit / colour 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N74 / red 

400 / N40 / yellow 

Practical Tip 





Silicon Carbide Abrasive Belts 

These abrasive belts are widely used for glass processing. Very tough, synthetic belts with high abrasive capacity in the best possible quality. The 

belts are waterproof. They are especially suitable for glass, porcelain and plastic. 

Pre-grinding: grit 60 to 120 · Normal grinding: grit 150 to 240 · Fine grinding: grit 320 to 400 

Silicon Carbide Abrasive Belts · 30 x 533 mm 

When grinding glass, a milky, dull finish is produced · good abrasive capacity · good service life · for universal use 

Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 533 06 60 

BO 50 533 08 80 

BO 50 533 10 100 

BO 50 533 12 120 

BO 50 533 15 150 

BO 50 533 18 180 

BO 50 533 22 220 

BO 50 533 24 240 

BO 50 533 32 320 

BO 50 533 40 400 

03 





Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 552 06 60 

BO 50 552 08 80 

BO 50 552 10 100 

BO 50 552 12 120 

BO 50 552 15 150 

BO 50 552 18 180 

BO 50 552 22 220 

BO 50 552 24 240 

BO 50 552 32 320 


93



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 116 08 80 

BO 50 116 10 100 

BO 50 116 12 120 

BO 50 116 18 180 

BO 50 116 22 220 

BO 50 116 32 320 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 180 06 60 

BO 50 180 08 80 

BO 50 180 10 100 

BO 50 180 12 120 

BO 50 180 15 150 

BO 50 180 18 180 

BO 50 180 22 220 

BO 50 180 24 240 

BO 50 180 32 320 

BO 50 180 40 400 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 610 06 60 

BO 50 610 08 80 

BO 50 610 10 100 

BO 50 610 12 120 

BO 50 610 15 150 

BO 50 610 18 180 

BO 50 610 24 240 

BO 50 610 32 320 




Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 181 08 80 

BO 50 181 12 120 

BO 50 181 22 220 

BO 50 181 32 320 

BO 50 181 40 400 

03 





Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 183 06 60 

BO 50 183 08 80 

BO 50 183 10 100 

BO 50 183 12 120 

BO 50 183 15 150 

BO 50 183 18 180 

BO 50 183 22 220 

BO 50 183 24 240 

BO 50 183 32 320 

BO 50 183 40 400 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 200 06 60 

BO 50 200 08 80 

BO 50 200 10 100 

BO 50 200 12 120 

BO 50 200 15 150 

BO 50 200 18 180 

BO 50 200 22 220 

BO 50 200 24 240 

BO 50 200 32 320 

BO 50 200 40 400 


95



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 250 06 60 

BO 50 250 08 80 

BO 50 250 10 100 

BO 50 250 12 120 

BO 50 250 15 150 

BO 50 250 18 180 

BO 50 250 22 220 

BO 50 250 32 320 

BO 50 250 40 400 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 265 08 80 

BO 50 265 12 120 

BO 50 265 18 180 

BO 50 265 22 220 

BO 50 265 32 320 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 60 269 06 60 

BO 60 269 08 80 

BO 60 269 10 100 

BO 60 269 12 120 

BO 60 269 15 150 

BO 60 269 18 180 

BO 60 269 22 220 

BO 60 269 24 240 

BO 60 269 32 320 

BO 60 269 40 400 




Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 300 08 80 

BO 50 300 10 100 

BO 50 300 12 120 

BO 50 300 15 150 

BO 50 300 18 180 

BO 50 300 22 220 

BO 50 300 24 240 

BO 50 300 32 320 

BO 50 300 40 400 

03 





Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 330 08 80 

BO 50 330 10 100 

BO 50 330 12 120 

BO 50 330 18 180 

BO 50 330 22 220 

BO 50 330 32 320 

BO 50 330 40 400 



Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 50 335 08 80 

BO 50 335 10 100 

BO 50 335 12 120 

BO 50 335 15 150 

BO 50 335 18 180 

BO 50 335 22 220 

BO 50 335 24 240 

BO 50 335 32 320 

BO 50 335 40 400 


97

Compact Grain Abrasive Belts 

These coarse-looking, waterproof abrasive belts have a long service life and a high grain reserve. The silicon carbide abrasive particles have several 

layers (“grain piles”), which results in a self-sharpeneing process during grinding. These belts grind approx. 1-2 grades coarser than normal belts. 

Compact Grain Abrasive Belts · 100 x 1830 mm 

Long service life (approx. 3 times as long as standard belts) · uniform abrasive capacity over entire life of the belt · 

even grinding quality over entire life of the belt 

Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 51 183 08 80 

BO 51 183 12 120 

BO 51 183 18 180 

BO 51 183 24 240 

BO 51 183 32 320 

BO 51 183 40 400 




Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 61 269 08 80 

BO 61 269 12 120 

BO 61 269 18 180 

BO 61 269 32 320 

BO 61 269 40 400 





Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 51 300 08 80 

BO 51 300 12 120 

BO 51 300 18 180 

BO 51 300 24 240 

BO 51 300 32 320 

BO 51 300 40 400 

03 






Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 51 335 08 80 

BO 51 335 12 120 

BO 51 335 18 180 

BO 51 335 24 240 

BO 51 335 32 320 

BO 51 335 40 400 


99

Hollow Spherical Abrasive Belts 

These coarse-looking, waterproof abrasive belts are especially suitable for thick glass. They contain silicon carbide abrasive particles in a hollow 

spherical compound which break up during the grinding process. Coarse grits (up to 120) have a synthetic support material; fine grits (150 and above) 

have a cotton support material. These belts grind approx. 2 grades coarser than standard belts. 

Hollow Spherical Abrasive Belts · 100 x 1830 mm 

High abrasive capacity · long service life (several times longer than standard belts) · well-suited for rough pregrinding 

and normal grinding work 

Art. No. 

Grit 

Practical Tip: 

Because slight changes of 

roughness occur over the life 

span of the belt, pre-grinding is 

recommended prior to use. 

BO 52 183 08 80 

BO 52 183 10 100 

BO 52 183 15 150 

BO 52 183 22 220 




Art. No. 

Grit 






BO 52 300 08 80 

BO 52 300 10 100 

BO 52 300 15 150 

BO 52 300 22 220 





Art. No. 

Grit 






BO 52 335 08 80 

BO 52 335 10 100 

BO 52 335 15 150 

BO 52 335 22 220 

03 

Aluminium Oxide Abrasive Belts 

These soft, waterproof belts contain very tough, synthetic abrasive particles of high resistance (corundum). They produce a relatively clear grinding 

result (the glass edge keeps its “green colour”). Many applications don’t require additional polishing (grit 180). When high quality is required, you 

should use a fine aluminium oxide belt (grit 400) prior to polishing with a cork belt. Pre-grinding can be done with belts of appropriate grit. These 

belts grind approx. 2 grades finer than standard belts. 



Aluminium Oxide Abrasive Belts · Grit 180 

Shorter service life, but higher grinding quality · less additional work · uniform roughness over the span of the 

service life 

Art. No. 

BO 53 533 18 

BO 53 180 18 

BO 53 181 18 

BO 53 183 18 

BO 53 265 18 

BO 53 300 18 

BO 53 330 18 

BO 53 335 18 

Dimensions 

30 x 533 mm 

100 x 1800 mm 

50 x 1810 mm 

100 x 1830 mm 

100 x 2650 mm 

100 x 3000 mm 

100 x 3300 mm 

100 x 3350 mm 


101

Aluminium Oxide Abrasive Belts · Grit 400 

Shorter service life, but higher grinding quality · no gray edge · less additional work · uniform roughness over the 

span of the service life 

Art. No. 

BO 53 533 40 

BO 53 180 40 

BO 53 181 40 

BO 53 183 40 

BO 53 265 40 

BO 53 300 40 

BO 53 330 40 

BO 53 335 40 

Dimensions 

30 x 533 mm 

100 x 1800 mm 

50 x 1810 mm 

100 x 1830 mm 

100 x 2650 mm 

100 x 3000 mm 

100 x 3300 mm 

100 x 3350 mm 

3M TRIZACT Glass Grinding and Polishing Belts 

High performance fine grinding and polishing belts for shorter processing times, excellent grinding and polishing results and a longer service life. 

Regardless of which belt you choose, make sure that you work with low belt speed and sufficient coolant. 

TRIZACT Grinding and Polishing Belts 

Structured small pyramids with finest aluminium oxide · when grinding, new abrasive particles become available · 

smooth, even results · quiet · better polishing · uniform performance · strong grinding with little grinding pressure · 

fewer work steps · shorter processing time 

Art. No. 

BO 50 178 05 

BO 50 178 35 

BO 50 533 35 

BO 50 533 05 

Polishing belt, 100 x 1830 mm, A5, brown 

Abrasive belt, 100 x 1830 mm, A35, green 

Abrasive belt, 30 x 533 mm, A35, green 

Polishing belt, 30 x 533 mm, A5 brown 

TRIZACT Cerium Oxide Polishing Belt 

Made of structured small pyramids with finest aluminium oxide · when grinding, new abrasive particles become 

available · for polishing surfaces and edges of glass or similar materials to optical clarity 

Art. No. 

BO 50 178 00 

BO 50 533 00 

Dimensions 

100 x 1830 mm 

30 x 533 mm 


Abrasive/Polishing Belts · Grit 1000 

Waterproof silicon carbide/cork abrasive belts with polishing effect · for fine grinding of edge and arris in 

combination with simultaneous polishing when the requirements for polishing quality are not too high · polishing 

process is eliminated · relatively long service life of belts 

Art. No. 

BO 50 183 00 

BO 50 300 00 

BO 50 335 00 

Dimensions 

100 x 1830 mm 

100 x 3000 mm 

100 x 3350 mm 


Soak belts in water for approx. 

30 minutes before use - this 

improves the service life as 

well as the polishing results. 

03 

Cork Polishing Belts 

Waterproof · for polishing of already ground glass edges · Carbo-Schröder KLX 890 








Art. No. 

BO 50 533 01 

BO 50 181 01 

BO 50 552 01 

BO 50 180 01 

BO 50 183 01 

BO 50 250 01 

BO 50 265 01 

BO 60 269 01 

BO 50 300 01 

BO 50 330 01 

BO 50 335 01 

Dimensions 

30 x 533 mm 

50 x 1810 mm 

100 x 552 mm 

100 x 1800 mm 

100 x 1830 mm 

100 x 2500 mm 

100 x 2650 mm 

100 x 2690 mm 

100 x 3000 mm 

100 x 3300 mm 

100 x 3350 mm 

Cork Polishing Belts 

Waterproof · for polishing of already ground glass edges · Klingspor CS 322 






Art. No. 

BO 5053301K 

BO 5018301K 

BO 5025001K 

BO 5030001K 

Dimensions 

30 x 533 mm 

100 x 1830 mm 

100 x 2500 mm 

100 x 3000 mm 


103

Belt Holder 

For storing grinding belts appropriately 

Art. No. 

BO 78.911 

Grinding Discs for Disc Grinding Machines 

The following grinding and polishing discs are intended for use with disc grinding machines with steel plates. By using a magnetic film on the back 

side, an even support surface is ensured for good grinding quality and any necessary grit changes can be done quite easily, too. 

Diamond Grinding Discs · magnetic (flexible) 

For wet grinding of glass parts · ø 600mm · consists of flexible 3M abrasive diamond coating and magnetic foil on 

the back · high flexibility: optimum attachment to the grinding plate · very long service life · high abrasive capacity · 

less heat at the grinding area · centre bore hole ø 26 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 600 06 

BO 54 600 12 

BO 54 600 22 

BO 54 600 40 

BO 54 600 60 

BO 54 600 10 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 / N 10 / blue 

Diamond Microfinishing Film Discs 

For highest quality requirements in glass finishing · also suitable for thin or hollow glass · The high concentration 

of especially sharp diamond grains allows maximum abrasive capacity with minimum scalloping · flexible abrasive 

diamond coating and magnetic foil on the back 

Art. No. 

Micron / Grit 

Note: 

For disc grinding machines 

D=600mm, centre bore hole D= 

26mm 

BO 55 600 12 125 / 120 

BO 55 600 22 74 / 220 

BO 55 600 32 45 / 320 

BO 55 600 80 30 / 800 


Diamond Grinding Discs 

Galvanically bonded diamond coating on a strong synthetic support material · magnetic film on the back side · 

continuous abrasive coating · very high service life and abrasive capacity · centre hole ø 26 mm 

Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 81.3506 60 

BO 81.3510 100 

BO 81.3518 180 

BO 81.3540 400 

03 

TRIZACT Grinding and Polishing Discs 

With magnetic film · ø 600 mm · for disc grinding machines 



Art. No. 

BO 50 600 35 

BO 50 600 05 

BO 50 600 00 

Abrasive disc, A35, green 

Polishing disc, A05, brown 

Cerium oxide polishing disc 

Silicon Carbide Grinding Pads 

For disc grinding machines for wet grinding · for attachment to magnetic discs Art. No. BO 50 078 90 · selfadhesive 

· easily removable · ø 600 mm · centre bore hole ø 30 mm · for attaching professionally, we recommend 

the centering aid Art. No. BO 81.50 and the hand roller Art. No. BO 81.51 

Art. No. 

Grit 

Please note: 

Magnetic films have a 

magnetic and a non-magnetic 

side. Grinding pads must be 

placed onto the non-magnetic 

side. 

BO 81.3308 80 

BO 81.3315 150 

BO 81.3322 220 

BO 81.3340 400 

BO 50 078 90 

BO 81.50 

BO 81.51 

Magnetic rubber disc 

Centering aid for attaching grinding pads 

Hand roller 


105

Aluminium Oxide Grinding Pads 

For disc grinding machines for wet grinding · for attachment to magnetic discs Art. No. BO 50 078 90 · selfadhesive 

· easily removable · ø 600 mm · centre bore hole ø 30 mm · for attaching professionally, we recommend 

the centering aid Art. No. BO 81.50 and the hand roller Art. No. BO 81.51 

Art. No. 

Grit 

BO 81.3418 180 

BO 81.3440 400 

Please note: 

Magnetic films have a 

magnetic and a non-magnetic 

side. Grinding pads must be 

placed onto the non-magnetic 

side. 

BO 50 078 90 

BO 81.50 

BO 81.51 

Magnetic rubber disc 

Centering aid for attaching grinding pads 

Hand roller 

Felt Polishing Disc 

ø 600 mm · magnetic film on the back side · centre bore hole ø 26 mm 

Practical Tip 

Use polishing compound 

Art. No. BO 50 079 03. 

Art. No. 

BO 81.320 

Storage Cart for Magnetic Grinding Discs 

Ideal for efficient storage of magnetic grinding discs (which may not be 

bent, folded or soiled) · for 10 magnetic discs · includes 5 adhesive supports 

Practical Tip 

The storage cart prevents the 

magnetic discs from becoming 

bent, folded or soiled. 

Art. No. 

BO 81.60 

Velcro Diamond Discs · ø 115 mm 

For processing glass · centre hole ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 100 81 

BO 50 100 82 

BO 50 100 83 

BO 50 100 84 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

800 / N 20 / white 


Metal Diamond Discs for Dry Grinding of Glass 

D=115mm, centre hole 15mm, Velcro fastening · not for use with speeds higher than 3700 rpm · use only together 

with support plate BO 53 100 81! 

Art. No. 

BO 5010081T 

BO 5010082T 

BO 5010083T 

BO 5010084T 

Grit / Colour 

60 / green 

120 / black 

220 / red 

400 / yellow 

03 

Velcro Felt Polishing Discs 

Without bore hole · for polishing ground edges and arris 



Art. No. 

BO 50 100 91 

BO 50 100 92 

Diameter 

100 mm 

115 mm 





Important! 


Art. No. 

BO 50 075 85 

BO 50 075 86 

BO 50 075 87 

BO 50 075 88 

BO 50 075 89 

BO 50 075 90 

BO 50 075 91 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 R / blue 



107





Important! 


Art. No. 

BO 50 075 92 

BO 50 075 93 

BO 50 075 94 

BO 50 075 95 

BO 50 075 96 

BO 50 075 97 

BO 50 075 98 

Grit / Colour 

60 / N 250 / green 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

400 / N 40 / yellow 

600 / N 20 / white 

1000 R / blue 


Grinding and Polishing Wheels for Automatic Straight Line Edgers 

Bohle also has grinding and polishing wheels of well-known manufacturers in its programme. 

This applies to the most important vertical straight line edgers of the companies 

Bavelloni · Schiatti · Bodo Gerhard ·Zafferani. 

When inquiring, please indicate the model and year of your machine. 

Detailed information can be found in our brochure “Grinding and Polishing Wheels”. 


Diamond Tools 

Grind Particle size Application 

POLISHING FINE D 25 Prepolishing 

FINE D 54 / D 76 Mirror and fine grinding 

STANDARD D 126 All grinding jobs 

POWER D 181 Large grinding quantities, extremely long life 

SUPER POWER D 252 Rapid grinding and milling 

TURBO D 126 + grooved substrate Rough processing with improved flushing 

03 

Grinding Head 

These diamond tools can be used with all glass grinding machines. When used with th H11 adapter, the grinding 

heads can be used in standard drilling machines, too. 



Art. No. 

TG H1 

TG H1F 

TG H1P 

TG H1T 

TG H2 

TG H2F 

TG H2P 

TG H2T 

TG H3 

TG H3F 

TG H3P 

TG H3SP 

Diameter 

25 mm · standard 

25 mm · fine 

25 mm · power 

25 mm · turbo 


19 mm · fine 


19 mm · turbo 


16 mm · fine 


16 mm · super power 

Grinder Awl 

Can be used with all grinding machines. Can also be used with drilling machines in combination with the adapter 

H11. 

Art. No. 

TG H4 

TG H4F 

TG H4P 

TG H4T 

TG H16 

TG H9 

TG H9F 

TG H9P 

TG H9SP 

Diameter 


6 mm · fine 

6 mm · power 

6 mm · turbo 



3 mm · fine 

3 mm · power 



109

Grinder awl 

Grinder awl 6 mm with hole (drilling awl) · standard 

Art. No. 

TG H4L 

Grinding Head 

Grinding head for polishing and cleaning the bead mandrel hole. Fits all 

standard glass grinders · fine 

Art. No. 

TG H153F 

TG H154F 

Diameter 

2 mm 

3 mm 

File for Cleaning Bead Core 

Fine 

Art. No. 

TG H151F 

TG H152F 

Diameter 

2 mm 

3 mm 

Mirror Grinder Head 

Suitable for all machines · for edge and ornamental grinding of mirrors · for smoothing ribbed glass and for doublesided 

arrissing of glass parts 

Art. No. 

TG H7.1F 

TG H7 

TG H7F 

Diameter 

10 mm · fine 


19 mm · fine 

Double Ripple Grinder Head 

Suitable for all machines · for edge and ornamental grinding of mirrors · for smoothing ribbed glass and for doublesided 

arrissing of glass parts 

Art. No. 

TG H6 

TG H6F 

Diameter 


25 mm · fine 


Lamp Grinder Head 

Suitable for all machines · with a taper of 9° and 18° and a straight middle piece · allows tight positioning of grid 

pieces · for narrow solder seams 

Art. No. 

TG H8 

TG H8F 

Diameter 


19 mm · fine 

Bevel Grinding Head 

Fits all grinding machines · in particular type Kristall 

Art. No. 

Angle / Diameter 

TG H93 

TG H93F 

TG H94 

TG H94F 

TG H94PF 

TG H96 

TG H96F 

7° / 46 mm · standard 

7° / 46 mm · fine 


12° / 42 mm · fine 

12° / 42 mm · polishing fine 


34° / 45 mm · fine 

03 



Drill Adaptor 

Allows grinding heads to be fitted to an electric drill 

Art. No. 

TG H11 

Grinder Adaptor 

For mounting screw-in bits onto a grinding machine · in conjunction with 

drill adaptor Art.-No. TG H11, onto an electric drill 

Art. No. 

TG H12 


111

Core Drill for Adaptor 

For adaptor TG H12 · standard · thread connection M6 x 0.5 

Art. No. 

TG H17 

TG H18 

TG H19 

TG H20 

TG H21 

TG H22 

TG H24 

Diameter 

4 mm 

6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

15 mm 

25 mm 

Screw-in Grinder 

For adaptor TG H12 · thread connection M6 x 0.5 

Art. No. 

TG H13 

TG H14 

TG H14P 

TG H15 

Diameter 



6 mm · power 


Flushing System 

The alternative to a professional glass drilling machine. With the flushing system, any standard drilling machine becomes a glass drilling machine 

with integrated cooling. Drill heads Art.-No. TG H39 - TG H58 are mounted directly onto the flushing head without the need of an adaptor. 

Core Drill Flushing System with Foot Switch 

Complete system · consisting of flushing head, coolant reservoir, coolant 

circulation pump and foot switch · delivery does not include drilling 

machine 

Art. No. 

TG H60F 


Cooling Head 

For direct mounting of water-cooled core drills H40 to H58 · no adaptor is 

required 

Art. No. 

TG H66 

Coolant Circulation Pump for Cooling Head 

This 230V coolant circulation pump sits in the water tray and pumps the 

coolant directly into the cooling head. 

Art. No. 

TG H67 

03 

Water Tray 

The water tray is placed beneath a drill stand and acts as a reservoir. 



Art. No. 

TG H68 

Foot Switch for Core Drill Flushing System 

The foot switch is used to safely switch the coolant circulation pump on 

and off. 

Art. No. 

TG H69 


113

Flushing Head Drills 

For use with the cooling head system, any ordinary stand drill becomes a glass drilling machine with internal 

cooling · thread connection M10 x 1 

Art. No. 

TG H39 

TG H40 

TG H41 

TG H42 

TG H43 

TG H44 

TG H45 

TG H46 

TG H46A 

TG H47 

TG H48 

TG H49 

TG H50 

TG H51 

TG H52 

TG H52A 

TG H53 

TG H54 

TG H55 

TG H57 

TG H58 

Diameter 

3 mm 

4 mm 

5 mm 

6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

16 mm 

20 mm 

25 mm 

26 mm 

28 mm 

30 mm 

35 mm 

36 mm 

40 mm 

45 mm 

50 mm 

60 mm 

70 mm 

80 mm 

Adaptor for Industrial Glass Drilling Machines 

10 mm inner thread · 1/2” outer thread · is only required when using drills 

TG H39 to TG H58 in a glass drilling machine 

Art. No. 

TG H65 

Adaptor for Industrial Glass Drills 

10 mm outer thread · 1/2” inner thread · is only required to use drills of 

other manufacturers in the cooling head TG H66 

Art. No. 

TG H65A 

Countersink Grinding Head 

For easy deburring and countersinking of drill holes up to 35 mm ø · with adaptor TG H11 it can also be used in the 

chuck of standard drilling machines 

Art. No. 

TG H98 

TG H98F 

Description 


35 mm · fine 


Core Drills 

For stand drills and mini-drilling machines · standard 

Art. No. 

TG H30 

TG H31 

TG H32 

TG H33 

TG H34 

Diameter 

4 mm 

6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 

15 mm 

03 

Grinder Bit 

For GLASTAR G51 and G81 · is directly screwed into the axle of the machines 



Art. No. 

TG H10 

TG H10SP 

Diameter 



Grinding ring 

For GLASTAR G51 · ø 16 mm · standard 

Art. No. 

TG H5 

Jewellery Grinding Head 

Indispensable when producing jewelry. A small groove that can be ground 

into the periphery of the glass piece so that it can be set in silver wire, 

nylon cord, etc. Groove width: 0.8 mm · ø 25 mm · standard 

Art. No. 

TG H92 


115

General Glass Grinding Accessories 

Whether it be protective clothing, polishing compound, marking tools or concentrated coolant - at Bohle you will find all the products you need. 

Abrasive Diamond Hand Pad “Diapad” 

90 x 55 x 27 mm · flexible grinding area · smooths and grinds glass edges, ceramic and granite · can be used wet or 

dry 

Art. No. 

BO 50 079 12 

BO 50 079 22 

BO 50 079 36 

Grit 

120 / N 125 / black 

220 / N 74 / red 

360 / N 40 / yellow 

Abrasive Diamond Hand Pads 

Smooths and grinds glass edges, ceramic, granite etc. · can be used wet or dry · excellent, long-lasting abrasive 

capacity · firm grinding area · 100 x 57 x 30 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 12 

BO 50 075 22 

BO 50 075 40 

Grit 

120 / black 

220 / red 

400 / yellow 

Diamond-faced Hand Files 

For de-burring glass, ceramic and acrylic glass · in 2 sizes: 19 x 37 mm and 12 x 44 mm 

Art. No. 

Filing surface size / Grit 

BO 50 100 51 19 x 37 mm / 120 / N 125 

BO 50 100 52 19 x 37 mm / 220 / N 74 

BO 50 100 53 19 x 37 mm / 400 / N 40 

BO 50 100 54 19 x 37 mm / 800 / N 20 

BO 50 100 61 12 x 44 mm / 120 / N 125 

BO 50 100 62 12 x 44 mm / 220 / N 74 

BO 50 100 63 12 x 44 mm / 400 / N 40 

BO 50 100 64 12 x 44 mm / 800 / N 20 

Hand Seaming Stone 

200 x 50 x 25 mm · silicon carbide · for trimming glass edges 

Art. No. 

BO 50 073 06 

BO 50 073 10 

BO 50 073 15 

Grit 

60 (coarse) 

100 (medium) 

150 (fine) 


Hand Seaming Tool 

Smooths both sides of glass edges simultaneously · prevents injuries · grit 100 

Art. No. 

BO 50 073 00 

BO 50 073 01 

Hand seaming tool 

Replacement stones 

High Pressure Hose 

10 m long · completely assembled with quick coupling and plug-in socket · 

inner diameter of hose 6 mm, outer diameter 12 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 13 053 10 

03 

Reduction Hose 1/2” to 3/8” 

Suitable for connection of: water feed chuck Art. No. BO 760.2 · water feed 

chuck Art. No. BO 79.12 · drilling station · water connection · incl. Gardena 

quick coupling · length 2.5 m 



Art. No. 

BO 80.BG103 

Flexible Water Feed with Suction Base 

Articulated hose with slotted nozzle, turn-off valve and suction base for 

direct cooling when drilling and grinding · quick coupling for 1/2” water 

hose 

Art. No. 

BO 78.91 

Flexible Cooling Device with Magnetic Base 

The ideal cooling device for retrofitting older glass belt grinding machines 

which don’t have direct cooling at the grinding area · can be easily 

integrated with the existing 1/2” supply hose · a powerful magnetic base 

secures its position without drilling 

Art. No. 

BO 78.90 

Belt Holder 

For storing grinding belts appropriately 

Art. No. 

BO 78.911 


117

“Griffi” Glass Gripper 

Securely grips small glass parts when grinding. Protects your fingers and 

prevents injury from sharp-edged glass pieces. 

Art. No. 

TG H110 

Work Apron 

120 cm long, 80 cm wide · cloth material · one side PVC coated · resistant 

to oil, acid and chemicals · with eyes and straps 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 04 

Ear Protectors 

For occasional noise without extreme peaks · adjustable ear pads 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 09 

Safety Glasses 

Panorama glasses · non-slip plastic sport earpiece length and slant 

adjustable · with anti-fogging coating 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 14 

Felt Polishing Wheel 

ø 80 mm · 30 mm thick · white · with glued-in shaft ø 6 mm · for removing 

small scratches or “blind” areas on glass in connection with polishing 

compound 

Art. No. 

BO 50 079 01 


Oil Valve 

With quick coupling and plug-in socket · for installation directly into the pressurized air pipe system · for 

maintenance of connected machinery such as pneumatic drilling machine Art. No. BO 79.100 

Art. No. 

BO 79.110 

Art. No. 

BO 79.111 

Oil valve 

Pneumatic oil for oil valve 0.5 l 

03 

Polishing Compound 

For removing small scratches or “blind” areas on glass in connection with a felt polishing wheel · mix polishing 

compound with water to form a paste and apply to glass surface · carefully polish with felt polishing wheel Art. 

No. BO 50 079 01 



Art. No. 

BO Q6601 

Package of 1 kg* 

BO Q6725 Container of 25 kg ** 

*=manual polishing, speed up 

to 3m/min, 

**=higher polishing speed 

Glass Polishing Compound Velox Polisan 2 

For removing stubborn stains on glass panes, mirrors and stone · ready-touse, 

liquid glass polish · grit 4-8 · apply to felt wheel, cotton-wool, etc. and 

start polishing · (cerium based) pH 7.3 · 1200g 

Art. No. 

BO 50 079 03 


119

Coolant Concentrate 

For processing glass with diamond tools · keeps glass dust soft · reduces wear · corrosion protection for tools and 

machines · does not contain oily substances or heavy metal · biologically degradable · container of 20 kg · mixing 

ratio 100:3 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 16 

BO 50 028 17 

for especially long service life of tools 

for universal use, low-foaming 

For optimal application 

we recommend using 

the dispensing system 

BO 78.97 

Flocculant 

Binds the fine suspended particles in the coolant of glass processing machines, allowing sedimentation. Thus it is 

possible to achieve virtually clear water in the system. 

Art. No. 

BO 50028305 

BO 50028330 

Art. No. 

BO 50028310 

Quantity / Type 

5 kg / liquid 

30 kg / liquid 

10 kg / powder 

Filtering Bag for Sludge Drainage 

Especially strong filter fabric with 4 carrying loops · for drainage of glass sludge · suitable for Bohle Sedimentor 

water cleaning systems 

Art. No. 

BO 50028400 

BO 50028401 

Capacity 

70 l 

300 l 

Washing Compound for Glass Washing Machines 

Suitable for automatic glass washing machines · for insulating glass, 

laminated glass and edged glass panes · no negative affect when 

producing insulated glass · also suitable for high-pressure cleaners · no 

troublesome foaming · biodegradable · container of 20 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 50 028 21 


Glass Edge Lacquer 

For ground glass edges · durable semigloss finish without polishing 

Art. No. 

BO 50 070 05 

Art. No. 

BO 50 070 50 

1 litre can 

5 litre can 

03 

Paint Marker 

White · waterproof · plastic tip in metal housing · shake well before using 



Art. No. 

BO 50 079 09 

BO 50 079 10 

line width 

0,8 mm 

2.4 mm 

Diamond Marker 

For glass 

Art. No. 

BO 50 079 04 

Scriber 

With tungsten carbide tip · for marking glass and tiles 

Art. No. 

BO 50 056 00 

Glass Marking Crayon 

Suitable for wet glass · comes off in washing machine · no danger of 

corrosion · white · in boxes of 10 

Art. No. 

BO 50 074 00 


121

Metal Holder 

Fits marking crayon BO 50 074 00 · prevents the crayon from breaking · 

length adjustable 

Art. No. 

BO 50 074 01 

ALL-Stabilo Pen 

Fibre-tip marker for glass, paper, plastic and metal · light-resistant · waterproof 

Art. No. 

BO 50 079 05 

BO 50 079 06 

BO 50 079 07 

BO 50 079 08 

Description 

fine 0.4 mm · red 

fine 0.4 mm · black 

medium 1 mm · red 

medium 1 mm · black 

Swivelling Ball-Castor 

Rubber · 2 adjustable nuts · thread M 14 

Art. No. 

BO 50 080 00 

BO 50 080 05 

Diameter 

50 mm 

35 mm 

Roller Support 

12 closely spaced castor rollers · easy, smooth height adjustment · Working 

height 850 mm to 1100 mm · excellent stability · supporting width 1300 mm 

· load capacity approx. 80 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 78.41 


Glass Drilling 

Power Tools for Glass Drilling 

For making corrections on site or for jobs at the workshop. Powerful tools and accessories can be found on the following pages. 

03 

Pico Drill 100 Drilling Machine 

This portable precision drilling machine for diamond core drills was 

developed and produced by Bohle. It is very well suited for use on-site as 

well as in the workshop. The machine is placed directly on top of the glass, 

a rubber ring prevents it from slipping, integrated suction holders provide 

for even safer fixation on the glass. Coolant is supplied through the supply 

valve at the side. Lowering the drills is done by a very precise and smooth 

mechanism. The machine comes with an integrated PRCD safety switch 

and can be plugged directly to an ordinary socket. 



The model Pico Drill 100 L furthermore includes a point laser which 

facilitates the positioning of the machine. 

Technical Data 

Electric motor 1.15 kW · Drill speed continuously variable from 500 - 1700 

rpm · Drill diameter up to 100 mm with 1/2”-external screw thread · Max. 

drill depth 20 mm · Hose connection 2.5 m with Gardena quick coupling · 

Measurements (W x H x D) 260 x 460 x 280 mm · 

Weight 12.5 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 79.200 

BO 79.201 

BO 79.200L 

BO 79.201L 

BO 79.210 

Model 

Pico Drill 100, 230 V / 50-60 Hz 

Pico Drill 100, 110 V / 50-60 Hz 

Pico Drill 100 L with point laser 

Pico Drill 100 L, 110 V / 50-60 Hz 

Laser 

Pico Drill 100 T Tabletop Drilling Machine 

Portable tabletop glass drilling machine with stainless steel coolant 

collecting tray and insert rings, working height 960 mm, reach 430 mm · 

W x H x D 490 x 590 x 830 mm · suitable for table Art. No. BO 79.270 · see 

Pico Drill 100 for technical data 

Art. No. 

BO 79.250 


123

Cross Laser 

For Pico Drill BO 79.250 and BO 79.260 

Complete kit with 2 line lasers and supports, for precise drilling 

Art. No. 

BO 79.215 

Pico Drill with Table 

Professional starter machine also for small series in combination with table 

W 1350 x D 890 mm, working height 960 mm and adjustable stoppers for 

precise positioning, incl. drilling templates for glass support 

Art. No. 

BO 79.260 

Aquadrill Wet Drilling Machine 

When drilling is done in kitchens or bathrooms, it is not uncommon for tiles 

to crack, resulting in the need for costly reworking. The new cordless wet 

drilling machine, developed and manufactured by Bohle, reduces the risk of 

breakage considerably. It is driven by powerful 18 volt batteries and is 

equipped with a water chuck for diamond core drills. In combination with 

special positioning devices, it allows safe and trouble-free drilling even of 

difficult materials like stoneware or granite. 

Technical data 

Drill diameter range: 5 - 70 mm · universal drill connection: ½” thread · 3 

switchable gears: Speed of 1st gear 0-450 rpm, 2nd gear 0-1450 rpm, 3rd 

gear 0-2000 rpm · Quick coupling for water intake · 43 mm collar for use in 

the drill stand · high performance 18V/2.6Ah rechargeable battery + spare 

battery · tool case 

Art. No. 

BO 79.300 

Drilling Fixation Template with Suction Holders 

Precise drilling without making a mess · the drilling dust is flushed with the 

coolant · a special sealing lip on the suction holder enables secure fixation 

even on relatively rough surfaces · special exchangeable drill bushings for 

6, 8, 10 and 12 mm diameters · incl. storage case 

Art. No. 

BO 79.350 

Drilling Aid for Pin Drill 

With vacuum suction holder and adjustable drill plate · for drill diameters of 

6, 8, 10, 12 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 79.351 


Drilling Aid - adjustable 

With vacuum suction holders and adjustable universal drill guide · diameter 

range of 20 to 70 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 79.352 

Pressurized Spray Water Tank 12 l 

Water supply independent of water network · integrated pressure gauge · 

plug-in coupling for direct connection to the cordless wet drilling machine · 

length of connecting hose 3 m · safety valve 4 bar 

Art. No. 

BO 79.370 

03 

Glass Drill Stand with Drilling Machine 

Complete solution for stationary use · for isolating transformer or 

protective extension 

Please note: 

Protective extension BO 80.105 

and reduction hose 

BO 80.BG103 are required! 



Art. No. 

BO 760.6 



BO 5300623 Electronic - Two-speed - Impact Drilling Machine 1 piece/s 

BO 760.2 Water Feed Chuck 1 piece/s 

BO 760.5 Drill Stand with 3 Suction Pads 1 piece/s 

Electronic - Two-speed - Impact Drilling Machine 

Convenient as drive for glass drilling machines with water chuck · Metabo SBE 850 Impuls · separate switch for 

setting speed · accessories included: drilling depth stop in the handle, carrying case, BIT spring collet 

Art. No. 

BO 53 006 23 

BO 53 006 24 

Impact drilling machine 

with PRCD safety switch 

Drill Stand with 3 Suction Pads 

For all common drilling machines as well as water feed chucks with 43 mm 

collar diameter · with display and stopper for drilling depth · drill stand is 

firmly fixed on the glass with the suction pads · 

for glass thicknesses from 5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 760.5 


125

Water Feed Chuck 

Plastic · stainless steel shaft · for diamond drills with 1/2” thread · incl. 

spanner 24 mm · fits drill stand BO 760.5 and all common drilling machines 

with 43 mm collar diameter. 

Tip: 

Order the required reduction 

hose BO 80.BG103 at the same 

time. 

Art. No. 

BO 760.2 

Water Feed Chuck 

With Morse taper MK2 · for diamond drills with 1/2” thread · incl. spanner 

32 mm · fits drill stands 

Tip: 

Order the required reduction 

hose BO 80.BG103 at the same 

time. 

Art. No. 

BO 79.12 

Reduction Hose 1/2” to 3/8” 

Suitable for connection of: water feed chuck Art. No. BO 760.2 · water feed 

chuck Art. No. BO 79.12 · drilling station · water connection · incl. Gardena 

quick coupling · length 2.5 m 

Art. No. 

BO 80.BG103 

Protective Extension 

Protective extension cord to provide electrical body protection for portable, 

not hand-guided wet working machinery, e.g. drilling machines · with 

safety switch PRCD 10 mA 

Art. No. 

BO 80.105 


Tools for Glass Drilling and Countersinking 

Bohle offers diamond drills and countersinks of the major dimensions in good, standard quality. For more demanding requirements of precision and 

performance, these products are also available in industrial quality. In addition, we can provide solutions to meet your specific needs. Please 

contact us if you need advice. 

Diamond Core Drills, Industrial Quality 

For highest requirements · high drilling capacity and service life · outer thread R 1/2 “ (Continental) · length 

75 mm · drill base made of corrosion-protected steel · diamond coating from sintered material · with slots for 

better cooling · pre-sharpened, ready-to-use 

x = available ex stock · special dimensions on request 

Art. No. 

Diameter · Speeds 

*New! BO 50 014 02 with 

galvanic drill bit also suitable 

for LCD thin glass. Please set 

coolant water pressure at 

approx. 2.5 bar for reliable 

ejection of drill core. 

BO 50 014 02 

BO 50 014 03 

BO 50 014 04 

BO 50 014 05 

BO 50 014 06 

BO 50 014 07 

BO 50 014 08 

BO 50 014 09 

BO 50 014 10 

BO 50 014 11 

BO 50 014 12 

BO 50 014 13 

BO 50 014 14 

BO 50 014 15 

BO 50 014 16 

BO 50 014 17 

BO 50 014 18 

BO 50 014 19 

BO 50 014 20 

BO 50 014 21 

BO 50 014 22 

BO 50 014 23 

BO 50 014 24 

BO 50 014 25 

BO 50 014 26 

BO 50 014 27 

BO 50 014 28 

BO 50 014 29 

BO 50 014 30 

BO 50 014 35 

BO 50 014 40 

BO 50 014 45 

BO 50 014 50 

BO 50 014 55 

BO 50 014 60 

BO 50 014 65 

BO 50 014 70 

2 mm · 4000-5000 1/min 

3 mm · 4000-5000 1/min 

4 mm · x · 4000-5000 1/min 

5 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

6 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

7 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

8 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

9 mm · 2000-3000 1/min 

10 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

11 mm · 2000-3000 1/min 

12 mm · x · 2000-3000 1/min 

13 mm · 2000-3000 1/min 

14 mm · 2000-3000 1/min 

15 mm · 2000-3000 1/min 

16 mm · x · 1500-2000 1/min 

17 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

18 mm · x · 1500-2000 1/min 

19 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

20 mm · x · 1500-2000 1/min 

21 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

22 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

23 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

24 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

25 mm · 1500-2000 1/min 

26 mm · x · 500-1500 1/min 

27 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

28 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

29 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

30 mm · x · 500-1500 1/min 

35 mm · x · 500-1500 1/min 

40 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

45 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

50 mm · 500-1500 1/min 

55 mm · 300-800 1/min 

60 mm · 300-800 1/min 

65 mm · x · 300-800 1/min 

70 mm · x · 300-800 1/min 

03 



Industrial Drill for Solar Glass 

For especially careful, easy drilling of solar and thin glass. 

On request, all other diameters are also available on short notice! 

Art. No. 

BO 50 140 06 


127

Diamond Core Drills with Countersink, Industrial Quality 

For highest requirements · high drilling capacity and service life · outer thread R 1/2 “ (Continental) · length 

75 mm · drill base made of corrosion-protected steel · diamond coating from sintered material · with slots for 

better cooling · pre-sharpened, ready-to-use 

x = available ex stock · special dimensions on request 

Art. No. 

Diameter 

Drill Speeds 

ø 3-4 mm = 4000-5000 rpm 

ø 5-15 mm = 2000-3000 rpm 

ø 16-25 mm = 1500-2000 rpm 

ø 26-50 mm = 500-1500 rpm 

ø 51-100 mm = 300-800 rpm 

BO 50 016 04 

BO 50 016 05 

BO 50 016 06 

BO 50 016 07 

BO 50 016 08 

BO 50 016 09 

BO 50 016 10 

BO 50 016 11 

BO 50 016 12 

BO 50 016 13 

BO 50 016 14 

BO 50 016 15 

BO 50 016 16 

BO 50 016 17 

BO 50 016 18 

BO 50 016 19 

BO 50 016 20 

BO 50 016 21 

BO 50 016 22 

BO 50 016 23 

BO 50 016 24 

BO 50 016 25 

BO 50 016 26 

BO 50 016 27 

BO 50 016 28 

BO 50 016 29 

BO 50 016 30 

BO 50 016 35 

BO 50 016 40 

BO 50 016 45 

BO 50 016 50 

BO 50 016 55 

BO 50 016 60 

BO 50 016 65 

BO 50 016 70 

BO 50 004 99 

BO 5000499L 

4 mm · x 

5 mm 

6 mm · x 

7 mm 

8 mm · x 

9 mm 

10 mm · x 

11 mm 

12 mm · x 

13 mm 

14 mm 

15 mm 

16 mm · x 

17 mm 

18 mm · x 

19 mm 

20 mm · x 

21 mm 

22 mm 

23 mm 

24 mm 

25 mm 

26 mm · x 

27 mm 

28 mm 

29 mm 

30 mm 

35 mm 

40 mm 

45 mm 

50 mm 

55 mm 

60 mm 

65 mm 

70 mm 

Sharpening Stone · 90 x 70 x 20 mm 



Diamond Core Drills, Standard Quality 

For normal use · outer thread R 1/2 “ (Continental) · length 75 mm · drill base made of steel · covered with 

protective lacquer · diamond coating from sintered material · drill has to be sharpened before first use 

Art. No. 

Diameter 

Drill Speeds 

ø 3-4 mm = 4000-5000 rpm 

ø 5-15 mm = 2000-3000 rpm 

ø 16-25 mm = 1500-2000 rpm 

ø 26-50 mm = 500-1500 rpm 

ø 51-100 mm = 300-800 rpm 

BO 50 004 03 

BO 50 004 04 

BO 50 004 05 

BO 50 004 06 

BO 50 004 07 

BO 50 004 08 

BO 50 004 09 

BO 50 004 10 

BO 50 004 11 

BO 50 004 12 

BO 50 004 13 

BO 50 004 14 

BO 50 004 15 

BO 50 004 16 

BO 50 004 17 

BO 50 004 18 

BO 50 004 19 

BO 50 004 20 

BO 50 004 21 

BO 50 004 22 

BO 50 004 23 

BO 50 004 24 

BO 50 004 25 

BO 50 004 26 

BO 50 004 27 

BO 50 004 28 

BO 50 004 29 

BO 50 004 30 

BO 50 004 32 

BO 50 004 33 

BO 50 004 34 

BO 50 004 35 

BO 50 004 36 

BO 50 004 38 

BO 50 004 40 

BO 50 004 42 

BO 50 004 43 

BO 50 004 45 

BO 50 004 50 

BO 50 004 52 

BO 50 004 55 

BO 50 004 60 

BO 50 004 65 

BO 50 004 70 

BO 50 004 75 

3 mm 

4 mm 

5 mm 

6 mm 

7 mm 

8 mm 

9 mm 

10 mm 

11 mm 

12 mm 

13 mm 

14 mm 

15 mm 

16 mm 

17 mm 

18 mm 

19 mm 

20 mm 

21 mm 

22 mm 

23 mm 

24 mm 

25 mm 

26 mm 

27 mm 

28 mm 

29 mm 

30 mm 

32 mm 

33 mm 

34 mm 

35 mm 

36 mm 

38 mm 

40 mm 

42 mm 

43 mm 

45 mm 

50 mm 

52 mm 

55 mm 

60 mm 

65 mm 

70 mm 

75 mm 

03 



BO 50 004 99 

BO 5000499L 




129

Diamond Core Drill with Countersink, Standard Quality 

For normal use · outer thread R 1/2 “ (Continental) · length 75 mm · drill base made of steel · covered with 

protective lacquer · diamond coating from sintered material · countersink is fixed by lateral screw · drill has to be 

sharpened before first use 

Drill Speeds 

ø 3-4 mm = 4000-5000 rpm 

ø 5-15 mm = 2000-3000 rpm 

ø 16-25 mm = 1500-2000 rpm 

ø 26-50 mm = 500-1500 rpm 

ø 51-100 mm = 300-800 rpm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 006 04 

BO 50 006 05 

BO 50 006 06 

BO 50 006 07 

BO 50 006 08 

BO 50 006 09 

BO 50 006 10 

BO 50 006 11 

BO 50 006 12 

BO 50 006 13 

BO 50 006 14 

BO 50 006 15 

BO 50 006 16 

BO 50 006 17 

BO 50 006 18 

BO 50 006 19 

BO 50 006 20 

BO 50 006 21 

BO 50 006 22 

BO 50 006 23 

BO 50 006 24 

BO 50 006 25 

BO 50 006 26 

BO 50 006 27 

BO 50 006 28 

BO 50 006 29 

BO 50 006 30 

BO 50 006 35 

BO 50 006 40 

BO 50 006 45 

BO 50 006 50 

BO 50 006 55 

BO 50 006 60 

BO 50 006 65 

BO 50 006 70 

BO 50 004 99 

BO 5000499L 

Diameter 

4 mm 

5 mm 

6 mm 

7 mm 

8 mm 

9 mm 

10 mm 

11 mm 

12 mm 

13 mm 

14 mm 

15 mm 

16 mm 

17 mm 

18 mm 

19 mm 

20 mm 

21 mm 

22 mm 

23 mm 

24 mm 

25 mm 

26 mm 

27 mm 

28 mm 

29 mm 

30 mm 

35 mm 

40 mm 

45 mm 

50 mm 

55 mm 

60 mm 

65 mm 

70 mm 




Diamond Drills for Ceramic 

Developed especially for the Bohle cordless wet drilling machine (BO 79.300) · manual drill bit changing without 

tools · for drilling hard ceramic tiles, granite, marble and regular tiles · Drill connection: ½” thread · length 95mm 

Art. No. 

BO 79.3606 

BO 79.3608 

BO 79.3610 

BO 79.3612 

BO 79.3614 

BO 79.3626 

BO 79.3668 

Diameter 

6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

14 mm 

26 mm 

68 mm 

03 

Diamond Drill Box (without Drills) 

Diamond drill box for safely storing 4 diamond drills for ceramic · including 

drill core ejector and pin for releasing tight drills 



Art. No. 

BO 79.360 

Set of Diamond Drills for Ceramic 

For fitters · one each of 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mm drill bits · incl. drill 

core ejector and pin for releasing tight drills 

Art. No. 

BO 79.361 

Diamond Saw Blade for Stoneware 

With this high performance saw blade, troublesome wet cutting of 

stoneware is a thing of the past. Even the hardest stoneware can now be 

dry cut with perfect results with a Flex. The particularly wear-resistant 

diamond disc with special bronze core is a brand new development and 

especially for professional use. Suitable for dry cutting with the Flex · 

D= 115 mm · inner hole 22.2 mm · thickness 1.6 mm · bronze core with ring 

drills 

Art. No. 

BO 79.461 


131

Segmental Diamond Drills 

For glass · adjustable · with exchangeable segments · central bore hole for coolant supply · R 1/2” (Continental) 

thread · height approx. 75 mm (BO 50 041 00); height approx. 95 mm (BO 50 041 40, BO 50 041 80, BO 50 042 40) 

Practical tip 

Use sharpening stone 

BO 50 004 99L! 

Art. No. 

BO 50 041 00 

BO 50 041 40 

BO 50 041 80 

BO 50 042 40 

Diameter 

70 - 100 mm 

90 - 140 mm 

130 - 180 mm 

180 - 240 mm 

Centering Device 

For precise adjustment of segmental diamond drills 

Art. No. 

for 

BO 50 042 41 BO 5004140, BO 5004180, BO 5004240 

BO 50 042 43 BO 5004100 

Spare Segments 

For segmental diamond drill 

Art. No. 

for 

BO 50 041 01 BO 5004100 

BO 50 041 41 BO 5004140 

BO 50 041 81 BO 5004180 

BO 50 042 42 BO 5004240 

Diamond Countersinks, Industrial Quality 

R 1/2 “ (Continental) thread · length 75 mm · other diameters on request 

Art. No. 

BO 50 015 20 

BO 50 015 35 

BO 50 015 50 

Diameter 

20 mm · slotted 

35 mm · slotted 

50 mm · segmented 


Diamond Countersinks 

R 1/2 “ (Continental) thread · length 75 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 005 35 

BO 50 005 45 

BO 50 005 65 

Diameter 

35 mm 

45 mm 

65 mm 

Grinding Cone Holder 

Elastic rubber body · diagonal slits for attaching and exchanging the 

grinding cones Art. No. BO 79.6120 · ø 60 mm · shaft: ø 6 mm · Made in 

Germany 

Art. No. 

BO 79.610 

03 

Grinding Cone 

Made of diamond-coated, thin-walled metal · for attaching to the grinding 

cone holder Art. No. BO 79.610 · grit meets the requirements for arrissing 

drill holes · work area: ø 7 mm and up · Cone angle: 90° · Diameter: 60 mm · 

Made in Germany 



Art. No. 

BO 79.6120 

Storage Tray for Diamond Drills 

With 9 pairs of recessed storage spaces · provides secure storage of drills · 

for larger dimensioned drills simply leave adjacent spaces free · 

dimensions 150 x 390 x 30 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 79.25 

Sharpening Stone for Diamond Drills 

By drilling powerfully into the sharpening stone a few times, new spaces 

are created between the diamond particles, leading to renewed cutting 

ability · if sharpening does not lead to a positive result, first use the 

dressing stone · 90 x 70 x 20 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 004 99 

Sharpening Stone for Diamond Drills 

By drilling powerfully into the sharpening stone a few times, new spaces 

are created between the diamond particles, leading to renewed cutting 

ability · if sharpening does not lead to a positive result, first use the 

dressing stone · 180 x 70 x 20 mm · especially for larger drill diameters and 

diamond segment drills 

Art. No. 

BO 5000499L 


133

Dressing Stone for Diamond Drills 

Removes used particles and creates a new cutting edge · after using the 

dressing stone, sharpen the drill with sharpening stone 

Art. No. BO 50 004 99 · when using drills with no forward feed, no selfsharpening 

process takes place and the diamond particles turn blunt · 100 x 

25 x 13 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 004 98 

Metal Saw 

With fixed wooden handle · round steel blade support · zinc-plated · with 1 universal saw blade for smooth cutting 

of all common materials · 290 mm long · 10 teeth per cm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 13 

Art. No. 

Metal saw 

BO 51 051 14 PUK universal sawblade 1 

Thread Converter 

For use with R 1/2” diamond drills to convert to 1/4” thread 

Art. No. 

BO 50 005 01 

Thread Converter 

For use with R 1/4” diamond drills to convert to 1/2” thread 

Art. No. 

BO 50 005 02 

Precision Drill Extension 

For diamond drills R 1/2” from 75 mm to 95 mm · industrial quality, 

stainless steel 

Art. No. 

BO 50 005 04 


Spear Point Glass Drill 

With carbide tip 

Art. No. 

BO 50 009 03 

BO 50 009 04 

BO 50 009 05 

BO 50 009 06 

BO 50 009 08 

BO 50 009 10 

ø 3 mm · length 60 mm 






03 

Glass Drills 

With triangular carbide tip · shaft diameter 8 mm · length 70 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 50 003 03 

BO 50 003 04 

BO 50 003 05 

BO 50 003 06 

BO 50 003 08 

BO 50 003 10 

BO 50 003 12 

Diameter 

3 mm 

4 mm 

5 mm 

6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

We have a large selection of diamond tools offering solutions for your specific requirements. Please ask us! 


135

Sawing 

Machines for Glass Sawing 

Safety glass, cast resin glass and fire protection glass are increasingly installed in all kinds of locations. While multi-layered glass can only be 

sawed, laminated glass can alternatively be scored and broken. But sawing laminated glass still has the advantage of avoiding scallops in the 

edges. The following glass saws offer excellent value for money. 

Cordless Glass Saw EY3550 DQG Panasonic 

For laminated glass up to 16 mm thick · glass dust is trapped in the water · angle adjustment 0° - 45° · no-load 

speed: 0-3200 rpm · blade hole ø 20 mm · includes: 1 quick charger EY0110, 

1 battery pack EY9001 12V/ 1,2 Ah, 1 diamond saw blade ø 110 mm, 1 water tank, 1 Allen key 

Art. No. 

BO 53 021 00 

BO 53 016 08 

BO 53 021 42 

BO 53 021 04 

BO 53 021 03 

Cordless glass saw 

Diamond saw blade · ø 110 mm 

Battery pack EY9006 · 12 V/ 1,2 Ah 

Battery pack EY9106 · 12 V/ 2,0 Ah 

Battery charger EY0110 

MAKITA Cordless Glass Saw 4191 DWD 

New model with even more power · 12V / 2.6Ah Ni-MH · includes: 1 diamond saw blade 80 mm ø, 1 rechargeable 

battery 2.6Ah, 1 battery charger and 1 socket wrench 

Art. No. 

BO 53 001 05 

BO 53 001 08 

BO 53 001 06 

BO 53 002 01 

Cordless glass saw 4191 DWD, 12 V 

Rechargeable battery 12V/2.6Ah for 4191 DWD 

Rechargeable battery 12V/2.0Ah for 4191 DWA 

Rechargeable battery 9.6V/1.3Ah for 4190 DW 

BO 53 001 07 Battery charger DC 1439 up to 14.4V 

BO 53 001 01 

BO 53 001 02 

BO 53 016 07 


Diamond saw blade, serrated · ø 85 mm 



Wet Jigsaw, Pneumatic 

Proven brand-name quality (Bosch) · quick exchange of saw blades · compressed air: 6 bar · consumption: 

720 litres/min. · cutting depth 20 mm · smallest radius = 75 mm · without diamond saw blade 

Art. No. 

BO 80.106 

BO 80.1060 

BO 80.1061 

Wet jigsaw 

Diamond saw blade, fine 

Diamond saw blade, coarse 

03 

Glass Protection Film 

Protects the glass surface when working with power tools with metal guide shoes · self-adhesive · the film can be 

marked with waterproof marker · easy removal when the job is finished 



Art. No. 

BO 53 001 03 

BO 53 001 04 

Dimensions 

100 mm x 5 m 

150 mm x 5 m 

Battery Charger 

For 7.2 to 14.4 volts · Ah max. 3.0 · for Art. No. BO 53 001 00, BO 53 002 15 

and BO 53 004 40 

Art. No. 

BO 53 002 03 

Quick Recharge Unit (9 min. at 1.3 Ah) 

For 7.2 to 14.4 volts · for Art. No. BO 53 001 05, BO 53 002 15, BO 53 001 

00 and BO 53 004 40 

Art. No. 

BO 53 001 07 


137

Diamond Saw Blades 

TURBO · ø 300 mm · hole ø 30 mm · suitable for radial and portal saws from Bohle and other manufacturers · either 

with segmented or non-segmented edge, depending on the application · coarse or medium 

Please note: 

Article BO 5301606 is 

segmented, suitable for 

laminated and thick glass. 

Art. No. 

BO 81.1-1 

BO 81.1-2 

BO 81.1-3 

BO 53 016 08 

BO 53 001 01 

BO 53 001 02 

BO 53 016 07 

BO 53 016 06 

BO 53 016 11 

BO 80.1060 

BO 80.1061 

Application 

for float glass 8-19 mm 

for single-film laminated glass 

for multi-layered laminated glass 

Diamond saw blade · ø 110 mm/20 mm 


Diamond saw blade with teeth · ø 85 mm/15 mm 


Diamond cutting disc · ø 110 mm/20 mm 

Diamond saw blade · ø 150 mm/ 22,2 mm 

Diamond jigsaw blade, fine · 75 mm 

Diamond jigsaw blade, coarse · 75 mm 


Electric and Pneumatic 

Power Tools 

FEIN Cutter 

With the FEIN cutter, those fogged up double glazed units can be removed quickly and easily. It is also the right tool for removing glass from broken 

windows. A special advantage: its handiness and low weight make the FEIN cutter ideal for use both in the workshop as well as for on-site jobs. 

03 

FEIN Cutter FSC 2.0 

Electric motor version · 230 V · power output 230 W · power comsumption 

400 W · blade oscillations 11000-22000 min-¹ · 5 m cable with plug · 

polyamide motor casing · weight 1.5 kg · metal transport case with 

FEIN cutter, wrench, whetstone and instructions 



Art. No. 

BO 53 004 20 

Glazier’s Set for FEIN Cutter FSC 2.0 

Consisting of: 1 E-Cut saw blade, cutting width 32 mm, length 78 mm · 1 E- 

Cut saw blade, cutting width 35 mm, length 50 mm · 1 E-Cut saw blade, 

cutting width 42 mm, length 78 mm · 1 saw blade, offset, ø 100 mm · 1 

adaptor · 1 sanding pad · 5 each of sanding sheets grit 60, grit 80, grit 120 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 19 

Glazier’s Set for FEIN Cutter FSN 400 

Consisting of: 1 saw blade, ø 80 mm · 1 E-Cut saw blade, cutting width 

32 mm, length 78 mm · 1 E-Cut saw blade, cutting width 35 mm, length 

50 mm · 1 saw blade, offset, ø 100 mm · 1 adaptor · 1 sanding pad · 5 each 

of sanding sheets grit 60, grit 80, grit 120 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 34 

Segment Saw Blade 

Offset · to remove double-glazed units installed on a putty bed · 

pack of 2 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 23 


139

Saw Blade 

ø 100 mm · offset · for cutting metal fixations 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 30 

Saw Blade 

ø 85 mm · offset · countersunk fastening screw for working flush with the 

surface · pack of 1 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 27 

Saw Blade 

ø 80 mm · for removing tapered putty beads and for sawing wood and 

plastic window frames as well as sheet metal · 160 teeth · pack of 2 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 26 

Cutting Blade 

Mushroom-shaped · for separating double-glazed units as well as cutting 

silicone or soft putty · pack of 5 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 24 

Segment Saw Blade 

Diamond coated · for cutting out trass or marble joints without overlap · 

pack of 1 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 29 

Cutting Blade 

Offset · with stopper roll · pack of 2 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 25 


E-Cut Saw Blade 

Cutting width 32 mm · 16 teeth · length 78 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 31 


Cutting width 42 mm · 22 teeth · length 78 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 32 

03 


Cutting width 35 mm · length 50 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 53 004 33 

Key 

For FEIN cutter FSN 400 E (BO 53 004 21) 

Art. No. 

BO 53 004 38 


141

Putty Router for Window Renovation 

Due to the especially designed motor, the putty router is perfectly suited for removing glass fragments, paint, putty, glazing points and steel nails all 

in the same work process. A metal splinter guard completely covers the working area and protects the user from glass and putty fragments. The 

routing depth can be adjusted in fine steps to 0.1 mm exactly, thus enabling rebates to be cleaned of old putty without damaging the glass pane. 

Putty Router KF 5 EBQ-Plus 

Power consumption 1010 W · routing depth 55 mm · speed 10,000 - 24,000 

rpm · fine height adjustment range 8 mm · connection for dust extractor ø 

27 mm · weight 3.1 kg · cutters not included 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 00 

Rebate Clearing Cutter HM D 33 KF5 EBQ-Plus 

For putty router KF 4 E · ø = 33 mm · W = 48 mm with locking nut · clean 

rebates of putty and glass pieces quickly and easily 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 05 

Rebate Cutter HM D 30 

ø = 30 mm · W = 22 mm · H = 73 mm · with locking nut and bearing guide · 

process rebates of single glazed windows for the installation of doubleglazed 

units and remove sealant from double-glazed window frames 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 11 

Putty Cutter HM 

For removing old and dry putty without damaging the installed window frames 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 01 

BO 53 010 02 

ø = 10 mm · W = 25 mm · H = 60 mm 

ø = 16 mm · W = 30 mm · H = 63 mm 

Guide Rail 

800 mm long 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 17 


Bearing Guide for Festo KF 4 E · KF 5 EBQ-Plus 

For rebate clearing cutter Art. No. BO 53 010 05 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 06 

BO 53 010 07 

BO 53 010 08 

BO 53 010 09 

BO 53 010 10 

Rebate width 

8 mm 

9 mm 

10 mm 

11 mm 

12 mm 

03 

Collet Chuck with Union Nut 

ø 8 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 53 010 19 

Locking Nut ÜM-OF/KF 

For clamping collet · M 14 x 1.5 SW 22 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 04 

Side Stop SA-KF 

For putty router KF 4 E, KF 5 EBQ-Plus · with fine adjustment 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 15 

Suction Hose 

For putty router Art. No. BO 53 010 00 · ø 27 x 3.5 mm · for dust and chip 

extraction 

Art. No. 

BO 53 010 16 


143

Scratch Removal 

Our glass repair systems remove both surface scratches as well as deep scratches (Trizact) from glass almost effortlessly. These systems even allow 

you to leave the windows in place while you remove scratches from the glass. 

Scratch-A-Way, electrical 

Easily and invisibly removes surface scratches from glass · removes 

scratches from flat as well as curved glass, both convex and concave · 

almost without water · no distortions in the glass · saves money, since 

window panes don’t need to be removed or transported 

Technical data: 

Power consumption: 150 W 

Adjustable speed: 5000 - 9500 rpm 

Polishing disc: ø 45 mm 

Insulation / safety according to: EN50144 / HD 400.1 and HD 400.2 

Weight: 1.5 kg 

Includes 

S-A-W, electric model in carrying case · 5 polishing discs · 2 sponges · 1 

felt-tip marker · 1 magnifying glass · instruction manual 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 00 

BO 53 009 01 

230 V 

110 V 

Scratch-A-Way, pneumatic 

Easily and invisibly removes surface scratches from glass · suitable for the 

automotive industry, furniture industry (glass table tops), sanitary facilities 

(mirrors and shower stalls) etc. · simple to use with polishing disc 

Connection information: 

Air tool: 1/4” connection 

Air hose: 1/4” connection 

Compressor:optimum pressure 6-7 bar 

Technical data: 

Air consumption: 280 litre/min. 

Speed: 11,000 rpm 

Weight: 750 g 

Includes 

S-A-W, pneumatic, in carrying case · 5 polishing discs · 2 sponges · 1 felttip 

marker · 1 magnifying glass · instruction manual 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 02 


Magnifying Glass 

30-fold magnification · to determine the depth of scratches in glass 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 03 

Polishing Disc 

For “Scratch-A-Way” · with Velcro 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 05 

03 

Rubber Collar 

For Scratch-A-Way Art. No. BO 53 009 00 and BO 53 009 01 



Art. No. 

BO 53 009 06 

Rubber Collar 

For Scratch-A-Way Art. No. BO 53 009 02 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 07 

Carbon Brushes 

Suitable for Scratch-A-Way electrical models · Set=2 pc. 

Art. No. 

for Article Number 

BO 53 009 08 BO 53 009 00 

BO 53 009 09 BO 53 009 01 

Basic Head (Velcro) 

Base plate with velcro · spare part for BO 53 009 00, 01 und 02 · No. 93075 

Art. No. 

BO 53 009 10 


145

3M Trizact Glass Repair System 

The handy transport case contains all necessary tools and materials for 

glass repair: 

FLEX manual grinding machine 230 V with variable speed (1200 - 3200 rpm) 

· support plate ø 125 mm with M 14 thread · 2 rubber support pads 

ø 125 mm with M 14 thread · spray bottle with atomizer · 1 bottle of glass 

polishing compound (1 litre) for removing corrosion and deposits · 25 each 

of the following grinding discs: grit A 35 (green), A 10 (blue), A 5 (brown) · 

25 polishing discs (white) · detailed instruction manual 

Art. No. 

BO 53 008 00 

Spare Parts and Consumables for 3M Trizact 

Art. No. 

BO 53 008 01 Polishing discs · white · pack of 25 

BO 53 008 02 Abrasive discs A5 · brown · pack of 25 

BO 53 008 03 Abrasive discs A10 · blue · pack of 25 

BO 53 008 04 Abrasive discs A35 · green · pack of 25 

BO 53 008 08 Velcro buffing disc · pack of 5 

Art. No. 

BO 53 008 05 

BO 53 008 07 

Art. No. 

BO 53 008 06 

Rubber support disc · ø 125 mm 

Velcro support plate · ø 125 mm 

Glass polishing compound · 1 litre 


Flex glass polisher 

New! - In combination with the especially wear-resistant metal-diamond 

grinding discs, ideal for dry arrissing and glass edge grinding. In 

combination with the felt polishing disc BO 5300811suitable for removing 

hairline scratches, cloudy areas or stubborn dirt from glass surfaces. For 

use with polishing powder BO Q6601, BO Q6625 or Velox Polisan glass 

polishing compound BO 50 079 03. 

Super-slim body, high torque motor, light weight and practical handle. It 

makes glass polishing convenient and easy. The accelerator switch and 

speed pre-selection allow controlled acceleration to the optimum speed. 

FLEX sixfold microprocessor electronics: with speed stabilisation, soft start 

with accelerator switch, start-up lock, overload protection, temperature 

monitor and speed pre-selection. High performance motor: heavy duty, 

1400 W, 1100-3700 rpm idle speed 

Delivery includes the glass polisher only. 

Art. No. 

03 

BO 53 008 09 

BO 53 008 10 

BO 53 008 11 

Flex glass polisher 

Spare felt 

Felt disc 



BO 53 100 81 

Velcro grinding disc 

Metal Diamond Discs for Dry Grinding of Glass 

D=115mm, centre hole 15mm, Velcro fastening · not for use with speeds higher than 3700 rpm · use only together 

with support plate BO 53 100 81! 

Art. No. 

BO 5010081T 

BO 5010082T 

BO 5010083T 

BO 5010084T 

Grit / Colour 

60 / green 

120 / black 

220 / red 

400 / yellow 


147

Other Electric and Pneumatic Power Tools 

Putty Removal Chisel 

For glazing and repair work · for use with compressed air · comes complete with chisel 20 mm wide 

Technical data: air consumption 2.5 l/sec. · weight 0.7 kg · noise level 75 dB(A) 

Art. No. 

BO 53 012 00 

BO 53 012 01 

Putty Removal Chisel 

Spare chisel 

Manual Edge Coating Deleter 

Electrical edge coating deleter for low-E glass · for glass with straight or 

shaped edges · guided along the glass edge with stopper rollers · manual 

grinding pressure and forward feed · suitable de-coating disc size 125 x 10 

x 76.2 mm 

Technical data: 1200 - 3700 rpm · 1200 W · 230V / 50Hz 

Art. No. 

BO 89.110 

Manual Edge Coating Deleter 

Electrical edge coating deleter for low-E glass · for glass with straight 

edges · guide plate with undercarriage skid · grinding pressure produced by 

movable weight · manual forward feed · suitable de-coating disc size 125 x 

10 x 76.2 mm 

Technical data: max. 3000 rpm · 600 W · 230V / 50Hz 

Art. No. 

BO 89.100 


Abrasive Wheels 

For edge coating deleter Art. No. BO 89.100 / BO 89.110 and further makes · suitable for the most popular low-E 

soft coatings, on request also possible for modified glass coatings and in additional pane dimensions 

Due to continuously changing 

layer compositions, please 

check for yourself which type is 

suitable for your specific 

application. 

Type Elastic=low hardness, 

Type MT=medium hardness, 

Type HT=higher hardness 

Art. No. 

BO 50 420 01 

BO 50 420 03 

BO 50 420 05 

BO 50 420 02 

BO 50 420 04 

BO 50 420 06 

BO 50 420 07 

BO 50 420 08 

BO 50 420 09 

BO 50 420 10 

Type / Size 

MT / 125 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

HT / 125 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

Elastic / 125 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

MT / 200 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

HT / 200 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

HT / 200 x 20 x 76.2 mm 

Elastic / 200 x 20 x 76.2 mm 

Elastic / 200 x 10 x 76.2 mm 

Elastic / 150 x 10 x 25.4 mm 

Elastic / 200 x 15 x 76,2 mm 

03 

Grinding , 

Drilling, 

Sawing 

Bohle Glass Processing Machinery - Top 

Quality is our Standard 

Our comprehensive range of machinery can be found in a separate 

catalogue “Glass Processing Machinery”, which we will be happy to send you on request. 

Or in the internet under www.bohle-group.com. 


149



Suction Lifters 153 

Pump-activated Suction Lifters 153 

VERIBOR blue line Lever-Activated Suction Lifters 156 

Miscellaneous Suction Lifter Applications 158 

Carrying Aids 163 

VERIBOR Lifting Systems 166 

04 


Compact-Lift 166 

Multi-Lift 172 

Uni-Lift 173 


151


The large range of products 

found in this chapter reflects 

the diversity of transport 

requirements that need to be 

met in the day-to-day 

handling of glass. 

Lifting and transporting 

devices that have been 

specially developed for the 

glass trade make this work 

easier. 

Safe transport of glass is a 

basic requirement for the 

user and a main priority 

during development for 

Bohle, no matter whether for 

relatively simple manual 

lifters or sophisticated, 

electrically driven lifting 

systems. 


Suction Lifters 

Pump-Activated Suction Lifters 

This product section includes lifters with integrated hand pump or adaptable battery-operated pump. Suction pad diameters range from 200 to 

254 mm and are suitable for loads up to 130 kg. 

Lifting direction: 

04 

Lifting force in relation to suction disc: vertical parallel 

Due to their construction, some suction lifters are designed to lift loads vertically, i.e. at a right angle to the load, and others are designed for 

parallel lifting. 

Please note the information in the texts regarding lifting direction. 


VERIBOR blue line Pump-activated Suction Lifter with 

Pressure Gauge, in Case 

High-safety suction lifter made of sturdy aluminium with a high carrying 

capacity for large and heavy loads. Suitable for all materials with smooth, 

flat, airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, 

etc. The vacuum is produced by pulling the hand pump repeatedly. The 

vacuum can be continuously monitored via the pressure gauge. Additional 

pumping can be done at any time. The vacuum is sufficient only when the 

needle of the pressure gauge is still within the green range. 

Special features: BG approved and certified with the GS sign. Very high 

degree of safety because vacuum can be visibly monitored at all times. 

Suction disc: ø 210 mm 

Carrying capacity, Lifting direction: 120 kg, parallel 

Art. No. 

BO 601.1BL 


153

Veribor 601BL Suction Lifter with Priming Pump, in Case 

The new pump-activated suction lifter from Bohle is designed totally with 

ergonomics and safety in mind. An entirely newly designed handle with 

non-slip coating and larger gripping space offers maximum comfort. The 

rounded pump tappet allows quicker and more convenient operation. 

Manufactured by Bohle in Germany, the suction lifter features a carrying 

capacity of 120 kg - with the well known double safety factor. The high 

quality of the Veribor 601BL has been confirmed by the TÜV (German 

Technical Inspection Agency)— by approving the suction lifter with the 

„GS“ seal of tested safety. 



Ergonomical handle with 

plastic coating · larger gripping 

space 

Art. No. 

BO 601BL 

BO 601.01 

BO 6827.02K 

BO 6600.01K 

BO 6850K 

Carrying capacity, Lifting direction 

120 kg, parallel 


Spare valve housing 

Spare tappet 

Spare handle 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter with Priming Pump, in Case 

Sturdy aluminium · high carrying capacity for large loads · suitable for all materials with flat, airtight surfaces like 

glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · especially high degree of safety because vacuum can be visibly 

monitored at the tappet · BO 601.45 also for slightly textured / curved surfaces · ø 210 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 601 

BO 601.45 



110 kg, parallel, soft suction pad 


Ergonomically shaped handle 

with plastic coating · 

metal version 

BO 601.01 Spare suction pad for BO 601 

BO 601.04 Spare suction pad for BO 601.45 

BO 6836.01 

BO 6827.02 

BO 6600.01 

Spare handle with bracket 


Spare tappet 


VERIBOR Suction Lifter with Priming Pump, in Case 

Suction lifter made of sturdy aluminium with special suction pad for curved 

or textured surfaces. Minimum suction surface radius 225 mm 

Suitable for materials with airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, 

coated wood, marble etc. 


Art. No. 

BO 601.2 

BO 6825.05 

BO 6836.01 

BO 6600.01 

BO 6827.02 


80 kg, vertical 


Spare handle with bracket 

Spare tappet 


04 


VERIBOR Pump-Activated Suction Lifter with Priming 

Pump, in Case 

VERIBOR suction lifter with narrow suction pad, pressure gauge and 

priming pump, in case · suction pad 80 x 380 mm · carrying capacity 80 kg · 

lifting direction vertical 

Art. No. 

BO 601.8 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter Set with Battery Pumping Unit 

For handling slightly porous materials · continuous battery power 2.5 hours = approx. 500-1000 pumping actions · 

set includes suction lifter BO 601 as well as battery pumping unit BO 601.100 in a carrying case · we recommend 

to use only Bohle recharging units · carrying capacity with pump operation 80 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 601.110 Set (BO 601.100 + BO 601) 

BO 601.100 Battery pumping unit 

BO 601.101 

BO 601.102 

Battery charger, 230 V 

Battery charger, 120 V 


155

Powr-Grip Pump-activated Suction Lifter 

Suction lifter for materials such as glass, plastic, metal · visual monitoring of the vacuum at the tappet · supplied in 

plastic case · BO 60 236 00 for curved surfaces with a minimum radius of 330 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 60 231 57 

BO 60 235 50 

BO 60 236 00 

Material · Disc · Load capacity · Direction 

Plastic · ø 200 mm · 100 kg · parallel 

Metal · ø 200 mm · 100 kg · parallel 

Metal · ø 254 mm · 130 kg · parallel 

VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifters with Levers 

The combination of modern, synthetic material and the high strength of aluminium, both in ergonomic and operator-friendly design, is a special plus 

of the VERIBOR blue line range. Suitable for all materials with a flat, airtight surface like glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. The vacuum 

is created by flipping the levers. Please also note the attractive sets in sturdy plastic cases. 

VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifter, 3 suction cups 

For heavy loads · tested by TÜV (German Technical Controlling Institution) 

and safety certified with the GS sign · suitable for all materials with 

smooth, flat, air-tight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, 

marble, etc. 

Spare suction discs are supplied complete with suction pad, lever, bolt, 

spring and pressure plate. 


Art. No. 

BO 603.0BL 

BO 614.0BL 



Spare suction disc for for BO 603.0BL 


VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifter, 2-cup, Transverse Handle 

For various loads · tested by TÜV · GS certified · equipped with an additional sealing lip (BO 602.02BL), also 

suitable for slightly curved or textured surfaces · spare suction discs are supplied complete with suction pad, lever, 

bolt, spring and pressure plate · suction disc: ø 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 602.0BL 

BO 602.02BL 

BO 614.0BL 

BO 614.02BL 




Spare suction disc for BO 602.0BL 


VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifter, 2-cup, Handle Lengthwise 

For various loads · tested by TÜV · GS certified · equipped with an additional sealing lip (BO 602.42BL), also 

suitable for slightly curved or textured surfaces · spare suction discs are supplied complete with suction pad, lever, 

bolt, spring and pressure plate · suction disc: ø 120 mm 

04 

Art. No. 

BO 602.4BL 

BO 602.42BL 

BO 614.0BL 

BO 614.02BL 







VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifter, 1-cup 

For various loads · the handle allows one-handed operation and thus quick, efficient work · tested by TÜV and 

certified with the GS safety sign · equipped with an additional sealing lip (BO 600.02BL), also suitable for slightly 

curved or textured surfaces · awarded the „red dot“ design award · suction disc: ø 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 600.0BL 

BO 600.02BL 

BO 610.0BL 

BO 610.02BL 







157

VERIBOR blue line Suction Lifter Set 

These practical sets are ideal for protecting and safely storing your 

VERIBOR blue line suction lifters. The set includes 2 suction lifters of the 

same model. The cases have been designed to accommodate the specific 

suction lifters and thus protect against damage. 

Art. No. 

BO S2.4BL 

BO S2.0BL 

BO S3.0BL 

BO S0.0BL 

Art. No. 

BO 50 094 17 

BO 52 094 18 

BO 52 094 19 

Set of two BO 602.4BL 




Case for two BO 602.4BL/BO 602.0BL 

Case for two BO 603.0BL 

Case for two BO 600.0BL 

Miscellaneous Suction Lifter Applications 

A selection of suction lifters for very specific applications and requirements can be found on the following pages. 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter, 3 cups, Plastic Swivelling Heads 

Suitable for all materials with airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · especially 

for transporting large curved surfaces such as windscreens for buses or lorries · suction disc ø 150 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 603.2 




VERIBOR Suction Lifter, 2 cups, Plastic, with Swivelling Heads 

Makes working with unwieldly parts quicker and more effective · suitable for all materials with airtight and curved 

surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood or marble · all metal parts are made of rustproof steel and are 

suitable for use at outdoor work sites or nautical areas · suction disc: ø 150 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 602.3 


45 kg, parallel, swivelling heads 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter, 2 cups, Plastic, with Articulated Joints 

Makes working with unwieldy parts quicker and more effective · suitable for all materials such as glass, plastic, 

metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · the elongated holes in the articulated joints (BO 602.22) allow the transport of 

surfaces which are curved beyond standard · Suction discs: ø 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 602.22 

BO 602.2 


30 kg, parallel, swivelling heads 


VERIBOR Suction Lifter, 2 cups, plastic 

For handling diverse loads · makes working with unwieldy parts quicker and 

more effective · suitable for all materials with smooth, flat, airtight 

surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · 

ø 120 mm 

04 

Art. No. 

BO 602.1 


VERIBOR Suction Lifter, with T-handle 

Suction lifter for diverse loads · suitable for slightly textured surfaces such as floor panels with knobbed surface, 

etc. · suction disc: ø 180 mm, with sealing lip 

Art. No. 

BO 608.0 




VERIBOR Suction Lifter with Lateral Handle 

Suction lifter with high lifting capacity for large or heavy loads · suitable for glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, 

marble, etc. · suction disc ø 180 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 608.1 





159

VERIBOR Suction Holder 

For attaching mounting aids and templates · suitable for all materials with smooth, flat, airtight surfaces, e.g. 

glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · suction disc: ø 120 mm / 90 mm · special suction pads available 

for various surfaces 

Art. No. 

BO 600.20 

BO 600.90 

suction disc 

120 mm 

90 mm 

New: 

Suction disc now also available 

with ø 90 mm · connection hole 

ø 6,5 mm can be adapted on 

request 

VERIBOR Suction Holder, with Plastic Stopper 

Stopper: ø 40 mm, height 70 mm · for all materials with smooth, flat, 

airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · 

especially suitable for setting steps · suction disc: ø 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 600.21 

Multi-purpose Holder with Socket Joint and VERIBOR 


For positioning and holding small, unwieldy parts · suitable for all materials 

with smooth, flat, airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated 

wood, etc. · also ideal as a holder for snowboards or skis · suction disc: ø 

120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 600.28 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter, 1-cup, Aluminium 

Makes working with unwieldy parts quicker and more effective · suitable for all materials with smooth, flat, 

airtight surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · grip lever allows one-handed operation · 

small diameter of the suction pad (90 mm) also allows handling of smaller objects 

Art. No. 

BO 600.5 




Seaming Tool for Pulling Panels Together/ Spreading 

Panels Apart 

Ideal for large, flat, smooth sheets of material, e.g. when bonding 

countertops · by means of a spindle the material can be pulled together or 

spread apart as needed · if required, slight differences in sheet material 

height can be corrected using the lateral eccentric lever · suction discs ø 

120 mm · also available as a set in carrying case: BO 650.32 

Art. No. 

BO 650.30 Seaming tool 

Art. No. 

BO 650.32 Set (2 x BO 650.30) 

04 


SILBERSCHNITT Straight Edge Holder 

Practical help when making long cuts · holds the straight edge securely in place · precise positioning by adjustable 

stop bracket · also for positioning measuring devices, displays or other products · suction disc ø 55 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 670.0 

BO 670.1 

Straight edge holder 

height adjustable 

Suction Wall Hanger 

For quickly hanging advertisements, displays, etc. · for glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · suction 

disc ø 62 mm · other colours available with orders of 500+ · vacuum is produced by turning the tap 

Art. No. 

BO 672.10 

BO 672.0 

Colour 

black 

ivory 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter with Knob Grip, all-rubber 

Suction lifter for diverse loads · especially suitable for lifting small objects or for opening cable channel coverings, 

etc. · for glass, plastic, metal, etc. · lifting direction vertical · the sealing lip allows the suction to be released 

without difficulty 

Art. No. 

BO 609.0 

BO 609.55 

Diameter / Carrying capacity 

80 mm / 15 kg vertical 

50 mm / 5 kg vertical 


161

Suction Lifter, All-rubber · with Two Finger Holes 

For diverse loads · for working quickly and efficiently · suitable for all materials with smooth, flat, airtight surfaces 

such as glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · the small diameter of the rubber pads makes it suitable 

for handling small objects or for removing cable channel coverings, etc. 

Art. No. 

BO 609.81 

BO 609.80 

ø / Carrying capacity, Lifting direction 

115 mm / 25 kg, vertical 

80 mm / 10 kg, vertical 

Suction Lifter · All-rubber · with Finger Hole 

For diverse loads · for handling small objects or for opening cable channel 

coverings, etc. · suitable for glass, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · ø 

55 mm · carrying capacity 5 kg vertical 

Art. No. 

BO 609.50 


Carrying Aids 

Carrying Aids 

Whether you need lifting pliers, carrying devices, transport carriages or carrying straps, we have a selection of carrying aids which will make the 

transporting of goods easier and more ergonomical for you. 

Glass Transporting Pliers 

Robust transporting pliers for handling all kinds of sheet material. This tool 

is especially safe and easy to use. With a hoisting tool, simply lift the glass 

transporting pliers above the plate to be transported. Thanks to its two 

guiding aids, the transporting pliers can be easily positioned. When placed 

onto the plate, a mechanism is set in motion which ensures a safe grip 

simply by the upwards motion of the transporting pliers. 

The spare cork liners are supplied as a mat of cork and include special 

adhesive. The spare rollers are suitable for all models. 

04 


New: 

Larger contact surfaces 

provide improved carrying 

security. 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 07 

BO 50 001 15 

BO 50 001 13 

Art. No. 

BO 5000107K 

Art. No. 

Carrying capacity / Material thickness 

1000 kg / 4 - 20 mm 

1000 kg/ 15-38 mm 

600 kg / 3 - 20 mm 

Spare cork liner 

BO 5000107W Spare roller 

Glass Handling Frame 

50 mm wide, non-slip lining · height 50 cm · suitable for insulated glass · 

max. load capacity 100 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 51 


163

Clamping Carriage, Self-clamping 

With air tyres for quiet transport · for materials up to 100 mm width and 

500 kg weight · compact: only 30 x 30 x 30 cm · inner felt linings · incl. 2 

spacing inserts 250 x 70 x 30 mm for thin material · incl. 4 m belt to keep 

loads securely in place, as well as a guiding rod for small loads 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 20 

Glass Carrying Device Tragboy 

Suitable for transporting sheet material · the load is held firmly between two non-slip, rubber-lined clamps · the 

heavier the load, the greater the clamping pressure · opening range up to 25 mm · 80 kg carrying capacity per pair 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 01 

BO 50 001 08 

Glass Carrying Device Tragboy 

Spare rubber lining (200 x 80 mm) 

Glass Carrying Device Tragkuli 

Suitable for transporting sheet material · the load is held firmly between two non-slip, rubber-lined clamps · the 

heavier the load, the greater the clamping pressure · 160 kg carrying capacity per pair 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 02 

BO 50 001 12 

BO 50 001 11 

Tragkuli up to 40 mm 

Tragkuli, 60 - 80 mm 

Spare rubber lining (240 x 100 mm) 

Glass Corner Holder, wooden 

With built-in suction pad ø 120 mm · protective corner holder for use when transporting sheet material · suitable 

for glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 52 

BO 50 076 54 

Sheet thickness 

max. 30 mm 

max. 60 mm 

VERIBOR Carpet Gripper for Carpeted Double Flooring 

Very robust · made of aluminium · with blocking function to prevent 

unintentional releasing of the carpet gripper 

Art. No. 

BO 619.0 


Safety Carrying Strap 

Heavy-duty linen · 1650 x 80 mm · with hand slings · leather chafe 

protection · cross strap prevents the glass sheet from sliding out laterally 

Art. No. 

BO 50 656 04 

Carrying Strap 

Heavy-duty linen · with hand slings · leather chafe protection 

Art. No. 

BO 50 656 00 

BO 50 656 01 

Dimensions 

1650 x 40 mm 

1650 x 80 mm 

Cross Carrying Strap 

Heavy-duty linen · 80 mm wide · length adjustable · leather chafe 

protection 

04 

Art. No. 

BO 50 655 00 


Carrying Strap, Leather 

Shaped wooden handles · felt lining as chafe protection · 70 mm wide · 

length approx. 1100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 50 655 01 

Carrying Strap, Hemp 

40 mm wide · sold by the metre 

Art. No. 

BO 50 656 03 


165

VERIBOR Lifting Systems 

VERIBOR Compact-Lift 

Lifting, rotating and tilting in limited spaces. Especially suitable for the glazier’s trade and glass industry. In addition to the equipment shown here, 

we can also offer you special solutions for your handling requirements. We would be happy to send you a quotation. 

VERIBOR Compact-Lift with Dual Circuit Vacuum 

System for Flat Surfaces 

Battery version 

Unit operates by rechargeable battery or 230V power supply · integrated 

battery charger, connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display for 

each circuit: control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · charging status of 

the battery: voltmeter display · suction pad 250 x 400 mm 

Functions 

· Prior building up of vacuum by additional valves in the suction plates 

· Suction plates can be blocked individually 

· Remote control for vacuum release with spiral cable 

· Rotates 360° with lock-in positions every 90° 

· Tilts 90° 

Dual Circuit System: 

These vacuum lifting units are 

approved for use at 

construction sites per EN 

13155. 

Art. No. 

BO C40DA4 400 kg / 4 

BO C60DA6 600 kg / 6 

BO C80DA8 800 kg / 8 

Carrying capacity / Number of suction plates 



System for Flat Surfaces 

Mains operation 

Operates on 230V · connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display 

for each circuit: control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · suction pad 250 

x 400 mm 

Functions 





· Tilts 90° or motor-driven 





13155. 

Art. No. 


BO C40DW4 400 kg / 4 

BO C60DW6 600 kg / 6 

BO C80DW8 800 kg / 8 

BO C40DW4T 400 kg / 4 · motorised tilting 



04 


VERIBOR Compact-Lift for Flat Surfaces 



battery charger, connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display: 

control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · charging status of the battery: 

voltmeter display · suction pad 250 x 400 mm 

Functions 





· Tilts 90° 

Please note: 

These vacuum lifting systems 

are approved for use in the 

workshop. 

Art. No. 

BO C30A2 300 kg / 2 

BO C60A4 600 kg / 4 

BO C90A6 900 kg / 6 



167

VERIBOR Compact-Lift for Flat Surfaces 


Operates on 230V · connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display: 

control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · suction pad 400 x 250 mm 

Functions 




· Rotates 360° with lock-in positions every 90° or motor-driven 

· Tilts 90° or motor-driven (not when rotating is motor-driven) 

Please note: 



workshop. 

Art. No. 


BO C30W2 300 kg / 2 

BO C60W4 600 kg / 4 

BO C90W6 900 kg / 6 

BO C30W2T 300 kg / 2 · motorised tilting, manual rotating 



BO C30W2R 300 kg / 2 · motorised rotating 




System for Curved Surfaces 



battery charger, connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display for 

each circuit: control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · charging status of 

the battery: voltmeter display · suction pad 250 x 150 mm 

Functions 


· Each cross arm can slide by 320 mm and swivel 



· Tilts 90° 





13155. 

Art. No. 

BO C12DA4C 120 kg / 4 

BO C24DA8C 240 kg / 8 

BO C36DA12C 360 kg / 12 

BO C48DA16C 480 kg / 16 




System for Curved Surfaces 


Operates on 230V · connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display 

for each circuit: control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · suction pad 250 

x 150 mm 

Functions 


· Each cross arm can slide by 320 mm and tilt 



· Tilts 90° 

(on request also motor-driven) 





13155. 

Art. No. 

BO C12DW4C 120 kg / 4 

BO C24DW8C 240 kg / 8 

BO C36DW12C 360 kg / 12 

BO C48DW16C 480 kg / 16 


04 


VERIBOR Compact-Lift for Curved Surfaces 



battery charger, connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display: 

control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · charging status of the battery: 

voltmeter display · suction pad 250 x 150 mm 

Functions 





· Tilts 90° 

Please note: 



workshop. 

Art. No. 

BO C12A2C 120 kg / 2 

BO C24A4C 240 kg / 4 

BO C36A6C 360 kg / 6 

BO C48A8C 480 kg / 8 

BO C72A12C 720 kg / 12 



169

VERIBOR Compact-Lift for Curved Surfaces 


Operates on 230V · connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · vacuum display: 

control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter · suction pad 250 x 150 mm 

Functions 





· Tilts 90° 

(on request also motor-driven) 

Please note: 



workshop. 

Art. No. 

BO C12W2C 120 kg / 2 

BO C24W4C 240 kg / 4 

BO C36W6C 360 kg / 6 

BO C48W8C 480 kg / 8 

BO C72W12C 720 kg / 12 


VERIBOR Compact-Lift for Flat Surfaces and Upright 

Transport 

Equipment 

Vacuum display: control lamps (red/green), vacuum meter, 

Connection: CEE-plug, with coupling · suction pad 400 x 250 mm 

Functions 




Optional 

Two-way operating mode: 

Unit can operate either by integrated rechargeable battery or 230V power 

supply 

Integrated battery charger, charging status: voltmeter display 

Dual circuit vacuum system: 

2 independent vacuum circuits per EN 13155 

Art. No. 

BO C90W6V 

BO C90A6V 

BO C120W8V 

BO C120A8V 

BO C60DW6V 

BO C60DA6V 

BO C80DW8V 

BO C80DA8V 

Carrying capacity / Operating mode / Dual circuit 

900 kg / 230 V / no 

90 kg / two-way / no 

120 kg / 230 V / no 

120 kg / two-way / no 

60 kg / 230 V / yes 

60 kg / two-way / yes 

80 kg / 230 V / yes 

80 kg / two-way / yes 


Cart for Compact-Lifts 

For the easy transport and safe storage of all Compact-Lifts. The Compact- 

Lift is simply lowered onto the cart so that it rests securely within the 

supports of the cart. Whenever needed, the Compact-Lift can be lifted out 

of the cart easily using a crane hook. 

Please note: 

When ordering, please indicate 

which Compact-Lift you intend 

to transport. 

Art. No. 

BO CZ1 

Suction Pad 

400 x 250 mm 

Art. No. 

BO CZS001 

Suction Pad 

250 x 150 mm 

04 

Art. No. 

BO CZS002 


Suction Plate 

400 x 250 mm · with sponge rubber ring for textured surfaces, including 

adaptor plate and hose 

Art. No. 

BO CZS003 

Adaptor Cable 

For CEE coupling / 230 V 

Art. No. 

BO CZKAD 


171

VERIBOR Multi-Lift 

You’re looking for a way to transport goods easily and carefully? Veribor Multi-Lift with its modular system adapts perfectly to your individual 

requirements: with suction pads that are available even for textured surfaces like corrugated sheet metal and with versatile crossbeam dimensions 

that can adjust to each load. 

VERIBOR Multi-Lift 

· For transporting sheets easily, carefully and flexibly 

· One-person operation 

· Suitable suction pads for almost all material surfaces 

· Configuration of cross arms and suction plates easily adjustable to the 

transport requirements 

· Optional: tilting by 90° and rotating by 180° 

· Manual or automatic 

· Articulated telescopic handle 

Custom-made: 

Aside from the systems 

described here, we can offer 

you special solutions for all 

your handling needs. 

Art. No. 

BO M15D6 150 kg / 6 

BO M25D4 250 kg / 4 

BO M35D6 350 kg / 6 

BO M60D4 600 kg / 4 

BO M80D8 800 kg / 8 

BO M150D10 1500 kg / 10 



VERIBOR Uni-Lift 

The battery-operated suction unit makes this vacuum lifter a very flexible and universally applicable piece of lifting equipment. The suction units are 

movable in the vertical position and lockable in the horizontal position. Due to its low weight of approx. 30 kg, the VERIBOR Uni-Lift can easily be 

taken along, e.g. for the construction of conservatories or the exchange of large shop windows. In case of vacuum loss, the vacuum unit gives an 

optical as well as acoustical warning signal. 

VERIBOR Uni-Lift 

Traverse with 2/4 suction units and battery pump, 200/300 kg load capacity 

and 90° locking 

Dimensions 

BO 690.6: 900 x 500 (330) x 265 mm 

BO 690.7: 1500 x 500 (330) x 265 mm 

04 



690.7 is approved for use at 


13155. 

Art. No. 

BO 690.6 200 kg / 2 

BO 690.7 300 kg / 4 

BO 601.01 

Load Capacity / No. of Suction Discs 


BO 601.103 

Battery charger 

Suction Unit with Battery and Spiral Hose 

Art. No. 

BO 690.5 

BO 690.51 

BO 690.52 

BO 601.103 

Suction unit with battery and 2 spiral hoses 

Spiral hose for suction unit 

Spare battery 

Charging unit 


173

Accident Prevention and Safety 

. . . are important topics, especially when transporting glass is concerned. And when your 

health and safety are at stake, quality is top priority. Everything dealing with work safety - also 

in connection with electrical machines - can be found in the chapter „Glazing“. 

Information about our complete range 

. . . can be found in our „Handling“ catalogue, which we will gladly send you on request. In 

addition to the models shown here, you will find a complete spectrum of suction lifters and 

vacuum lifting equipment with diverse fields of application. We would also be happy to quote 

you specific solutions for your individual requirements. Please contact us. 


Glazing 

Glazing Accessories 177 

Setting and Distance Blocks 177 

Protector Pads 182 

Packaging 184 

Hand Tools 186 

Block Levers 186 

Putty Knives, Hacking Knives, Lead Putty Knives 187 

Glazier’s Hammers, Pliers 192 

Knives and Spare Blades 194 

Tool Sets and Tool Bags 199 

Point Drivers 201 

Cleaning 202 

05 

Glazing 

Protective Films 206 

Sealant Dispensers and Cartridge Guns 207 

Measuring Tools 212 

Measuring Devices 212 

Tape Measures 216 

Protective Clothing 218 

Automotive Glazing 224 

Lead Glazing 226 

Lead Came 226 

Soldering 227 

Clear Bevels 235 

Mirror Bevels 237 

Bevel Clusters 238 


175

Glazing 

Glazing - this term covers a 

wide spectrum of activities 

related to working with glass, 

windows and frames. 

This begins with cutting, 

assembly of panes and 

windows as well as the 

required measuring 

techniques and includes lead 

and brass glazing. Repair 

glazing and restoration work 

will continue to be important 

in the future, too. 

For this constantly growing 

and developing field of work 

you can find the appropriate 

quality tools and aids in this 

chapter that allow you to 

achieve professional results. 


Glazing Accessories 

Setting and Distance Blocks 

Everything you need to perform your glazing work professionally can be found here: setting and distance blocks, protector pads for stacking, wire 

nails and much more - and naturally in the high Bohle quality to which you have become accustomed. 

Plastic Blocks (bag of 100) 

Made of tested and sealant-resistant material · the special shape of the surface and the solid bottom make them 

ideally suited for different purposes · the design of the blocks guarantees flush positioning · load bearing capacity 

per block approx. 300 kg · in bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 51 220 01 

BO 51 220 02 

BO 51 220 03 

BO 51 220 04 

BO 51 220 05 

BO 51 220 06 

BO 51 223 01 

BO 51 223 02 

BO 51 223 03 

BO 51 223 04 

BO 51 223 05 

BO 51 223 06 

BO 51 226 01 

BO 51 226 02 

BO 51 226 03 

BO 51 226 04 

BO 51 226 05 

BO 51 226 06 

BO 51 230 01 

BO 51 230 02 

BO 51 230 03 

BO 51 230 04 

BO 51 230 05 

BO 51 230 06 

BO 51 234 01 

BO 51 234 02 

BO 51 234 03 

BO 51 234 04 

BO 51 234 05 

BO 51 234 06 

BO 51 240 02 

BO 51 240 03 

BO 51 240 04 

BO 51 240 05 

BO 51 240 06 

100 x 20 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 20 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 20 x 3 mm · green 

100 x 20 x 4 mm · yellow 

100 x 20 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 20 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 24 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 24 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 24 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 24 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 24 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 26 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 26 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 26 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 26 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 26 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 30 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 30 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 30 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 30 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 30 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 34 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 34 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 34 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 34 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 34 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 40 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 40 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 40 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 40 x 6 mm · black 

05 

Glazing 


177

Plastic Blocks (bulk in box) 

Made of tested and sealant-resistant material · the special shape of the surface and the solid bottom make them 

ideally suited for different purposes · the design of the blocks guarantees flush positioning · load bearing capacity 

per block approx. 300 kg · in boxes of 1000 

Art. No. 

Please note: 

BO 5120054, BO 5120055 and 

BO 5120056 are only available 

in boxes of 500. 

BO 51 200 01 

BO 51 200 02 

BO 51 200 03 

BO 51 200 04 

BO 51 200 05 

BO 51 200 06 

BO 51 200 61 

BO 51 200 62 

BO 51 200 63 

BO 51 200 64 

BO 51 200 65 

BO 51 200 66 

BO 51 200 11 

BO 51 200 12 

BO 51 200 13 

BO 51 200 14 

BO 51 200 15 

BO 51 200 16 

BO 51 200 21 

BO 51 200 22 

BO 51 200 23 

BO 51 200 24 

BO 51 200 25 

BO 51 200 26 

BO 51 200 71 

BO 51 200 72 

BO 51 200 73 

BO 51 200 74 

BO 51 200 75 

BO 51 200 76 

BO 51 200 31 

BO 51 200 32 

BO 51 200 33 

BO 51 200 34 

BO 51 200 35 

BO 51 200 36 

BO 51 200 41 

BO 51 200 42 

BO 51 200 43 

BO 51 200 44 

BO 51 200 45 

BO 51 200 46 

BO 51 200 52 

BO 51 200 53 

BO 51 200 54 

BO 51 200 55 

BO 51 200 56 

100 x 20 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 20 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 20 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 20 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 20 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 22 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 22 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 22 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 22 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 22 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 24 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 24 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 24 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 24 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 24 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 26 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 26 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 26 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 26 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 26 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 28 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 28 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 28 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 28 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 28 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 30 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 30 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 30 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 30 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 30 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 34 x 1 mm · white 

100 x 34 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 34 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 34 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 34 x 6 mm · black 

100 x 40 x 2 mm · red 

100 x 40 x 3 mm · green 


100 x 40 x 5 mm · blue 

100 x 40 x 6 mm · black 


Wooden Blocks 

Made from specially treated hardwood · sufficient pressure resistance · won’t cause any damage to glass edges 

· manufactured as per the guidelines of the German glazing trade · packed in bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 51 506 02 

BO 51 506 03 

BO 51 506 04 

BO 51 506 05 

BO 51 508 02 

BO 51 508 03 

BO 51 508 04 

BO 51 508 05 

BO 51 512 02 

BO 51 512 03 

BO 51 512 04 

BO 51 512 05 

BO 51 520 01 

BO 51 520 02 

BO 51 520 03 

BO 51 520 04 

BO 51 520 05 

BO 51 520 06 

BO 51 522 01 

BO 51 522 02 

BO 51 522 03 

BO 51 522 04 

80 x 6 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 6 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 6 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 8 x 2 mm · red 



80 x 8 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 12 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 12 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 12 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 20 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 20 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 20 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 20 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 20 x 6 mm · black 

80 x 22 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 22 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 22 x 3 mm · green 


05 

BO 51 522 05 

BO 51 522 06 

80 x 22 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 22 x 6 mm · black 

Glazing 

BO 51 524 01 

BO 51 524 02 

BO 51 524 03 

BO 51 524 04 

BO 51 524 05 

BO 51 524 06 

BO 51 526 01 

BO 51 526 02 

BO 51 526 03 

BO 51 526 04 

BO 51 526 05 

BO 51 526 06 

80 x 24 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 24 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 24 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 24 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 24 x 6 mm · black 

80 x 26 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 26 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 26 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 26 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 26 x 6 mm · black 


179

Wooden Blocks 

Made of specially treated hardwood · sufficient pressure resistance · won’t cause any damage to glass edges · 

manufactured as per the guidelines of the German glazing trade · packed in bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 51 528 01 

BO 51 528 02 

BO 51 528 03 

BO 51 528 04 

BO 51 528 05 

BO 51 528 06 

BO 51 530 01 

BO 51 530 02 

BO 51 530 03 

BO 51 530 04 

BO 51 530 05 

BO 51 530 06 

BO 51 532 01 

BO 51 532 02 

BO 51 532 03 

BO 51 532 04 

BO 51 532 05 

BO 51 532 06 

80 x 28 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 28 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 28 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 28 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 28 x 6 mm · black 

80 x 30 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 30 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 30 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 30 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 30 x 6 mm · black 

80 x 32 x 1 mm · white 

80 x 32 x 2 mm · red 

80 x 32 x 3 mm · green 


80 x 32 x 5 mm · blue 

80 x 32 x 6 mm · black 

Wooden Blocks 

Made of specially treated hardwood · sufficient pressure resistance · won’t cause any damage to glass edges · 

manufactured as per the guidelines of the German glazing trade · packed in bags of 1000 

Art. No. 

BO 51 504 02 

BO 51 504 03 

BO 51 504 04 

BO 51 504 05 

30 x 4 x 2 mm · red 



30 x 4 x 5 mm · blue 


Spacer Tape without Backing Film 

Self-adhesive on one side · on rolls · time-saving because it can be applied directly from the roll without having to 

peel off any film 

Art. No. 

BO 50 062 03 

BO 50 062 08 

BO 50 063 03 

BO 50 063 08 

BO 50 064 03 

BO 50 064 08 

BO 50 065 03 

BO 50 065 08 

BO 50 092 03 

BO 50 092 08 

BO 50 093 03 

BO 50 093 08 

BO 50 094 03 

BO 50 094 08 

BO 50 095 03 

BO 50 095 08 

BO 50 122 03 

BO 50 122 08 

BO 50 123 03 

BO 50 123 08 

BO 50 124 03 

BO 50 124 08 

6 x 2 mm · white 

6 x 2 mm · black 





















05 

Glazing 


181

Spacer Tape with Backing Film 

Self-adhesive on one side · on rolls 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 00 

BO 51 051 01 

BO 51 051 05 

BO 51 051 02 

BO 51 051 06 

BO 51 050 99 

BO 51 051 03 

BO 51 051 07 

BO 51 051 04 

BO 51 051 08 











Protector Pads 

Cork Protector Pads with Adhesive Foam 

Available in dimensions of 16.2 x 17.5mm, punched on rolls of 10,000 or bulk in boxes of 6,000 (punched foam-onfoam). 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 50 

BO 51 051 60 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 51 

BO 51 051 61 

Dimensions 

3 x 16.2 x 17.5 mm 

4 x 16.2 x 17.5 mm 

3 x 16.2 x 17.5 mm 

4 x 16.2 x 17.5 mm 


Cork Protective Pads, Self-Adhesive 

Available in dimensions of 18 x 18 mm, punched on rolls of 10,000 with paper cover. 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 70 

BO 51 051 80 

BO 51 051 90 

Dimensions 

2 x 18 x 18 mm 

3 x 18 x 18 mm 

4 x 18 x 18 mm 

Wooden Wedges 

Hardwood · 100 x 20 x 2/15 mm · bag of 50 

Art. No. 

BO 51 620 02 

Glazier Wire Pins 

Pack of 2 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 51 011 14 

BO 51 012 17 

Thickness x Length 

1.1 x 14 mm 

1.2 x 17 mm 

05 

Wire Nails 

Galvanised steel · with head 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 052 25 

BO 51 052 30 

BO 51 052 35 

Thickness x Length 

1.4 x 25 mm 

1.6 x 30mm 

1.8 x 35mm 


Height 3 mm · ø 18 mm · pack of 5,000 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 16 


183

Corner Protectors, transparent 

Bag of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 51 050 60 

BO 51 050 61 

BO 51 050 62 

Glass thickness · Side length 

3-4 mm · 40 mm (inner) 

5-6 mm · 47 mm (inner) 

8-10 mm · 58 mm (inner) 

Packaging 

Bubble Wrap 

For protective wrapping of pictures, framed mirrors, etc. · 100 m long 

Art. No. 

BO 39 018 00 

BO 39 018 04 

Width 

120 cm 

150 cm 

Protective Wrap with Dispenser Roller 

100 mm wide x 150 m long · box of 10 rolls with dispenser roller · doesn’t 

stick, but clings perfectly · ideal for wrapping framed pictures, windows 

and mirrors 

Art. No. 

BO 39 016 02 


Protective Wrap without Dispenser Roller 

100 mm wide x 150 m long · box of 10 rolls without dispenser roller · 

doesn’t stick, but clings perfectly · ideal for wrapping framed pictures, 

windows and mirrors 

Art. No. 

BO 39 016 03 

Packing Tape „Vorsicht Glas“ 

For packing and identifying framed pictures with glass „Vorsicht Glas“ · 

50 mm wide · 66 m running length 

Art. No. 

BO 37 023 50 

PVC Packing Tape for Packing Framed Pictures 

50 mm wide · length 66 m · core diameter 76 mm · used with the tape 

dispenser BO 37 025 60 · very adhesive 

Art. No. 

BO 37 025 50 

05 

Tape Dispenser 

Solid metal-plastic construction · adjustable brake and tearing edge · onehand 

operation when packing pictures with air cushioned wrap or 

cardboard corner protectors 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 37 025 60 


185

Hand Tools 

Block Levers / Glazing Shovels 

For everyday use. For setting glazed units both easily and expertly. 

Block Lever 

Made of wood without knots · 70 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 650 00 

Glazing Shovel 

Made of shock-proof plastic · solid · blue · easy-grip handle · especially 

sturdy 

Art. No. 

BO 51 653 01 


Made of plastic · with wooden handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 654 00 


Made of grey plastic · with wooden handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 654 01 


Spatula 

Metal · ground · with front bevel · rounded chisel handle · for loosening 

beading · heavy-duty 

Art. No. 

BO 51 652 00 

Spatula 

Metal · ground · with front bevel · for loosening beading and separating 

wooden distance blocks · leather strip handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 651 00 

Putty Knives 

Bohle’s range of putty knives includes all kinds of blade shapes and thus can meet every possible requirement. 

05 

Putty Knife „DON CARLOS“ with Rib 

Spear point · continuous blade · light-coloured wooden handle · blade 

length 110 mm · 28 mm wide 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 623 00 

Putty Knife „DON CARLOS“ with Rib 

Spear point · continuous blade ·black, polished wooden handle · blade 


Art. No. 

BO 51 623 01 

Putty Knife 

Spear point · highly polished, continuous blade · brown polished wooden 

handle · blade length 90 mm · 26 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 628 00 


187

Putty Knife 

Spear point · highly polished, continuous blade · black polished wooden 

handle · blade length 105 mm · 27 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 624 00 

Putty Knife 

Spear point · highly polished blade · brown polished wooden handle · blade 


Art. No. 

BO 51 622 00 

Putty Knife 

With rib · French design · convex, highly polished blade · brown polished 

wooden handle · blade length 100 mm · 35 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 631 00 

Putty Knife 

With blunt, curved, highly polished continuous blade · brown, polished wooden handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 626 00 

BO 51 626 28 

Width 

18 mm 

28 mm 

Putty Knife 

With blunt, curved, highly polished blade · brown, polished wooden handle 

· blade length 90 mm · blade tip 18 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 629 00 

Putty Knife 

Swiss design · with front slanting, highly polished blade · brown, polished handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 625 00 

BO 51 625 25 

Blade width 

18 mm 

25 mm 


Putty Knife 

Swedish design · front slanting, highly polished continuous blade · brown, 

polished wooden handle · blade length 110 mm · 26 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 621 00 

Glazier’s Knife 

85 mm long blade · 60 mm wide · rustproof steel · with plastic handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 655 01 

Hacking Knives 

A safe and reliable tool for removing stubborn putty from windows. 

Please also note our putty chisel BO 53 012 00 in chapter 03 „Grinding, Drilling, Sawing“. 

05 

Hacking Knife 

95 x 30 mm · with plastic handle 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 640 00 

Hacking Knife 

Blade 100 x 30 mm · 5 mm thick · leather-covered handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 641 00 

Hacking Knife „DON CARLOS“ 

With plastic handle · forged blade 

Art. No. 

BO 51 642 00 


189

Hacking Knife „DON CARLOS“ 

With leather-covered handle · forged blade 

Art. No. 

BO 51 643 00 

Hacking Knife 

Continuous blade 100 x 50 mm · 5 mm thick · leather-covered handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 641 02 

Hacking Knife 

With continuous blade 90 x 50 mm · blade width 2.8 mm · leather handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 641 01 

Lead Putty Knives 

An indispensable tool for doing traditional lead or brass glazing. The variety of blade shapes makes these knives ideal for universal use in the art 

glass sector. 

Lead Putty Knife 

Light-coloured wooden handle · blade length 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 023 00 


Black, wooden handle with lead inlay · blade length 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 022 00 


Lead Putty Knife „DON CARLOS“ 

Forged blade · blade length 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 024 00 

BO 51 024 04 

Description 

light-coloured, wooden handle 

green plastic handle 


Forged blade · blade length 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 024 01 

BO 51 024 03 

Description 

light wooden handle with lead inlay 

black wooden handle with lead inlay 


Crescent shape · light-coloured wooden handle · blade length 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 025 00 

05 


Crescent shape · light-coloured wooden handle · blade length 100 mm 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 025 01 

Lead Knife 

Sickle-shaped blade · wooden handle with metal inlay · blade length 70 mm 

Art. No. 

TG 2507 


191

Glazier’s Hammers 

Here you can find a selection of hammers for all kinds of applications. 

Glazier’s Hammer 

With brackets and ground head · polished ashwood handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 020 00 

Glazier’s Hammer 

Both sides blunt · wooden handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 020 01 

Simplex Hammer with Two-piece Spanner Casing 

Impact area ø 30 mm · length of head 90 mm · total length 300 mm · length of handle 262 mm · impact inserts and 

handle are easily exchanged · impact inserts and wooden handle are fastened securely with an Allen screw within 

a cast metal casing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 18 

BO 51 051 21 

BO 51 051 22 

Simplex Hammer 

black rubber insert · medium impact 

red plastic insert · strong impact 

Locksmith’s Hammer 

300 g · head painted black · contoured wooden handle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 040 30 

Wooden Hammer 

Beech wooden handle, round · head ø 60 mm · length of head 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 20 


Rubber Mallet 

Ash handle · flat contact surface on both sides · hardness of hammer head 90 Shore 

Art. No. 

BO 51 041 00 

Pliers 

In our comprehensive range of high quality glazing tools you can also find a selection of „KNIPEX“ pliers. 

„KNIPEX“ Pincers 

180 mm long · painted black · ground head · withstands extreme loads · 

precision made · very durable · excellent weight distribution 

Art. No. 

BO 51 042 18 

05 

„KNIPEX“ Tower Pincers 

Painted black · ground head · withstands extreme loads · precision made · long service life · high leverage means 

less pressure required 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 043 22 

„KNIPEX“ Side Pincers 

Swedish design · induction-hardened precision cutting edges · PVC-coated handles · polished head 

Art. No. 

BO 51 044 16 

Clamp 

With riveted fibre insert · to secure straight edges or as assembly aid for insulated glass 

Art. No. 

BO 50 001 03 


193

Knives and Spare Blades 

Professional Snap-Off Knife 18 mm 

With metal blade guide and blade stop · magazine for spare blades in handle · supplied with 1 snap-off blade 

18 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 30 020 03 

Art. No. 

BO 30 020 18 

Professional Snap-Off Knife 18 mm 

Snap-off blades 18 mm, 10-pack 

Snap-off Knife 

All-plastic with blade stop · supplied with 1 snap-off blade 

Art. No. 

BO 30 020 00 

BO 30 020 01 

Art. No. 

BO 30 020 18 

BO 30 020 09 

Snap-off knife 18 mm 

Snap-off knife 9 mm 

Blade strips, 18 mm, 10-pack 

Blade strips, 9 mm, 10-pack 


Snap-off Knife „OLFA“ 

With 3 blade strips · 18 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 413 00 

Art. No. 

Snap-off Knife „OLFA“ 

BO 30 020 18 Spare blade strips, pack of 10 

Simplex Knife 

Made of aluminium · extra sharp, pointed blade · for screw-on blades · with aluminium handle or aluminium handle 

with plastic coating + protective cover 

Art. No. 

BO 30 019 00 

BO 30 019 01 

Art. No. 

with aluminium handle 

with aluminium handle with plastic coating 

05 

BO 30 019 02 Spare blades, 100 

Glazing 

Special Knife with Blade 

For removing unwanted remains of cured adhesive after bevel bonding · also ideal for separating lead profiles and 

for cutting resist or other films · the narrow blade allows easy access to gaps · with blade protector 

Art. No. 

BO 51 420 00 

Art. No. 

Special knife with blade 

BO 51 420 01 Spare blades, pack of 10 


195

Knife for Laminated Glass 

Blade length 40 mm · light-coloured wooden handle · for cutting PVB film in laminated glass 

Art. No. 

BO 51 417 00 

BO 51 410 01 

Knife for laminated glass 

Spare blades 

Knife for Sealed Units 

Sickle-shaped · with inner cutting edge · blade length 80 mm · for removing sealed units 

Art. No. 

BO 51 414 00 

with brown polished wooden handle 

Glass Scraper 

Metal · with blade protection · plastic handle · exchangeable blades · 40 mm wide · for loosening hardened UV 

adhesive residues from glass surfaces · also for hard-to-reach corners 

Art. No. 

BO 51 410 00 

BO 51 410 01 

Glass scraper 

Spare blades 


Made of plastic · with blade protection · exchangeable blade · blade width 44 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 660 00 

BO 51 661 00 


Spare blades 


Very solid · plastic handle · with blade protection · blade width 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 411 00 

BO 51 411 01 


Spare blades 

Mitre Shears 

Zinc plated · with mitre stop for 45° cuts · for cutting sealant strips, rubber profiles and flat inserts made of wood 

or plastic 

Art. No. 

BO 51 097 00 

BO 51 097 01 

Mitre Shears 

Spare blade 


Glass Scraping Blades 

Corrosion protected · 0.20 mm thick 

Art. No. 

BO 51 665 44 

BO 51 665 60 

BO 51 665 80 

BO 51 665 81 

Art. No. 

BO 51 666 44 

BO 51 666 60 

BO 51 666 80 

BO 51 666 81 

Art. No. 

BO 51 668 60 

Width 

44 mm · bulk 

60 mm · bulk 

80 mm · bulk 

100 mm · bulk 

Finger protection for blades, 44 mm 




10 Glass scraping blades in case, 60 mm 

05 

Special Blades 

For technical purposes · 3 round holes · 43 mm wide · 0.2 mm thick · pack of 100 blades 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 410 02 

Spare Blades 

For glass scraper BO 5166000 

Art. No. 

BO 51 661 00 

Spare Blade Strips 

For snap-off knives · 1 pack = 10 blade strips 

Art. No. 

BO 30 020 18 

BO 30 020 09 

Blade width 

18 mm 

9 mm 


197

Spare Blades 

For Simplex (Art. No. BO 30 019 00) and scalpel knives (Art. No. BO 30 019 01) · 100 blades in plastic box 

Art. No. 

BO 30 019 02 

Trapezoidal Blades, 0.4 mm thick 

0.4 mm thick · length 53 mm 

10 blades in a dispenser 

Art. No. 

BO 30 010 04 

Spare Blades 

For Art. No. BO 51 410 00 and Art. No. BO 51 417 00 · with back · 40 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 410 01 


Tool Sets and Tool Bags 

A good apprenticeship requires good tools. Bohle high quality tools help to ensure that your glazing work is successful, because professional work 

can only be done with professional tools. 

Starter Set 

Complete 34-piece set of professional quality tools for apprentices 

Art. No. 

BO SET26 



BO 5109803 Stanley All-Purpose Tool Bag 1 piece/s 

BO 5007507 KEVLAR® Protective Gloves 1 pair 

BO 5007509 KEVLAR® Wrist Protector Sleeves 2 piece/s 

BO 4000.0E SILBERSCHNITT Oil Glass Cutter 4000 1 piece/s 


BO 5104700 Kraftform 6-piece Screwdriver Set 1 set 

BO 5104900 Skeleton Gun 1 piece/s 

BO 5165501 Glazier’s Knife 1 piece/s 

BO 5162400 Putty Knife 1 piece/s 


BO 5164000 Hacking Knife 1 piece/s 

BO 5102300 Lead Putty Knife 1 piece/s 

BO 5165200 Spatula 1 piece/s 

BO 5165301 Glazing Shovel 1 piece/s 

BO 5164900 Glass Thickness Gauge 1 piece/s 

BO 3002003 Professional Snap-Off Knife 18 mm 1 piece/s 

BO 5102000 Glazier’s Hammer 1 piece/s 


BO 5104030 Locksmith’s Hammer 1 piece/s 

BO 5105118 Simplex Hammer with Two-piece Spanner Casing 1 piece/s 

BO 5141500 Calliper Brush 1 piece/s 

BO 5105113 Metal Saw 1 piece/s 

BO 5008120 Glass Breaking Pliers 1 piece/s 

BO 5104218 „KNIPEX“ Pincers 1 piece/s 

BO 5105115 Awl for Pre-piercing Wood for Screws 1 piece/s 

BO 5166860 Glass Scraping Blades 1 case 

BO 5106308 Tape Measure 1 piece/s 

BO 5007614 Protective Glasses 1 piece/s 

BO 5166301 Smoothing Spatula 1 piece/s 

05 

Glazing 


199

Tool Set 

For apprentices · 19 items 

Art. No. 

BO 51 099 01 



BO 5104700 Kraftform 6-piece Screwdriver Set 1 set 

BO 5102300 Lead Putty Knife 1 piece/s 



BO 5164000 Hacking Knife 1 piece/s 

BO 5165501 Glazier’s Knife 1 piece/s 

BO 5165200 Spatula 1 piece/s 

BO 5165000 Block Lever 1 piece/s 

BO 5008120 Glass Breaking Pliers 1 piece/s 

BO 5008300 Grozing Pliers „KNIPEX“ 1 piece/s 

BO 5106204 POPULAR Tape Measure 1 piece/s 


BO 5104030 Locksmith’s Hammer 1 piece/s 

BO 5007700 Hand Protection Lap 1 piece/s 

Stanley All-Purpose Tool Bag 

Made of 600 Denier nylon · with reinforced plastic floor and adjustable 

shoulder straps · several inner and outer pockets for larger storage capacity 

· flexible carrying strap and a separate document pouch in the top · 

dimensions 410 x 220 x 250 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 098 03 

Tool Bag 

Leather · swing-out front · aluminium-reinforced body · zinc-plated metal tray · tool holders on front and rear panel 

· 43 x 16 x 26 cm · without tools 

Art. No. 

BO 51 098 02 

Kraftform 6-piece Screwdriver Set 

The screwdriver with the Lasertip® rounded tip for even better results · 

includes storage rack · suitable for slotted and PZ cross headed screws · 

contents: slotted screwdrivers 0.5 x 3.0 x 80 mm, 0.8 x 4.0 x 100 mm, 1.0 x 

5.5 x 125 mm, 1.2 x 6.5 x 150 mm, cross headed screwdrivers PZ 1 x 80 mm, 

PZ 2 x 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 047 00 


Awl for Pre-piercing Wood for Screws 

With round shaft · hardwood handle · impact surface · shaft length 100 mm · ø 6.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 15 

Metal Saw 

With fixed wooden handle · round steel blade support · zinc-plated · with 1 universal saw blade for smooth cutting 

of all common materials · 290 mm long · 10 teeth per cm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 13 

Art. No. 

Metal saw 

BO 51 051 14 PUK universal sawblade 1 

05 

Point Drivers 

Glazing 

Fletcher Multipoint Point Driver 

The Multipoint can drive triangular and diamond-shaped points in 3 sizes · it is robust and easy to use · the points 

are simply inserted into the cartridge and secured by a tension bracket 

Art. No. 

BO 37 009 50 

Art. No. 

BO 37 009 51 

BO 37 009 52 

BO 37 009 55 

Fletcher Multipoint Point Driver 

5000 Diamond-shaped points, small, 9 mm 

4000 Diamond-shaped points, large, 12.7 mm 

2700 Triangular points, small, 11 mm 


201

Cleaning 

Cleaning Products 

Bohle offers the right cleaning products for practically every kind of soiling. For treatment of the glass afterward, you can find a large selection of 

products in chapter 06 - „Surface Protection“. 

Paper Towel Dispenser 

White metal tubing · for paper towel rolls BO 51 416 04 · roll of paper 

towels is not included · also suitable for wall mounting 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 08 


Floor model with wheels, for jumbo rolls · metallic blue · incl. 1 trash bag · 

roll of paper towels is not included 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 09 

Paper Towels 

Triple-ply white · 1000 sheets, 37 x 38 cm (WxL) · 3x18 g/m² 

orig. KIMBERLY-CLARK 

suitable dispenser BO 5141609 

Note: 

Extra wide with 1000 sheets 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 15 

Roll of Paper Towels 

2-ply · 21 cm wide · 300 tear-off lines every 38 cm 



Art. No. 

BO 51 416 04 


Paper Towels 

Single-ply · 1000 sheets, 23.5 x 38 cm (WxL) · 1 x 35 g/m² · orig. KIMBERLY-CLARK 

suitable dispensers BO 5141608 + 09 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 10 

BO 51 416 11 

white 

blue 

Microfibre Cloth 

For streak-free cleaning of all smooth and porous surfaces, even without using chemical agents · fleece material 

40 x 38 cm · approx. 100 g/m² · washable up to 90°C · 10 cloths per pack 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 40 

BO 51 416 41 

Colour 

blue 

green 

Special UV Wiping Cloth 

Cloth-like polishing and wiping cloth · 70% viscose 30% polyester · for 

removing liquid and solid materials from scratch-sensitive surfaces · white · 

cloth size 40 x 38 cm · dispenser box of 275 cloths · especially suitable for 

removing adhesive residues after pre-curing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 30 

05 

Bohle Professional Glass Cleaner 

Ideal for windows, mirrors, car windows and other glass surfaces · 

prevents fresh smudging · no streaking · in spray bottle without propellant · 

with the purchase of one carton (=12 bottles), 3 spray heads are included · 

biologically degradable 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 078 00 

Art. No. 

BO 51 078 01 

Art. No. 

BO 51 078 10 

Contents 

1 l 

25 l 

Spray head 


203

Bohle Glass Cleaner 

Can be used for glass, smooth plastic surfaces, mirrors, car windows, tiles · 

for workshop and home, showcases and display windows · no streaking · 

environmentally sound propellent · spray can of 624 g 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 00 

Bohle Special Cleaner 

Ideal for preliminary cleaning prior to glass bonding or sealing. The Bohle special cleaner cleans and degreases 

glass, metal, ceramic and rubber. The special composition of the cleaner ensures a very thorough cleaning. 

Ideal for use with UV 

bonding 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 10 

BO 51 079 11 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 12 

Contents 

250 ml atomizer, refillable 

1 l refill bottle 

27 l refill container 

Window Washer with Fleece 

Window washer with lint-free, easy-to-exchange fleece cover for general cleaning of glass surfaces. 

Art. No. 

BO 55 532 00 

BO 55 533 00 

Width 

35 cm 

45 cm 

Fleece Cover for Window Washer 

Lint-free spare fleece cover 

Art. No. 

BO 55 534 00 

BO 55 535 00 

For window washer 

B0 5553200 · 35 cm 

B0 5553300 · 45 cm 

Window Wiper Handle 

Made of rustproof steel 

Art. No. 

BO 55 512 00 


Rail with Rubber Strip 

Wiping rail with rubber strip suitable for handle BO 55 512 00 

Art. No. 

BO 55 512 25 

BO 55 513 00 

BO 55 514 00 

Width 

25 cm 

35 cm 

45 cm 

Steel Wool 

Fineness no. 00 · top quality · long-fibred · tough · good grip · excellent polishing and grinding ability · highly elastic 

and uniform · easily divisible strands 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 05 

BO 51 416 01 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 02 

Cardboard roll of 100 g 


Spool of 5 kg 

05 

Calliper Brush 

Fine, light-coloured bristles · red cord fixation · ø 42 mm · bristle length approx. 60 mm 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 415 00 

Dust Brush 

Fine, light-coloured bristles · 170 x 23 mm · 1 row · bristle length approx. 55 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 00 

Chip Brush 

For removing glass splinters on cutting table surfaces · indispensable for every glazier 

Art. No. 

TG 070 


205

Protective Films 

Protective Films for Flat Glass 

All films are coated with an absolutely transparent adhesive which ensures a long-lasting and bubble-free bond of the film with the glass. The film 

is easily attached to the glass from the inside and does not disturb working procedures. All the films are guaranteed for two years against cracking, 

yellowing and de-laminating. 

Splinter Protection Film, clear 

Effective glazing protection · increases resistance of normal glass against 

impact and pressure · polyester film reduces injuries and damages caused 

by glass fragments · 1.52 m wide, roll length 10 m · absorbs up to 98% of 

UV radiation · film thickness 120 µm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 43 

View-Blocking Film, white opaque 

Can be retrofitted to normal glass at low cost, providing the same 

advantages as special frosted glass · the tough film provides better 

resistance against impact ·1.52 m wide, roll length 10 m · absorbs up to 

96% of UV radiation · film thickness 65 µm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 44 

Reflecting Film, silver, medium 

1.52 m wide · roll of 10 m · reduces solar energy by up to 70 % · absorbs up 

to 98 % of UV radiation and thus prevents fading of wallpaper, furniture 

and textiles · film thickness 50 µm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 41 

Reflecting Film, silver, dark 

1.52 m wide · roll of 10 m · reduces solar energy by up to 79 % · absorbs up 

to 98 % of UV radiation and thus prevents fading of wallpaper, furniture 

and textiles · film thickness 50 µm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 42 


Self-adhesive Protective Film, blue 

Optimal surface protection when painting, plastering or working on facades · ideal for safe, quick covering of 

sensitive surfaces (glass, ceramic, wood, PVC and stainless steel) · resistant to water, chemical agents and 

physical damage · roll length 100 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 45 

BO 51 051 46 

Width 

50 cm 

100 cm 

Sealant Dispensers and 

Cartridge Guns 

Our wide range of products provides you with the right tool for every sealing job: from manual and pneumatic sealant dispenser guns to cordless 

cartridge guns. 

05 

Pneumatic Sealant Dispenser Gun 

With reduction valve · closed version · aluminium barrel 215 mm long · 

steady forward feed · for 310 ml cartridges · barrel: ø 50 mm 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 30 

Pneumatic Sealant Dispenser Gun 

With reduction valve · closed version · barrel 465 mm long · with nozzle, 

nozzle holder and adaptor · steady forward feed · for foil cartridges up to 

600 ml · barrel: ø 50 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 32 

Sealant Dispenser Gun 

Closed version · aluminium barrel 215 mm long · steady forward feed · for 

310 ml cartridges · barrel: ø 50 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 05 


207

Sealant Dispenser Gun 

With plastic nozzle, nozzle holder and adaptor · closed version · aluminium 

barrel 405 mm long · steady forward feed · for foil cartridges up to 600 ml · 

barrel: ø 50 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 08 

Nozzle Holder 

Plastic · fits in manual and pneumatic sealant dispenser guns · for nozzles 

BO 51 049 15 - BO 51 049 19 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 14 

Special Nozzle 

Orange plastic · pack of 10 · fits in manual and pneumatic sealant dispenser 

guns for foil cartridges 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 13 

Adaptor for Plastic Nozzles 

Plastic · fits in nozzle holder Art. No. BO 51 049 14 · the adaptor can be 

used in foil cartridge sealant guns to enable the use of normal cartridge 

nozzles 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 20 

Nozzles 

Plastic · round · for nozzle holder BO 51 049 14 · pack of 10 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 15 

BO 51 049 16 

BO 51 049 17 

BO 51 049 18 

BO 51 049 19 

white · 6 mm 

blue · 9 mm 

red · 13 mm 

grey · for shear-off 

black · hose connection 


Cartridge Knife 

For opening cartridges · cuts plastic nozzles without burring 

Art. No. 

BO 51 664 00 

EY 3652 DR Panasonic Cordless Cartridge Gun 

For 310 ml cartridges · with electronic speed control and automatic 

pressure release · with 60-minute battery charger EY 0020 B · expulsion 

pressure 1,500 N · total length 410 mm · additionally with sealant stop 

button 

Art. No. 

BO 53 022 10 

EY 3654 FQW Panasonic Cordless Cartridge Gun 

For 600 ml cartridges and foil cartridges · with electronic speed control and 

automatic pressure release · with 20-minute quick battery charger BO 53 

021 03 and battery pack 7.2V BO 53 022 13 · expulsion pressure 2500 N · 

total length 550 mm · additionally with sealant stop button · weight incl. 

battery pack 2.0 kg 

New: 

Including 2 rechargeable 

batteries with 2.0 Ah 

Art. No. 

BO 53 022 14 

05 

Battery pack EY Panasonic 

For cordless cartridge gun · Ni-Cd battery · voltage 7.2 V DC · battery life approx. 1000 cycles (1 cycle = 1 charge/1 

discharge) 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 53 022 12 

BO 53 022 13 

EY 9066 B · 1,2 Ah 

EY 9166 · 2.0 Ah 

Quick Battery Charger EY 0225 B 

For cordless cartridge gun Art. No. BO 5302210 · 2.4-3.6 V 

Art. No. 

BO 53 021 05 

Battery Pack EY 9021 B 

For cordless cartridge gun Art. No. BO 5302210 · Ni-Cd battery · voltage 2.4 

V DC (1.2V x 2 cells) · battery life approx. 500 cycles (1 cycle = 1 charge/1 

discharge) 

Art. No. 

BO 53 022 01 


209

Skeleton Gun 

Painted blue · with rack · for 310 ml cartridges 

Art. No. 

BO 51 048 00 

Skeleton Gun Original „COX“ 

For 310 ml cartridges · with automatic sealant stop 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 00 

Skeleton Gun Original „COX“ 

Rotatable semi-shell · solid mechanism with patented anti-clamping device 

· for 310 ml cartridges 

Art. No. 

BO 51 049 02 

Skeleton Gun H40 

Professional version · easy action and long service life · steel cartridge 

holder with nylon coating · automatic sealant stop · for 310 ml cartridges 

Art. No. 

BO 51 050 40 

Skeleton Gun H14 

With fibreglass casing · steel cartridge holder with nylon coating · for 310 

ml cartridges · easy action and long service life · automatic sealant stop 

Art. No. 

BO 51 050 14 

HandyMax Sealant Dispenser Gun 

For 310 ml cartridges · ergonomic parallel hand lever, therefore minimal 

effort and uniform material flow · high quality components provide long 

service life 

Art. No. 

BO 51 050 51 


Smoothing Spatula 

Plastic · 90 x 90 x 5 mm · for smoothing sealed surfaces 

Art. No. 

BO 51 663 00 


Made of vulkollan 90 x 90 x 5 mm · for smoothing sealed surfaces 

Art. No. 

BO 51 663 01 


Light grey · 90 x 90 x 5 mm · made of elastollan 

Art. No. 

BO 51 663 02 

05 

Smoothing Spatula · 85 x 80 x 7 mm 

Number 568 · brown 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 663 03 


211

Measuring Tools 

Modern developments make new technology necessary. Our electronic measuring tools can determine the various characteristics of panes and thus 

meet changing needs. The high-quality measuring tools in the Bohle programme make it easy for the glazier to determine the glass thickness, the 

dimensions of the pane, etc. With the shape templates even difficult shapes can be easily transferred. 

GlassBuddy 

The new multi-talent for the accurate analysis of flat glass. No matter whether single-pane, laminated or insulated glass, whether installed or not - 

in seconds the laser technology supplies information about glass thickness, configuration of panes, coatings and PVB films. 

GlassBuddy from Bohle. One device that does it all. 

Included in delivery: GlassBuddy · protective case · operating instructions · programme for analysis at your PC · USB cable A/B 

Features of the GlassBuddy 

· Allows installed glass to be analyzed without being removed 

· Measures single-pane glass up to 21 mm thick 

· Analyzes laminated glass, insulated glass panes and bulletproof glass to a 

total thickness of 50 mm 

· Accuracy: 0.1 mm 

· Detects coatings and their layers 

· Recognises PVB films and detects their number, thickness and position 

· Display has three illuminated lines with scrolling function 

· Memory capacity can store up to 99 measurements 

· Up to 5 comparison measurements per indivdual measurement 

· USB interface for reading data at your PC and for charging the battery 

· Easy, self-explanatory menu 

· High quality Li-Ion battery for at least 8 hours of continuous operation 

Art. No. 

BO 51 647 50 


USB Power Set for GlassBuddy 

For charging the GlassBuddy at a socket or in your car · incl. exchangeable 

input plugs for EU/US/GB/AU 

Art. No. 

BO 51 647 51 

MERLIN LASER Measuring Tool 

For analysing glazed units · precision-made plastic housing · laser diode 

with sophisticated measuring electronics · non-hazardous laser class 2/3a · 

press the button for instant measurements · precise measurements from 

only one side (independent of light) · measures glass thickness as well as 

air gaps of any multi-glazed unit · indicates PVB and resin layers of 

laminated units · battery-operated · little energy consumption · for coated 

glass, bullet-proof glass, multi-layered insulating glass, etc. · 12-month 

warranty 

Art. No. 

Scale / instruction manual 

05 

BO 51 647 00 

BO 51 647 01 

BO 51 647 02 

BO 51 647 03 

BO 51 647 04 

BO 51 647 05 

German / German 

English 

English / Spanish 

English / Italian 

French 

German / Dutch 

Glazing 

MERLIN TGI Toughened Glass Indicator 

Plastic · in leather pouch with battery charger ·equipped with rechargeable battery · in no time it shows you 

whether the glass is toughened or not · also works with double-glazed units · 12-month warranty 

Art. No. 

BO 51 646 01 

MERLIN TGI 

Glass Coating Detector 

For detecting and determining location of low-E coatings on single-panes or 

double glazed units (4-10 mm glass thickness of individual panes). When 

checking double glazed units, measurements must be taken from both sides 

in order to determine where the coating is. 

Art. No. 

BO 61 648 05 


213

Tin Side Detector 

For certain applications in glass processing it is necessary to know which 

side of the glass has been in contact with the tin during float glass 

production · this is easily achieved with the Bohle tin side detector · 

especially suitable for use with glass fusing · operated by 4 standard „AA“ 

batteries · includes batteries and instruction manual 

Art. No. 

BO 51 646 10 

BO 51 646 11 

Detector 

Spare tube for detector 

Messfix Telescopic Measuring Rod 

The square aluminium sections are anodized and slide along non-friction, dust-repellent synthetic guides. The 

extended length can be easily read from the display window. 

Art. No. 

BO 51 400 03 

BO 51 400 05 

Length / measuring length 

3 m / 0.7 - 3.00 m 

5 m / 1.07 - 5.00 m (in case) 

Winkelfix „Mini“ and „Classic“ 

180° measuring angle · practical measuring device for safe and accurate angle measurements, with integrated 

spirit level · the angle can be immediately read on the analogue display · a locking screw locks the Winkelfix in 

place at any angle 

Art. No. 

BO 51 402 00 

BO 51 402 03 

Bracket length 

430 mm · „Mini“ 

600 mm · „Classic“ 

Winkeltronic for Glaziers and Windowfitters 

Precision ± 0.1 ° · integrated horizontal and vertical spirit levels · powered by 4 batteries 1.5V · battery life approx. 

40 hours · with automatic shut-off 

Art. No. 

BO 51 404 05 

BO 51 404 04 

Range / Bracket length 

0° - 352° / 450 mm 

0° - 355° / 600 mm 


Glass Thickness Gauge 

Plastic · measures glass thicknesses from 2 to 25 mm as well as the space between panes (up to 24 mm) of double 

glazing · also suitable for installed windows · works on the basis of reflection in the glass pane 

Art. No. 

BO 51 649 00 

Glas-O-Meter 

Visual glass thickness measuring device · made of plastic · for measuring the total thickness of installed window 

panes 

Art. No. 

BO 51 648 00 

Wooden Folding Rule 

Made of hornbeam · 10 sections · 16 mm wide · length 2 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 060 00 

05 


For cutting shapes in glass · ideal for the repair of arched glass doors and windows · suitable for inner and outer 

arcs · made of flexible metal band · 40 mm wide · held in place with suction holders BO 670.5 (please order 

separately) · Recommended: three suction holders for 90 cm, six suction holders for 180 cm 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 405 09 

BO 51 405 18 

Length 

90 cm 

180 cm 


For shape template · for fixation onto glass surface 

Art. No. 

BO 670.5 

BO 519.0 

Suction holder 

Spare suction disc with lever and bolt 


215

Tape Measures 

All tape measures meet the standards according to class II of the European standards for weights and measures. 

Tape Measure 

Plastic case · white tape · automatic tape rewind · adjustable end-hook · tape width 16 mm · length 3.5 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 063 08 

POPULAR Tape Measure 

Length 3 m · yellow steel tape 13 mm wide · plastic case with locking button · non-slip · automatic tape rewind · 

adjustable end-hook · non-slip anti-reflective coating 

Art. No. 

BO 51 062 04 

Tape Measure „DIANA“ 

Plastic case · yellow tape · rewind button · adjustable end-hook · tape width 13 mm · with belt clip 

Art. No. 

BO 51 063 03 

BO 51 063 05 

Length 

3.5 m 

5 m 

Stanley Tape Measure 

Plastic case · yellow tape · automatic tape rewind · adjustable end-hook · locking button · belt clip 

Art. No. 

BO 51 070 03 

BO 51 070 05 

Length / tape width 

3 m / 13 mm 

5 m / 19 mm 

Lufkin Tape Measure „Ultralok“ 

Shock-proof, chrome-plated plastic case · yellow tape · automatic tape rewind · adjustable end-hook · locking 

button · belt clip · tape width 19 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 51 064 05 

BO 51 064 08 

Length 

5 m 

8 m 


Lufkin Tape Measure 

Chrome-plated plastic case · yellow tape · automatic tape rewind · adjustable end-hook · tape width 13 mm · 

length 3 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 064 03 

SOLA Tape Measure with Display Window 

For inner measurements · yellow tape · adjustable end-hook · locking button · belt clip · tape width 13 mm · length 

3 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 069 03 

SOLA Tape Measure 

Plastic case · yellow tape · automatic tape rewind · adjustable end-hook · tape width 16 mm · length 3 m 

Art. No. 

BO 51 065 03 

05 


Powerlock · yellow tape · adjustable end-hook · metal case with locking button 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 060 13 

BO 51 060 14 

Length 

3 m 

5 m 


Panoramic · length 3 m · with viewing window · without locking button 

Art. No. 

BO 51 060 15 


Fatmax Mini · tape width 16 mm · adjustable end-hook · shockproof case · locking button 

Art. No. 

BO 51 060 23 

BO 51 060 25 

Length 

3 m 

5 m 


217

Protective Clothing 

Your health and safety are at stake. That is why Bohle’s range of protective wear has been carefully selected. Obtain excellent quality at very good 

prices. 

KEVLAR® PowerGrab KEV5 

KEVLAR® cut resistant gloves with cut protection level 5 · with 20% more Kevlar material · blue Latex coating at 

the palms, providing excellent grip · breathable material on back of hand · tested per DIN EN 388 · also available 

with extended wrist protection (cut protection level 4) 

Note: 

Tested per DIN EN 388, meets 

requirements for cut protection 

level 5 and puncture level 4 

Art. No. 

BO 50 175 00 

BO 50 175 01 

BO 50 175 02 

BO 50 175 03 

BO 50 175 04 

BO 50 175 05 

BO 50 175 06 

BO 50 175 07 

Size / Description 

11 / XXL 

10 / XL 

9 / L 

8 / M 

11 / XXL · with wrist protection 

10 / XL · with wrist protection 

9 / L · with wrist protection 

8 / M · with wrist protection 

KEVLAR® PowerGrab KEV4 

KEVLAR® cut resistant gloves with open-pored Microfinish Latex coating to provide optimum grip · breathable 

material on back of hand · tested per DIN EN 388 · also available with extended wrist protection · cut and puncture 

protection level 4 

Note: 

Microfinish coating provides 

excellent grip · cut protection 

level 4 and puncture resistance 

4 

Art. No. 

BO 50 175 08 

BO 50 175 09 

BO 50 175 10 

BO 50 175 11 

BO 50 175 12 

BO 50 175 13 

BO 50 175 14 

BO 50 175 15 

Size / Description 

11 / XXL 

10 / XL 

9 / L 

8 / M 

11 / XXL · with wrist protection 

10 / XL · with wrist protection 

9 / L · with wrist protection 

8 / M · with wrist protection 


Kevlar® Sleeves 

KEVLAR® wrist protector sleeves made of knitted KEVLAR® material, with thumb hole for good hold, especially 

good fit and good air circulation, total length approx. 300 mm, one size · cut resistance level 2 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 09 

Length 

30 cm 

PowerGrab Plus Work Gloves 

Seamless cotton/polyester fabric · palm and fingertips with Microfinish Latex coating to provide optimum grip · 

good protection against mechanical risks · for universal use · breathable material on back of hand · tested per DIN 

EN 388 · cut protection level 2 

Note: 

Microfinish coating provides 

excellent grip. 

Art. No. 

BO 50 175 20 

BO 50 175 21 

BO 50 175 22 

BO 50 175 23 

Size 

11 / XXL 

10 / XL 

9 / L 

8 / M 

05 

PowerGrab Work Gloves 

Seamless cotton/polyester fabric · palm and fingertips with Latex coating to provide optimum grip · good 

protection against mechanical risks · for universal use · breathable material on back of hand · tested per DIN EN 

388 · cut protection level 1 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 50 175 16 

BO 50 175 17 

BO 50 175 18 

BO 50 175 19 

Size 

11 / XXL 

10 / XL 

9 / L 

8 / M 

Glass Carrying Gloves 

Latex coated · firm grip · with canvas gauntlet · size XL 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 00 


219

Glass Carrying Gloves 

Latex coated · firm grip · with knitted gauntlet · size XL 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 01 

Protective Kid Gloves 

Meet the accident-prevention regulations VBG 1, safety sheet for protective gloves DIN 4841 · gauntlet made of 

split leather (at least 15 cm long) and open at the side · fingertips open, perforated on back of hand · thumb, index 

finger and palm reinforced with leather · with Velcro fastening 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 03 

Work Gloves 

Made of chrome split leather with canvas gauntlet · hard-wearing · one size 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 04 

Leather Gauntlets with Buckles 

Traditional protection leather wrist gauntlets with buckle fasteners · 

200 mm lang 

Art. No. 

BO 60 023 26 

Wrist Protector 

145 mm wide · leather · perforated · with Velcro fastening · borders leather-reinforced · cut resistance level 2 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 04 

Wrist Protector 

Split leather · both sides piped · with inner snap-around bands · cut resistance level 2 · 150 mm long 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 07 


Hand Protection Laps 

Made of natural rubber · abraded on one side · for carrying glass safely and securely 

Art. No. 

BO 50 077 00 

BO 50 077 02 

Art. No. 

BO 50 077 03 

130 x 170 x 2 mm · with thumb hole 

150 x 220 x 2 mm · with slit 

130 mm x 2 mm · on roll of 1.4 m 

Dermatril Disposable Gloves 

Dispensing box of 100 gloves · chemical protection class cat. III · very durable compared to conventional Latex 

disposable gloves 

Art. No. 

Size 

BO 50 075 10 10 

BO 50 075 19 9 

05 

Disposable Gloves, Latex 

Protect against possible skin irritations or allergic reactions when using 

various chemicals · box of 100 gloves · size L (8-9) 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BC 50 503 00 

Cotton Gloves 

Natural white · with fold-over thumb · suitable for either hand · few seams · one size 

Art. No. 

BO 34 000 00 


221

Protective Helmet DIN 4840 

PE helmet · with rain catcher · plug-in holes for face/ear protection devices 

- four-point strap with sweat band · dimensional stability under heat: up to 

70° C · breaking strength under cold: down to approx. -40°C · per gov’t 

safety organisation not to be used longer than 5 years · do not use after 

strong impact! 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 06 


Panorama glasses · non-slip plastic sport earpiece length and slant 

adjustable · with anti-fogging coating 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 14 

Protective Glasses 

With UV filter 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 10 

Ear Protectors 

For occasional noise without extreme peaks · adjustable ear pads 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 09 

Respiratory Protector 

Filtering mask · pre-shaped · with exhalation valve 

Art. No. 

HW 7072 

Protective Ear Plugs 

With CE identification (EN 352-2) · extra soft · can reduce the noise level by 

up to 41 dB (at 4,000 Hz) · the special composition of the material allows 

the ear plugs to fit the shape of the ear canal 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 11 


KEVLAR® Work Vest 

Work vest made of Kevlar material with cut protection 5 · with zipper · stitched front pocket for glass cutters, 

pencils, etc. · two side pockets made of green cotton fabric · back side: green cotton fabric · with netting for 

ventilation 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 16 

BO 50 076 17 

BO 50 076 18 

Size 

L 

XL 

XXL 

KEVLAR® Work Apron 

Work apron made of Kevlar material with cut protection level 5 · 60 x 60 

cm, adjustable straps · heavy duty quality · stitched leather pocket with 

sections for glass cutters 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 15 

Work Apron 

60 x 60 cm · leather · especially robust quality · with adjustable strap · cut resistance level 2 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 03 

BO 50 076 02 

Work apron with pocket 

Work apron without pocket 

05 

Work Apron 

100 cm long, 80 cm wide · leather · especially robust quality · adjustable straps · cut resistance level 2 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 01 

BO 50 076 00 

Work apron with pocket 

Work apron without pocket 

Work Apron 

120 cm long, 80 cm wide · cloth material · one side PVC coated · resistant 

to oil, acid and chemicals · with eyes and straps 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 04 

Glazier’s Apron 

Green · two small pockets for glass cutters and two side pockets · one size 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 05 


223

Automotive Glazing 

Automotive Weatherstrip 

Made of rubber · black · illustration shows glass panel to be inserted on top (A) and body panel to be inserted at 

the bottom (B) · indicated bend radii (r) are minimum values · supplied in rolls of 15 m 

Table: all measurements in mm 

Art. No. 

A · B · C · D · E · F · r 

Practical Tip 

Locking strips and 

weatherstrips are more easily 

installed when using lubricant 

LOBOSIL Art. No. BO 30 004 99. 

BO 52 101 01 5 · 3 · 7.5 · 18 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 90 

BO 52 101 02 8 · 4 · 8.5 · 25 · 12.5 · 10.0 · 100 

BO 52 101 08 4 · 3 · 7.0 · 16 · 7.0 · 7.0 · 80 

BO 52 101 06 6 · 3 · 7.5 · 19.5 · 12.5 · 9.5 · 100 

BO 52 101 09 6 · 4 · 7.5 · 19 · 12.5 · 9.5 · 100 

Locking Strip 

Made of black rubber · width 7.5 mm · height 9.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 102 00 

Mitre Shears 

Zinc plated · with mitre stop for 45° cuts · for cutting sealant strips, rubber profiles and flat inserts made of wood 

or plastic 

Art. No. 

BO 51 097 00 

Mitre Shears 

Tool Kit 

In plastic pouch · includes one each of: lipping-out tool, filler tool with 

replaceable eyes, Allen key, instruction manual for weatherstrip 

installation 

Art. No. 

BO 53 127 00 


Filler Tool 

For weatherstrip with replaceable guide loops (8mm) · with Allen key 

Art. No. 

BO 53 128 00 

Guide Loops for Locking Strips 

1 set contains 1 each of no. 1 = 5 mm, no. 2 = 6 mm, no. 3 = 8 mm, no. 4 = 

7mm 

Art. No. 

BO 53 129 00 

Lipping-out Tool 

For mounting windscreens into weatherstrip 

Art. No. 

BO 53 130 00 

05 

Silicone Spray 

CFC-free lubricating agent · ideal for working with automotive weatherstripping and locking strips · 

contents 400 ml 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 30 004 99 


225

Lead Came 

Lead Glazing 

The lead is of consistently high quality. The lead came shown here is medium-hard, which allows easy working. 

Other degrees of hardness are available on request. 

Lead, for edges 

Rectangular · pressed · length 2 m 

Note: 

Please enquire to find out the 

current daily price. 

Art. No. 

BO 53 117 01 

BO 53 117 02 

BO 53 117 03 

BO 53 117 04 

Dimensions 

4 x 4 mm 

6 x 5 mm 

8 x 5 mm 

10 x 5 mm 

Window Lead 

H-profile · drawn · length 2 m 

Note: 



Art. No. 

BO 53 117 22 

BO 53 117 23 

BO 53 117 24 

BO 53 117 25 

Dimensions 

4 x 5 mm 

6 x 5 mm 

8 x 5 mm 

10 x 5 mm 


Lead, for edges 

Rectangular · Y-shaped · pressed · 8 x 5 mm · length 2 m 

Note: 



Art. No. 

BO 53 117 08 

Steel Interfacing 

Galvanized, 3.6 x 1 mm x 2 m 

Art. No. 

FS WE 

U-Profile, Tinplate 

4 x 4 mm · 2 m lang 

Art. No. 

FW 4030-005 

05 

Soldering 

The following pages contain an overview of our soldering products. 

Glazing 

Solder 

60% · in strips of 2 - 3 mm 

Note: 



Art. No. 

BO 53 109 00 

Carborundum Glass File 

For deburring of glass parts or correcting edges 

Art. No. 

TG 2461 


227

Soldering Paste DIN 8511 F-SW 21 

Flux in paste form for general soldering work · 250 g can 

Art. No. 

BO 53 111 00 

Oleic Acid 

Ideal for soldering lead came 

Art. No. 

BO 53 108 00 

Metal Brush 

Brush with metal shaft · for the application of patina, soldering flux, etc. 

Art. No. 

TG 2452 

Ammoniac Block 

For cleaning copper soldering tips · 100 x 45 x 20 mm · in plastic box 

Art. No. 

BO 53 112 00 

Soldering Iron Tip Cleaner 

Cleaning sponge in plastic tray · dimensions approx. 6.5 x 6.5 cm 

Art. No. 

TG 40500 


„Profikit 200“ for Glaziers 

The automatic temperature control provides an above average heat supply during soldering and reduces the 

energy supply when the iron is not in use · working temperature 300°C, stand-by temperature 345°C · 230 volts · 

200 watts 

Art. No. 

BO 53 107 00 

BO 53 107 01 

BO 53 107 02 

Description 

soldering iron 

hammer tip ø 16 mm 

hammer tip ø 6 mm / 10 mm 

„Profitkit 100“ for Lead and Foil Techniques 

With temperature control · working temperature: ca. 340°C · stand-by temperature: 370°C · 230 volts · 100 watts · 

includes stand for the soldering iron 

Art. No. 

TG 2101/100 

TG 2101/40 

TG 2101/41 

Description 


Spare Tip SG 40 · 45° · 7 mm 

Spare Tip SG 41 · straight · 7 mm 

05 

Glazing 

Electronic Soldering Iron 110 W 

For lead glazing · with shock resistant, cast heating element · removable, double-sided copper tip · ø 9,5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 53 104 00 

BO 53 104 01 

Description 


Spare Tip ø 9,5 mm 


229

Electronic Soldering Iron 180 Watt 

For lead glazing · with shock resistant, cast heating element · removable, double-sided copper tip · ø 15 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 53 105 00 

BO 53 105 01 

Description 


Spare Tip ø 15 mm 

Energy Regulator with Soldering Iron Stand 

Regulates the soldering iron from 0 to 100 % of its capacity · for use up to 

approx. 350 watts 

Art. No. 

BO 53 113 00 

„Hobbykit 2“ Art Glass Soldering Iron 

Working temperature 500°C · 230V ·80W · A safe and light soldering iron for foiled art glass work. With the 

specially developed long-life tip, decorative glass panels, jewellery boxes and lamps can be quickly produced. 

Stand for the soldering iron included · soldering tip 45°, 7 mm 

Art. No. 

TG 2100 

TG 2100/10 

Description 

„Hobbykit 2“ soldering iron 

Replacement Tips SG 10 · 45° · 7 mm 

Energy Regulator 

Plugs directly into the power supply and regulates the soldering iron from 0 

to 100 % of its individual capacity · for applications up to approx. 300 watts 

Art. No. 

TG 2130 


Pattern Shears 

For cutting patterns for lead or Tiffany glazing · heavy-duty 

Art. No. 

BO 53 676 00 

BO 53 674 00 

Description 

1.50 mm core 

1.75 mm core 

„Two in one“ Pattern Shears 

By simply exchanging the centre blade (included), the shears are suitable 

for both foil and lead pattern cutting. 

Art. No. 

TG 23051 

Lead Hammer 

100 g hammer · with polished head and ashwood handle 

Art. No. 

BO 53 103 00 

05 

Lead Nails 

36 mm · made of hardened and polished steel · box of 100 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

BO 53 102 30 

Lead Side Cutter 

Reduces deformation when cutting lead came 

Art. No. 

TG 22220 

Lead Reamer and Burnisher 

For lead thicknesses of 4 - 6 mm · the flat end is used to press the ends of 

the came together after joining 

Art. No. 

BO 53 101 01 


231

Lead Vice 

Cast aluminium · high quality 

Art. No. 

TG 2550 

Lead Panel Holders 

Made of copper · ø 1.5 mm · in packs of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 53 110 00 

Please note: 

Further tools for lead glazing can be found starting on page 190. 

VENTURE Copper Foil 

In assorted widths · adhesive side copper-coloured, silver or black · rolls of 33 m 

Art. No. 

FV 4400 

FV 4401 

FV 44 010 15 

FV 4402 

FV 44 020 15 

FV 4403 

FV 4407 

FV 4413 

FV 4414 

FV 44151364 

FV 44 151 40 

FV 44 153 16 

FV 44 155 16 

FV 44 157 32 

Type 

3/16“ (4.76 mm) · 1 mil thick · copper 


7/32“ (5.56 mm) · 1.25 mil thick · copper 


1/4“ (6.35 mm) · 1.25 mil thick · copper 



7/32“ (5.56 mm) · 1 mil thick · silver 

1/4“ (6.35 mm) · 1 mil thick · silver 

13/64“ (5.15 mm) · 1 mil thick · black 






Foil Dispenser 

With the foil dispenser, self-adhesive copper foil can be applied to the glass edge perfectly, quickly and without 

risk of injury - even when the glass is uneven. The foil protection strip is released automatically. A suitable 

dispenser is available for each foil width. 

Art. No. 

Size 

TG H100 3,9 mm (5/32“) 

TG H101 4.4 mm (11/64“) 

TG H102 4.8 mm (3/16“) 

TG H103 5.15 mm (13/64“) 

TG H104 5.5 mm (7/32“) 

TG H105 6.5 mm (1/4“) 

Foil Applicator 

The elastic jaws of this tool simulatenously apply and wrap the foil around 

the edges of the glass. 

Art. No. 

TG H106 

05 

Burnisher 

Flexible plastic tool burnishes foil flat onto the glass. 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

TG 2553 

Foil Holder 

The centre cross is placed loosely on the holder, thus accommodating any 

width of foil. It prevents the roll from unwinding until needed. 

Art. No. 

TG H107 

Projector 

Projector will enlarge patterns to any desired size. Simply place original 

pattern underneath the base and copy the enlarged pattern from the 

projected surface. 

Art. No. 

TG 46200 


233

Special Knife with Blade 

For removing unwanted remains of cured adhesive after bevel bonding · 

also ideal for separating lead profiles and for cutting resist or other films · 

the narrow blade allows easy access to gaps · with blade protector 

Art. No. 

BO 51 420 00 

All-rubber Suction Lifter „Pick Up“ 

Small all-rubber suction lifter for positioning glass bevels or other small 

parts · suitable for all materials with smooth, flat, airtight surfaces such as 

glass, plastic, metal, coated wood, marble, etc. · ø 18 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 609.9 

VERIBOR Suction Lifter · all-rubber with knob grip 

For all kind of loads · suitable for handling small objects or for opening 

cable channel covers etc. · suitable for materials like glass, plastic, metal, 

etc. 

Art. No. 

BO 609.55 


Clear Bevels 

Due to their polished edges, clear bevels are especially suitable for UV bonding and other applications, e.g. with lead came or copper foil. The 

assortment ranges from standard bevels to sophisticated frame motifs. 

Pencil Bevels · 19 mm wide 

Art. No. 

KP 12900100 

Dimensions 

19 x 19 mm 

Pencil Bevels · 25 mm wide 

Art. No. 

Dimensions 

KP 12900109 

KP 12900111 

KP 12900113 

KP 12900114 

KP 12900115 

KP 12900116 

25 x 25 mm 

25 x 76 mm 

25 x 127 mm 

25 x 152 mm 

25 x 203 mm 

25 x 254 mm 

05 

Glazing 

Straightline Bevels · 38 mm wide 

Art. No. 

KP 12900118 

KP 12900123 

Dimensions 

38 x 38 mm 

38 x 203 mm 

Circular Bevels 

Art. No. 

KP 1270 

KP 1271 

KP 1272 

Dimensions 

ø 52 mm 

ø 76 mm 

ø 102 mm 


235

Oval Bevels 

102 x 152 mm 

Art. No. 

KP 1280 

Square Bevels 

Art. No. 

KP 1250 

KP 1252 

Dimensions 

76 x 76 mm 

102 x 102 mm 

Diamond-shaped Bevels 

Art. No. 

KP 1258 

KP 1260 

Dimensions 

76 x 127 mm 

102 x 178 mm 

Teardrop Bevels 

Art. No. 

KP 1285 

Dimensions 

70 x 146 mm 

Arc Bevels 

25 mm wide · can be expanded using standard bevels · 4 pieces form a semi-circle · in sets of 4 

Art. No. 

KP 129034 

KP 129067 

KP 12901213 

Dimensions 

a=25 mm / d=152 mm 

a=25 mm / d=305 mm 

a=25 mm / d=610 mm 


Mirror Bevels 

The complete range of standard mirror bevels has continuous facets of 12.7 mm as well as polished edges. 

Mirror Squares 

Art. No. 

KP 1251M 

KP 1250M 

KP 1252M 

Dimensions 

51 x 51 mm 

76 x 76 mm 

102 x 102 mm 

05 

Mirror Circles 

ø 51 mm 

Glazing 

Art. No. 

KP 1270M 

Mirror Ovals 

76 x 127 mm 

Art. No. 

KP 1278M 

Mirror Octogons 

a=76 mm / b=184 mm 

Art. No. 

KP 1291M 


237

Bevel Clusters 

The majority of these bevel clusters have polished edges. Clusters are supplied with patterns and are suitable for integration into lead glazing units, 

Tiffany technique as well as for UV bonding. 

Bevel Cluster 

Comprising 6 pieces · 213 x 324 mm · 5 mm float glass. 

Art. No. 

KC 92-C025L 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 92-C025R 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 92-C026 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ301 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 91-SB06 


Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 90-J03 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 90-J14 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ340 

05 

Bevel Cluster 


Glazing 

Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ342 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ324 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ343 


239

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ303 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 90-P11 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 86-PZ339 

Bevel Cluster 


Art. No. 

KC 85-CK19 



Surface Protection 243 

Complete Sets 243 

ClearShield - System Components 244 

ClearShield - Accessories 249 

ClearShield - Application Instructions 252 

06 



241


To retain the visual effect and 

brilliance of glass, regular 

cleaning and maintenance is 

required. 

With professional 

ClearShield surface 

protection, however, the 

required time and effort is 

significantly reduced. 

ClearShield enhances new 

glass and renovates installed 

glass that has become visibly 

soiled. No matter whether it 

is insulating glass, toughened 

or laminated glass, 

sandblasted, satinized or 

etched glass, after the glass 

has been treated, the 

surfaces are durably dirtrepellent, 

very easy to clean 

and provenly hygienic. 

A great advantage for your 

customers – and for you. 

You offer your customers 

significant added value with 

glass protected by 

ClearShield. In this chapter 

you can find everything you 

need for this. 



Complete Sets 

Take advantage of the complete sets that contain all necessary tools and materials. You can save significantly compared to individual purchases. 

ClearShield - Float Glass Protect Kit 

Complete set for the treatment of float glass. Contents sufficient for 

approx. 15-20 m². Includes all necessary tools and supplies. 

Contents 

500 ml Glass Renovator Heavy Duty · 500 ml Neutraliser · 500 ml Glass 

Protect · 500 ml Clean All · 3M pad · 3M pad holder · Cotton pads · 1 

Microfibre cloth · Cotton cloth, green · Handle for squeegee · Squeegee rail 

with rubber strip · Latex gloves · Window washer with fleece cloth, 

complete · Cotton cleaning cloth 

06 

Art. No. 

BO 51 090 20 


ClearShield - Sandblast Protect Kit 

Complete set for the treatment of sandblasted and etched glass. Contents 

sufficient for approx. 8 - 10 m². Includes all necessary tools and supplies. 

Contents 

500 ml Sandblast Glass Protect · 500 ml Pre-Cleaner · 500 ml Clean All · 

Cotton pads · 1 Microfibre cloth · Cotton cloth, green · Handle for squeegee 

· Squeegee rail w.rubber strip · Latex gloves · Window washer with fleece 

cloth, complete · 3M pad · 3M pad holder 

Art. No. 

BO 51 090 30 


243

ClearShield - Set for Manual Application 

The ideal set of basic equipment for manual application. Also ideal as 

equipment in service vehicles for the treatment of glass „on site“. Contents 

sufficient to treat approx. 20 m² float glass, approx. 10 m² sandblasted 

glass and approx. 10 m² shower enclosures. All products in the set can be 

re-ordered separately. 

Art. No. 

BC 50 600 00 

Shower Care Kit 

Special set consisting of Limescale Remover (300 ml) and Conditioner 

(200 ml) · includes sponge and instructions 

Art. No. 

BC 40 250 00 

ClearShield - System Components 

ClearShield Heat Performance 

Special formulation recommended for the protection of glass exposed to high temperatures, such as glass 

ovenware · protects the glass from staining and discolouration, making it easier to clean and keep clean · food 

safe · up to 260°C 

Art. No. 

BC 10 301 00 

Art. No. 

BC 10 300 30 

BC 10 300 00 

Pack size 

500 ml 

25 l 

5 l 


Clean All 

Surface cleaner for removing oily and greasy substances, pollutants and nicotine residue, kitchen grease and dirt 

in general · suitable for glass, ceramic, enamel, metal and plastics · not suitable for marble or other surfaces not 

resistant to acid 

Art. No. 

BC 40 205 00 

Art. No. 

BC 40 205 50 

Art. No. 

BC 40 206 00 

Content 

500 ml 

5 l 

75 ml 

Limescale Remover 

Extremely effective for the removal of dirt and limescale deposits from 

glass, ceramic, stainless steel, aluminium, chrome, enamel and plastics 

without scratching the surface. Also removes rust, soot, soap and similar 

deposits. · 500 ml 

Art. No. 

BC 30 211 00 

Pre-Cleaner 

For the effective removal of organic and greasy contaminants caused by nicotine, air and traffic pollutants, 

lubricants and kitchen grease. Suitable for glass, ceramics, enamel and other enameled surfaces. 

06 

Art. No. 

BC 30 301 00 

Art. No. 

BC 30 301 50 

500 ml 

5 l 



245

Glass Renovator 

Removes light deposits of inorganic contamination like metal oxides and limescale from glass, ceramic and 

enamel surfaces. Glass Renovator is a component of the ClearShield system and may only be used in preparing for 

the ClearShield treatment. 

Art. No. 

BC 30 312 00 

Art. No. 

BC 30 313 00 

500 ml 

5 l 

Ritepolish 

For a slightly abrasive removal of inorganic contaminants such as limescale on glass, stainless steel and porcelain. 

Also ideal for removing suction lifter marks and pre-cured UV adhesive from matt-finished surfaces. 500 ml 

Art. No. 

BC 32 105 00 

Glass Renovator Heavy Duty 

Removes stubborn inorganic soilings such as metallic oxide and limescale from glass surfaces, ceramics and 

enamel. Glass Renovator HD is a component of the ClearShield system and may only be used in preparing for the 

ClearShield treatment. 

Art. No. 

BC 30 314 00 

Art. No. 

BC 20 101 40 

500 ml 

5 l 


Neutraliser 

Neutraliser cleans, dries and chemically neutralises glass and glass-like surfaces. As a component of the 

ClearShield system, it may only be used in preparing for the ClearShield treatment. 

Art. No. 

BC 30 201 00 

Art. No. 

BC 20 101 50 

500 ml 

5 l 

Glass Protect 

Glass Protect protects glass against chemical corrosion and discolouration. It makes glass much easier to clean 

and keeps it clean much longer. Glass Protect is suitable for almost all types of glass like float glass, tempered 

glass, laminated glass, heat strengthened glass, etc. 

Art. No. 

BC 10 131 00 

Art. No. 

BC 10 130 00 

500 ml 

5 l 

06 


Sandblast Glass Protect 

Sandblast Glass Protect protects glass against chemical corrosion and discolouration. It makes glass much easier 

to clean and keeps it clean much longer. Sandblast Glass Protect has been developed especially for the high 

requirements of sandblasted and satinised glass surfaces. 

Art. No. 

BC 10 121 00 

Art. No. 

BC 10 120 00 

500 ml 

5 l 


247

Shower Glass Protect 

Shower Glass Protect protects glass against chemical corrosion and discolouration. It makes glass much easier to 

clean and keeps it clean much longer. Shower Glass Protect has been developed especially for the high 

requirements of shower enclosure protection. 

Art. No. 

BC 10 141 00 

Art. No. 

BC 10 140 00 

500 ml 

5 l 

Care Product for Shower Enclosures 

Special care product for the routine care of ClearShield-treated glass. 

Removes soap, body oils and water spots also from most metal and plastic 

surfaces. 500 ml · spray bottle 

Art. No. 

BC 40 251 00 


ClearShield - Accessories 

ClearShield - Sprayer M10 

Pneumatic sprayer, independent of electrical supply, for the application of 

ClearShield. After pressurisation, up to 180 m² (5 litres) of glass can be 

treated. Optionally available is a transport trolley (BC 60 709 10) for more 

flexibility and convenience. Now also suitable for use in the Benelux 

countries. The sprayer is supplied with spray gun included. 

Spare parts available on request. 

Art. No. 

BC 60 709 50 

ClearShield - M7P Sprayer 

An electric manual spraying system that is both practical and easy to use 

for the application of ClearShield in the factory · Conforms to all current 

health and safety regulations 

06 

Art. No. 

BC 60 707 00 


Window Washer with Fleece 

Window washer with lint-free, easy-to-exchange fleece cover for general cleaning of glass surfaces. 

Art. No. 

BO 55 532 00 

BO 55 533 00 

Width 

35 cm 

45 cm 

Fleece Cover for Window Washer 

Lint-free spare fleece cover 

Art. No. 

BO 55 534 00 

BO 55 535 00 

For window washer 

B0 5553200 · 35 cm 

B0 5553300 · 45 cm 


249

Window Wiper Handle 

Made of rustproof steel 

Art. No. 

BO 55 512 00 

Rail with Rubber Strip 

Wiping rail with rubber strip suitable for handle BO 55 512 00 

Art. No. 

BO 55 512 25 

BO 55 513 00 

BO 55 514 00 

Width 

25 cm 

35 cm 

45 cm 

Pad Holder 

Together with the pad holder, this pad is ideal for working with the ClearShield system cleaner. To prevent the 

products from becoming mixed, please use a separate pad for each product. 

Art. No. 

BC 50 583 00 

BC 50 584 00 

BC 50 583 10 

BC 50 584 50 

Description 

Pad holder grey 

Pad · small 

Holder · large · blue 

Pad · large 

Cotton Pads 

Pure cotton pads ideal for applying ClearShield by hand · available in two pack sizes · 

Dimensions: 7.6 cm x 7.6 cm (3“ x 3“). 

Art. No. 

BC 50 520 65 

BC 50 520 60 

Description 

Pack of 20 cotton pads 

Box of 600 cotton pads 


Special Cleaning Cloth 

Cleaning cloth made of cotton for drying glass surfaces 

Art. No. 

BC 50 523 00 

Disposable Gloves, Latex 

Protect against possible skin irritations or allergic reactions when using 

various chemicals · box of 100 gloves · size L (8-9) 

Art. No. 

BC 50 503 00 

Microfibre Cloths · pack of 10 

Industrial quality microfibre cloths for drying and polishing treated or 

untreated glass surfaces. 

Art. No. 

BC 50 560 00 

Disposable Safety Mask 

Respiratory protection when spraying chemicals 

06 

Art. No. 

BC 50 401 00 



Protects eyes against irritation from accidental splashing of chemical 

products and when spraying 

Art. No. 

BC 50 401 10 


251

ClearShield - Application Instructions 

Sandblasted/etched glass 

1. Transport glass only with clean gloves 

After sandblasting, remove dust with compressed air or with a soft brush. 

Useful aids: clean, dry compressed air or soft brush 

In case of organic contamination: 

Remove contaminants with special washing machine. 

If not available or washing machine leaves streaks, alternatively, wash surface with Pre-Cleaner: for normal use dilute one part Pre-Cleaner with 5 parts water, for 

heavy-duty use, dilute one part Pre-Cleaner with one part water. Apply to the surface with a pad and agitate. Apply additional Pre-Cleaner directly onto the surface 

and agitate again with a white 3M pad. Rinse with plenty of fresh water, wipe off excess moisture, rinse again thoroughly with fresh running water. 

Dry the glass surface with microfiber cloths, blow dryer or air dry. 

2. Immediately spray ClearShield thinly onto the glass crosswise 

Distance nozzle/glass approx. 20 cm. 

The correct amount of ClearShield has been applied if uniform coverage is obvious at time of treatment (uniform etched appearance). 

3. Curing time 

at 23°C room temperature for 30 minutes. At lower temperatures or high humidity observe longer curing times. If necessary, allow to cure overnight. 

4. Wash the glass 

with hot Clean-All solution (20 mls = 2 capfuls of Clean-All concentrate per 5 litres of hot water).Remove excess polymer with cloth or sponge and plenty of hot 

Clean-All solution. 

Remove moisture with squeegee and polish surface with microfiber cloth, if necessary. 

5. Conduct quality test with spray mist of water 

Result: Small round water beads run right off. If not, repeat steps 2 - 5 where needed. 

The perfect, uniform appearance can be seen after the surface has dried (1 hour). 

6. Important: 

Prior to ClearShield treatment, be sure to wear clean gloves when handling the glass. 

Do not use Clean-All prior to ClearShield treatment. 

In cases of large sandblasted surfaces, do not use Neutraliser prior to applying ClearShield to the glass. 

Do not use compressed air for drying. 

When working with etched/satinized glass, always polish with microfiber cloth. 

Do not use cotton cloths (lint). 

ClearShield should not be applied at a room temperature below 10° C. 

Do not use suction lifters on sandblasted glass. 


Float glass 

1. Check cleanness of glass with spray water test 

Result: uniform water film. 

If not, determine type of contaminant. 

In the case of inorganic contamination (limescale, traffic pollutants, prints caused during manufacture of toughened glass, silicone residue) 

Remove contaminants with special washing machine 

If not available, alternatively, wash surface with Glass Renovator Heavy Duty. Apply Glass Renovator Heavy Duty to a pad and apply the liquid uniformly over the s 

urface. Agitate for approx. 5 seconds, leave to dwell on the surface for up to 30 seconds. Re-agitate for approx. 5 seconds and leave to dwell again for up to 

30 seconds. Next, rinse with plenty of fresh water, wipe and rinse again with fresh running water. With a cotton cloth remove moisture, especially around the edges. 

2. Neutraliser 

Put Neutraliser onto a microfibre cloth and wipe over the glass surface. 

3. Immediately spray ClearShield thinly onto the glass. 





with hot Clean-All solution (10 ml = 1 capful Clean-All concentrate per 5 litres of hot water). Remove excess polymer with cloth or sponge and plenty of 

Clean-All solution. Remove moisture with squeegee and polish surface with cotton cloth, if needed. 



Important: 

After neutralising, apply ClearShield immediately. 

Surface being treated should not exceed one m². 

ClearShield should not be applied at a room temperature below 10°C. 

Non-reflecting glass 




If soiled: 

remove contaminants with special glass washing machine. 



and agitate again with a white 3M pad. Rinse with plenty of fresh water, wipe off excess moisture, rinse again thoroughly with fresh running water. Dry the glass 

surface with microfiber cloths, blow dryer or air dry. Wipe water off; with a cotton cloth remove moisture, especially around the edges. 

06 



Put Neutraliser onto a microfibre cloth and wipe over the glass surface until the Neutraliser has evaporated completely. 






with hot Clean-All solution (10 ml=1 capful Clean-All per 5 litres of hot water). 

Remove excess polymer with cloth or sponge and plenty of hot Clean-All solution 

Remove moisture with squeegee and polish surface with cotton cloth, if needed 



Important: 


Prior to ClearShield treatment, do not subject the glass surface to inorganic contaminants. 

Immediately after neutralising, spray-apply ClearShield. 

Do not use Glass Renovator to clean the glass. 



253

Glass with screen printing 




If soiled: 

remove contaminants with special glass washing machine 



and agitate again with a white 3M pad. Rinse with plenty of fresh water, wipe off excess moisture, rinse again thoroughly with fresh running water. Dry the glass 

surface with microfiber cloths, blow dryer or air dry. Wipe water off; with a cotton cloth remove moisture, especially around the edges. 


Put Neutraliser onto a microfibre cloth and wipe over the glass surface until the Neutraliser has evaporated completely. 




at 23° C room temperature for 30 minutes. At lower temperatures or high humidity observe longer curing times. If necessary, allow to cure overnight. 


with hot Clean-All solution (10 ml = 1 capful of Clean-All per 5 litres of hot water). 

Remove excess polymer with fleece window washer and plenty of hot Clean-All solution. 

Remove moisture with squeegee and polish surface with cotton cloth, if needed. 



Important: 


Prior to ClearShield treatment, do not subject the glass surface to inorganic contaminants. 

Do not use Glass Renovator to clean the glass. 

After neutralising, spray-apply ClearShield immediately. 




Cleaning and Pre-treatment 257 

Cleaning 257 

Hot Air Fans and Accessories 260 

Surface Pre-treatment 261 

Positioning and Fixation 262 

Variable Fixation Devices 262 

Rigid Fixation Devices 264 

Adhesives 269 

UV-Curing Adhesives 269 

Properties of Adhesives 274 

Instructions for Use 276 

Other Adhesives 278 

Dispensing Units for UV Adhesives 280 

Application Needles and Accessories 280 

Dispensing Units and Accessories 282 

Curing 283 

07 


UV Lamps and Accessories 283 

UV Fluorescent Lights 285 

Glass Bonding Kits 287 

Glass Bonding in the Furniture Industry 289 

Showcase Construction 289 

Glass-Wood Furniture 305 

Table Legs and Posts 308 

Industrial Glass Bonding 313


Bohle offers you everything 

you need for perfect bonding. 

Not only the know-how from 

20 years of experience in 

glass bonding, but also the 

world’s largest range of 

products related to this 

technology. The advantages 

for your business are clear: 

practically unlimited design 

possibilities, for example in 

the construction of glass 

furniture, by invisible bonds 

and extremely high bonding 

strength, very short 

processing times, not to 

mention low investment 

requirements for equipment. 

In this chapter you can find 

everything you need for 

efficient glass bonding - from 

cleaning products to UV 

adhesives to fittings. 

256 T +49 2129 5568-0 · F +49 2129 5568-201 · export@bohle.de · www.bohle.de

Cleaning 

Cleaning and Pre-treatment 

To achieve an optimal bond, the correct cleaning is of great importance. Surfaces to be bonded have to be completely clean, free of grease and 

absolutely dry. On the following pages you will find a product range which is suitable for surface cleaning. 

Bohle Special Cleaner 

Ideal for preliminary cleaning prior to glass bonding or sealing. The Bohle special cleaner cleans and degreases 

glass, metal, ceramic and rubber. The special composition of the cleaner ensures a very thorough cleaning. 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 10 

BO 51 079 11 

Contents 

250 ml atomizer, refillable 

1 litre refill 

Bohle Special Cleaner · Refill Container 

Contents: 27 litres · for BO 51 079 10 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 12 

07 

Bohle Professional Glass Cleaner 

Ideal for all glass and mirror surfaces · prevents fresh smudging · no streaking · biologically degradable · available 

in 25-litre containers or 1-litre spray bottles without propellants · with the purchase of one carton (=12 bottles), 3 

spray heads are included 


Art. No. 

BO 51 078 00 

Art. No. 

BO 51 078 01 

Contents 

1 l 

25 l 


257

Spray Head for Glass Cleaner 

For Art. No. BO 51 078 00 

Art. No. 

BO 51 078 10 

Bohle Glass Cleaner 

Can be used for glass, smooth plastic surfaces, mirrors, car windows, tiles · 

for workshop and home, showcases and display windows · no streaking · 

environmentally sound propellent · spray can of 624 g 

Please note: 

Not suitable for pre-cleaning! 

Only for cleaning after 

bonding! 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 00 


White metal tubing · for paper towel rolls BO 51 416 04 · roll of paper towels is not included · also suitable for wall 

mounting 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 08 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 04 

Description 


Roll of paper towels · 2-ply 

Special UV Wiping Cloth 

Cloth-like polishing and wiping cloth · 70% viscose 30% polyester · for 

removing liquid and solid materials from scratch-sensitive surfaces · white · 

cloth size 40 x 38 cm · dispenser box of 275 cloths · especially suitable for 

removing adhesive residues after pre-curing 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 30 


Floor model with wheels, for jumbo rolls · metallic blue · incl. 1 trash bag · 

roll of paper towels is not included 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 09 


Paper Towels 

Triple-ply white · 1000 sheets, 37 x 38 cm (WxL) · 3x18 g/m² 



Art. No. 

BO 51 416 15 

Scotch Brite Cloth 

For cleaning glass · no cleaning agents required thanks to microfibres · 

simply moisten 

Art. No. 

BO 20 100 00 

Steel Wool 

Fineness no. 00 · top quality · long-fibred · tough · good grip · excellent polishing and grinding ability · highly elastic 

and uniform · easily divisible strands 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 05 

BO 51 416 01 

Art. No. 

BO 51 416 02 



Spool of 5 kg 

07 


Metal · with blade protection · plastic handle · exchangeable blades · 40 mm wide · for loosening hardened UV 

adhesive residues from glass surfaces · also for hard-to-reach corners 


Art. No. 

BO 51 410 00 

BO 51 410 01 


Spare blades with reinforced back 

Spare Blades 

For Art. No. BO 5141000 and Art. No. BO 5141700 · with back · 40 mm wide 

Art. No. 

BO 51 410 01 


259

Protective Glasses 

With UV filter 

Art. No. 

BO 50 076 10 

Dermatril Disposable Gloves 

Dispensing box of 100 gloves · size 10 · chemical protection class cat. III · 

very durable compared to conventional Latex disposable gloves 

Art. No. 

BO 50 075 10 

Hot Air Fans and Accessories 

After cleaning the bonding surfaces, there is still an invisible moisture residue which would have a negative effect on the strength of the bond. The 

following is our range of hot air fans and accessories for removing this moisture. 

Electronic Hot-Air Unit 

Ideal for removing residual moisture for UV bonds · adjustable from 

50 - 600°C · 230 Volt · 2000 W · supplied in a carrying case with 1 knife 

with 3 blades, 4 nozzles, 1 paint scraper 

Art. No. 

BO 52 100 05 

Electronic Hot-Air Unit 

For warming glass and metal parts prior to UV bonding, for peeling paint, heating, shaping and shrinking · 

temperature infinitely adjustable from 20° - 650°C · 2600 W · additional cold stage without changing the pre-set 

heating level 

Art. No. 

BO 52 100 00 

BO 52 100 01 

BO 52 100 03 

Hot-air unit 

Large slot nozzle, 70 x 4 mm 

Metal case for hot-air unit 


Pyrosil ® Surface Pre-treatment 

To make sure that bonds of problematic surfaces stay securely and durably bonded, e.g. when using glass treated with ClearShield or glass subject 

to continuous stress such as humid rooms, the surfaces must first be thoroughly pre-treated. 

With the following products you can ensure that bonds will last. 

Background information: 

With the Bohle PYROSIL ® technology, a sinter silicate layer is brought onto the glass with the help of a flame burner. In a second step, an adhesion 

agent is applied which, on one hand reacts with the silicate sinter layer and, on the other, forms a permanent chemical connection with the adhesive 

when bonding. Such a pre-treated bond is durably protected against moisture infiltration. 

PYROSIL ® Professional Kit for Silicate Treatment 

For improved adhesion on problematic surfaces (ClearShield bonding is 

possible) · Especially suitable for regular use under industrial conditions 

due to the large burner with more contents, robust operating elements and 

a support base. 

This kit includes a burner with piezoelectric firing, 2x 50 ml gas cartridges, 

2x 50 ml coupling agent and an application brush. 

Contents are sufficient for pre-treating approx. 13,500 cm² of bonding 

surface. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 91 

07 

PYROSIL ® Basic Kit for Silicate Treatment 

For improved adhesive strength for UV bonds with high requirements 

(ClearShield bonding is possible) · kit contains a burner with piezoelectric 

firing, 50-ml gas cartridge, 50-ml bottle of coupling agent with applicator · 

size of flame adjustable · contents is sufficient for pre-treating approx. 

3600 cm² bonding surface 


Art. No. 

BO 52 094 90 

Pyrosil ® Accessories 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 94 Primer 50 ml 

BO 52 094 95 Gas cartridge 27.5 g for BO 52 094 90 

BO 52 094 96 Gas cartridge 27.5 g for BO 52 094 91 


261

Positioning and Fixation 

Variable Fixation Devices 

Holding parts at awkward angles has been especially problematic in the past. In many cases it was necessary to build corresponding holding 

constructions. The Verifix angle suction holders from Bohle now allow a quick and infinitely adjustable fixation. 

VERIFIX Adjustable Angle Suction Holders 

To hold parts at angles other than 90° easily and safely, we developed this flexible system. 

Special sizes on request! 

VERIFIX Angle Suction Holder, infinitely adjustable from 

45° to 300° 

Positioning aid with two suction pads (Ø 120 mm) and special sealing lip · 

suction pads adjustable +/- 12 mm · can be fine adjusted to each other · 

sturdy plastic arms are 194 mm long and are connected to each other by a 

joint 

Art. No. 

BO 631.1 

VERIFIX Angle Suction Holder, infinitely adjustable from 

45° to 300° 

Very robust model with twin suction units and 4 suction pads 

(ø 120 mm) with special sealing lip · adjustable +/- 12 mm · can be fine 

adjusted to each other · sturdy plastic arms are 194 mm long and are 

connected to each other by a joint 

Art. No. 

BO 631.2 


Eccentric Suction Stoppers 

The Verifix eccentric suction stoppers are ideal for many tasks for shop and interior decoration. The application possibilities are practically 

unlimited. 


An eccentrically rotating buffer stop is mounted at right angles to a 

VERIBOR suction holder, allowing precise positioning of glass, etc. · 

suitable for glass, plastic, metal, coated wood and marble · 

suction pad ø 120 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 637.0 


Eccentrically arranged, flat plastic disc · 20 mm high · integrated suction cup · suitable for use when bonding floors 

or shelves in showcases · also can be used in pairs for fine adjustment of straight edge stoppers 

Art. No. 

BO 637.1 

BO 637.5 


55 mm / 70 mm 

Spare rubber pad for eccentric stopper 

VERIFIX Eccentric Suction Stopper, small, for small parts 

Eccentrically arranged, flat plastic disc · 20 mm high · suitable for universal adjusting of sheet-type materials ·ideal 

for use when bonding floors or shelves in showcases · also can be used as straight edge stoppers 

Art. No. 

BO 637.2 

BO 637.6 


36.5 mm / 47.5 mm 

Spare rubber pad for eccentric stopper 

07 

SILBERSCHNITT Fixation Device 

For multi-layered bonding, e.g. two-component silicone adhesive. The 

adjustable holder is fastened by means of a suction pad to the corners of 

the glass panes. Rectangular glass sheets require 3 units as min · ø 55 mm · 

75 mm high 


Art. No. 

BO 670.1 


263

Clamps 

These rotating holding devices have a large application field. They are optimally suited to build showcases, fish tanks or other glass cubes and are 

therefore indispensable when constructing glass furniture. 

VERIFIX Clamping Device for 3 - 10 mm Glass 

Two forked endpieces which rotate 360° with connecting profile and plastic 

pressure screws for locking into place · especially suitable for special 

aquarium construction 

Art. No. 

BO 636.0 

VERIFIX Clamping Device for 6 - 19 mm Glass 

Two forked endpieces which rotate 360° with connecting profile and plastic 

pressure screws for locking into place · especially suitable for special 

aquarium construction · for thicker glass sheets and heavier weights 

Art. No. 

BO 636.1 

Rigid Fixation Devices 

These Verifix holding devices consist of suction pads with a special sealing lip which are mounted at 90° to each other. The suction pads can be 

moved via adjustment screws which allows a fine adjustment of the glass position. Especially when bonding glass in rectangular positions, precise 

quality results are guaranteed. 

VERIFIX 90° Angle Suction Holders 

A special range of diverse holding and helping devices for systematic glass bonding. Useful for many applications - for example, for positioning 

when edge bonding. 

Special sizes on request! 

VERIFIX Angle Suction Holder 90° 

Bracket Length 200 mm and 127 mm 

Holding and positioning device made of 2 suction discs (ø 120 mm) with 

special sealing lip, adjustable +/- 12mm · can be fine adjusted to each 

other · with aluminium guides 

Art. No. 

BO 630.2 





special sealing lip, adjustable +/- 12 mm · can be fine adjusted to each 


Art. No. 

BO 630.3 

VERIFIX Angle Suction Holder 90° with Brace 



special sealing lip, adjustable +/- 12 mm · can be fine adjusted to each 


Art. No. 

BO 630.4 

Spare Suction Disc with Lever 

For suction holders BO 630.2, BO 630.3 and BO 630.4 

Art. No. 

BO 614.03 


With two suction units ø 55 mm · outer dimensions 70 x 70 x 70 mm · for the fixation of small glass parts 

Art. No. 

BO 633.1 

BO 633.01 

2 suction units 

Suction pad 

07 

BO 633.11 

suction unit 



265


With two suction units ø 55 mm · outer dimensions 70 x 70 x 70 mm · for the fixation of small glass parts · 

adjustable +/- 3mm 

Art. No. 

BO 633.1L 

BO 633.01 

BO 633.11 

Angle suction holder 

Suction pad 

suction unit 

VERIFIX Combination Suction/Magnetic Holder 90° 

With one suction unit ø 55 mm and one magnetic unit (heavy-duty, high-performance magnet) · outer dimensions 

70 x 55 x 65 mm · 1 counter plate BO 634.02 is included · always store the magnet with the counter plate attached 

Art. No. 

BO 633.3 

BO 634.02 

Suction/Magnetic Holder 

Counter plate for magnetic cube 


VERIFIX Pump-activated Angle Suction Holders 

The Bohle vacuum technology facilitates glass bonding immensely, e.g. when building rectangular, frameless constructions. The VERIFIX pumpactivated 

angle suction holder is also a great help when working with other materials which have a smooth, air-tight surface such as plexiglass, 

laminated plastic, etc. 

VERIFIX Pump-Activated Angle Suction Holders, Set 

Vacuum is achieved by two independent vacuum pumps · vacuum is 

monitored by a visible ring · metal version · set of two in sturdy carrying 

case · can also be used for fixation of other materials suitable for suction 

gripping, e.g. plexiglass, flat laminate, etc. · precise 90° positioning 

Art. No. 

BO 638.9 

Art. No. 

BO 638.0 

BO B0187 

VERIFIX suction holder set 

VERIFIX angle suction holder 

Sealing ring for angle suction holder 

07 

VERIFIX Corner Clamps 

The VERIFIX corner clamps are ideal for quick fixation of glass parts. 

Particularly when working with long bonding edges or large objects, these clamps can help to keep the glass parts from moving apart. 


VERIFIX Corner Clamp · with Adjustable Thrust Pad and 

Suction Cup 

ø 55 mm · by using 4 of these BO 635.0 corner clamps, a cabinet or similar 

object can be positioned quickly · for short-term positioning · for 

rectangular constructions 

Art. No. 

BO 635.0 


267

VERIFIX Corner Clamp (outer) · with Adjustable Thrust 

Pad and Suction Cup 

ø 55 mm · corner clamp BO 635.1 used to securely hold two glass sheets at 

90° to one another in combination with eccentric suction stop BO 637.0 

Art. No. 

BO 635.1 

VERIFIX Corner Clamp (inner) · with Adjustable Thrust 

Pad and Suction Cup 

ø 55 mm · corner clamp BO 635.2 used with eccentric suction stop BO 637.0 

for the fixation and bonding of two glass sheets at 90° to each other 

Art. No. 

BO 635.2 

Holding Devices 

VERIFIX Magnetic Cube · 50 x 45 x 45 mm 

Heavy-duty magnet · accurate right angles · two lateral hollows allow the cube to be held comfortably · all edges 

and corners are bevelled · the fixation plates have protective coating to avoid scratches on the glass surface · 

always store the magnet with the counter plate attached 

Art. No. 

BO 634.0 

BO 634.01 

BO 634.02 

Magnetic cube with two counter plates 

Magnetic cube without plates 


VERIFIX Combination Suction/Magnetic Holder 90° 

With one suction unit ø 55 mm and one magnetic unit (heavy-duty, high-performance magnet) · outer dimensions 

70 x 55 x 65 mm · 1 counter plate BO 634.02 is included · always store the magnet with the counter plate attached 

Art. No. 

BO 633.3 

BO 634.02 

Suction/Magnetic Holder 


VERIFIX Positioning Device 

For the correct position of the lock, we recommend our positioning device · 

the lock is placed onto the set device and securely bonded with the glass 

Art. No. 

BO 633.5 


Adhesives 

UV Curing Adhesives 

With specially developed properties, UV-curing adhesives are suitable for durable, stable bonds of many different materials such as glass-glass or 

glass-metal. For this purpose, Bohle has developed a large range of UV adhesives and is today known as the technology leader also in the field of 

glass bonding. 

Verifix UV Adhesive LV 740 

This UV-curing adhesive is a low viscosity adhesive and, due to its 

extremely good capillary action, is exceptionally suitable for bonding glass 

to glass or toughened glass to toughened glass. It is especially 

distinguished by its high bonding strength coupled with good elasticity. 

Its special composition makes the Verifix LV 740 optically clear and 

provides long-term protection against yellowing. This adhesive is used 

when looks are extremely important, e.g. in the construction of showcases, 

glass furniture, etc. 

Also especially worth mentioning is its good resistance to moisture. The 

main fields of application are objects or glass constructions subject to 

static as well as dynamic forces. Reduced clean-up time means that 

production cycles can be done quickly and efficiently. 

Fields of application: 

· Two and three dimensional glass constructions 

· Objects subject to static and dynamic force 

· Quick, efficient production cycles 

07 

Art. No. 

Contents 

BO LV7401K 

BO LV74025 

1000 g 

250 g 


BO LV74010 

BO LV74002 

100 g 

20 g 


269

VERIFIX UV Adhesive MV 750 

The UV-curing adhesive Verifix MV 750 is a high viscosity, slightly pastelike 

adhesive and, due to its adhesive properties, is suitable for universal 

applications. 

It is extraordinarily strong as well as tension-compensating, thus making it 

ideal for glass-to-metal, but also glass-to-glass bonding. Its optical clarity 

and durable resistance to yellowing is exceptional. Also especially worth 

mentioning is its good resistance to moisture. The main fields of 

application for Verifix MV 750 are objects or glass constructions subject to 

static as well as dynamic forces. Its high elongation at break compensates 

for elongation of different joining materials without loss of adhesion. 


· Two and three dimensional glass constructions 


· Bonds subject to high moisture 

Art. No. 

BO MV7501K 

BO MV75025 

BO MV75010 

BO MV75002 

Contents 

1000 g 

250 g 

100 g 

20 g 

VERIFIX UV Adhesive HV 770 

The UV/ daylight-curing adhesive Verifix HV770 has high viscosity and can 

therefore bridge small fissures up to a maximum of 0.9 mm. Especially 

interesting, however, is its suitability for bonding laminated safety glass. 

The PVB film absorbs almost all of the UVA radiation. Because this 

adhesive is made to also cure by daylight, it reacts with the remaining 

radiation (above 380 nm) and cures. 

When bonding thermoplastics you should always do intensive testing first 

because not all thermoplastics can be bonded without problems. 

After curing, the adhesive is superficially dry. It has exceptional optical 

clarity, durable resistance to yellowing and high resistance to moisture. 

After final curing, the adhesive is hard and brittle. Be cautious of strong 

light sources when working with this adhesive as they could cause 

unintended pre-curing! 


· Two and three-dimensional glass constructions 

· Objects subject to static force 

· For bonding UVA- absorbing glass like laminated safety glass 

· For bonding less transluscent glass (coloured glass) 

Art. No. 

BO HV7701K 

BO HV77025 

BO HV77010 

BO HV77002 

Contents 

1000 g 

250 g 

100 g 

20 g 


UV Adhesive B 665-0 

This UV adhesive is crystal-clear and thin-bodied (low viscosity). It displays 

very good capillary properties allowing it to be applied from the outside and 

penetrating into the gap of pre-assembled panes by itself. This adhesive is 

used when looks are extremely important, e.g. in the construction of 

showcases, glass furniture, etc. It is particularly suitable for bonding glass 

to glass. The adhesive´s low viscosity makes time-consuming reworking 

unnecessary, so that it can be applied rapidly and most economically. 

The adhesive B 665-0 is not water resistant and therefore not suitable for 

humid rooms or outdoor use. After curing, it is very hard and relatively 

brittle, i.e. not very elastic. This characteristic must be considered when 

constructing glass objects. 



· Objects subject to static force 

· Quick, efficient production cycles 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 24 

BO 52 093 21 

BO 52 093 00 

BO 52 093 27 

Contents 

1000 g 

250 g 

100 g 

20 g 

UV Adhesive B 682-T 

This UV-curing adhesive is transparent and has medium viscosity. The 

adhesive has no capillary properties and must therefore be applied to the 

bonding surface prior to assembling the parts. Due to the very high final 

strength of this adhesive, it is especially suitable for statically and 

dynamically demanding bonds. 

Glass/metal bonds succeed especially well with this adhesive. Many other 

materials can also be bonded with this adhesive: apart from metal and, of 

course, glass, it is also suitable to bond stone, wood and a variety of 

thermoplastics to glass. 

As not all thermoplastics can be bonded, prior trials are always 

recommended when working with these materials. The adhesive B-682-T 

also reacts without UV exposure when used with Bohle UV- Activator LF 

(Art. No. BO 52 093 65/BO 52 093 66) (e.g. for coloured glass, metal/metal 

bonds, etc.). When activator is used, slight yellowing of the bond can occur. 


07 




· For bonds with high strength requirements 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 96 

BO 52 093 95 

BO 52 093 94 

BO 52 093 93 

Contents 

1000 g 

250 g 

100 g 

20 g 


271

Activator LF 

This activator allows the curing of UV adhesive B 682-T when UV radiation is not normally possible, e.g. with 

coloured glass, screen printed glass, laminated safety glass, metal-to-metal bonds, etc. When activator is used, 

slight yellowing of the bond can occur. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 65 

BO 52 093 66 

Bottle with brush, 9 ml 

Tin can, 100 ml 

Bohle Primer for Glass/Metal UV Bonding 

For improved adhesion of aluminium, chrome or nickel-plated surfaces 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 88 

BO 52 094 89 

100 ml 

1 l 

UV Adhesive Bohle B-678-0 “Lamifix” 

This UV-curing adhesive is crystal clear and has medium viscosity. It shows 

good capillary properties with glass up to 6 mm. Due to its elasticity, this 

adhesive is ideal for bonding many different material combinations. It also 

has the capacity to absorb vibrations in the bonding joint. Especially 

interesting, however, is its suitability for bonding laminated safety glass, 

where the PVB film absorbs much of the UVA radiation. Because this 

adhesive is made to also cure by daylight, it reacts with the remaining 

radiation (above 380 nm) and cures. 

Butt joints are no problem, even when multi-laminated units are involved: 

the adhesive does not affect the PVB layers. „Lamifix“ adhesive is ideal for 

bonding laminated glass to laminated or ordinary glass, but also to wood, 

stone, metal and many thermoplastics. When bonding thermoplastics you 

should always do intensive testing first because not all thermoplastics can 

be bonded without problems. 


· For three-dimensional bonding 

· For bonding laminated safety glass 

· For bonding less transluscent glass (coloured glass) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 62 

BO 52 093 60 

Contents 

1000 g 

85 g 


UV Adhesive B-690-0 

This UV-curing adhesive is crystal clear, has medium viscosity and has 

acceptable capillary properties with glass up to 6 mm. Due to its elasticity, 

this adhesive is ideal for bonding many different material combinations and 

for surface bonding up to 1 m². Especially worth mentioning is its good 

moisture resistance. When bonding thermoplastics you should always do 

intensive testing first because not all thermoplastics can be bonded 

without problems. 


· For three-dimensional bonding 

· For surface bonding up to 1 m² 

· For bonds requiring high elasticity/moisture resistance 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 72 

BO 52 093 70 

Contents 

1000 g 

85 g 

Coloured UV Adhesive 

Convince yourself of the intensity and brilliance of these colours! · The moisture-resistant coloured UV adhesives 

can be intermixed · These adhesives are for surface bonding only! · Contents = 100 g per bottle 

Art. No. 

BO 52 193 32 

BO 52 193 33 

BO 52 193 34 

BO 52 193 35 

Colour 

red 

yellow 

blue 

green 

07 


UV Adhesive Set, 5 bottles, 20 g each: red - green - 

yellow - blue - black 

This coloured UV adhesive is based on the crystal clear, thin viscosity UV 

adhesive 665 and has similar properties. Due to its colouration, the 

adhesive is not as strong and curing times are longer. Therefore this 

adhesive is only suitable for bonding of small surfaces. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 31 


273

Properties of Adhesives at a Glance 

UV Adhesive 

Viscosity 

in mPas at 

approx. 25° C 

Final 

consistency 

Tensile/shear 

strength** 

Bondline gap 

Max. allowable 

continuous 

temperature* 

Temperature 

range - 

peak values 

Colour 

B 665-0 80 

(low) 

very hard 23 N/mm 2 0.04 - 0.2 mm 50° C -40 to +120° C crystal clear 

B 682-T 900 

(medium) 

very hard 26 N/mm 2 0.1 - 0.5 mm 50° C -40 to +140° C transparent 

B 678-0 600 

(medium) 

elastic 9 N/mm 2 0.06 - 0.3 mm 50° C -40 to +100° C crystal clear 

B 690-0 600 

(medium) 

elastic 9 N/mm 2 0.06 - 0.3 mm 50° C -40 to +100° C crystal clear 

LV 740 100 

(low) 


MV 750 7000 

(thixotrope) 


HV 770 5700 

(high) 



Properties Application fields Bonding materials 

(listed according to priority) 

Storage / shelf life in 

original container 

very good capillary action 

for the efficient production of 

glass furniture 

glass to glass 

cool, dry, dark location 

(without UV radiation) / 

note expiration date on bottle 

good tension compensation 

suitable for activator 

especially for glass/metal 

bonding in furniture 

production 

glass to metal, glass to glass, 

toughened glass to toughened glass, 

glass to: stone, wood, div. plastics 




high vibration resistance 

moisture resistant 

also daylight curing 

non-yellowing 

especially for bonding 

laminated glass as well as glass 

types with low UV light transmission 

(e.g. coloured glass) 

laminated glass to: glass, laminated 

glass, metal, stone, wood, diverse 

plastics, glass which strongly 

absorbs UV light 






non-yellowing 

for bonding various material 

combinations as well as for 

bonds subject to high humidity 

ideal for surface bonding up to 

approx. 1m² 

glass to glass, 


glass to: stone, wood, metal, 

diverse plastics 




good capillary action 


non-yellowing 

tension compensating 

for the efficient production of 

glass furniture requiring high 

strength, also under difficult 

climate conditions 

easy clean-up 

glass to glass, 

toughened glass to toughened glass 






non-yellowing 

for constructions subject to high static 

loads, also under difficult 

climate conditions 

especially for glass/metal 

bonding in furniture production 

glass to metal, glass to glass, 


glass to stone, glass to wood, 

glass to diverse plastics 




surface dry after curing 

also daylight curing 


non-yellowing 

especially for bonding 

laminated glass as well as glass 

types with low UV light transmission 

(e.g. coloured glass) 

laminated glass to: laminated glass, 

metal, glass, wood, diverse plastics, 

two-dimensional decorative objects 




07 


*The maximum allowable continuous temperature shows the maximum temperature at which the cured adhesive is not irreversibly damaged. 

With increasing temperatures, however, the maximum strength steadily decreases. 

** When recommended minimum and maximum layer thicknesses are taken into consideration, the tensile/shear strengths listed in the table can be 

achieved. 


275

Instructions for Use for Glass Bonding with UV-Curing Adhesives 

1. Material Selection (check suitablility of adhesive): 

The choice of glass you plan to use and the adhesive appropriate for that glass (see item 3 below) results in different bond strengths. 

Technical data about strength, etc. can be found in the preceding table. 

The indications refer to transparent, UVA light-permeable float glass. Clear float glass, mirrors (front side) tempered glass and smooth, 

flat wired glass can be bonded without problems. Special glass may lead to lower strength values or cannot be bonded at all. 

Problematic is all structured glass, like patterned glass or wired glass. The UVA light permeability depends on the glass thickness and 

the colour intensity of the glass. 

Please note: Glass with high UV absorption like laminated glass or coloured glass cannot be bonded with common UV adhesives. For 

these applications, only the highly sensitive Bohle adhesives Verifix HV 770 or „Lamifix“ are suitable. 

Tip: When bonding glass to metal, it has been determined by comprehensive series of tests that stainless steel is an especially suitable 

material. 

2. Preparing the Bonding Surfaces 

2.1. Cleaning 

· Bonding surfaces must be absolutely clean, free of grease and dry (free of separating agents). 

· Use appropriate cleaners when UV bonding (without tensides or separating agents). 

· Common glass cleaners are not suitable in most cases! 

· Recommended: Bohle special cleaner Art. No. BO 51 079 10. 

2.2 Warming 

· Adhesive as well as parts to be bonded must be at room temperature. 

· In order to obtain a durably stable bond, it is essential to heat parts prior to bonding in order to remove any possibly non-visible condensate. 

All bonding parts must be slowly and evenly heated to avoid any tension build-up in the later bond. 

· Temperature: approx. 30°C above room temperature 

· Use hot air unit or blow dryer. 

Disregarding any of these recommendations may lead to considerable loss of strength, in some cases not immediately noticeable. 

2.3. Pyrosil ® Surface Pre-treatment 

The additional pre-treatment of problematic surfaces with the PYROSIL ® technology results in durably higher adhesion as well as better 

resistance to moisture infiltration of the bond. This is especially important for high load-bearing bonds. 

3. Choosing the Right Adhesive 

Depending on the requirement of the bonding materials, applicable loads, and intentions of use of the finished object, different Bohle 

UV-curing adhesives are available for your tests. 

Remember: 

Glass/metal bonds: For bonds subject to dynamic loads, only medium viscous Bohle UV adhesive B 682-T or Verifix MV 750 should be 

used. 

Glass/glass bonds: When planning an all-glass construction, a „closed“ (i.e. self-stabilising) construction should always be strived for in 

order to obtain the highest possible stability (see illustrations). Elastic adhesives such as B-678-0 and B-690-0 are only suitable for „closed“ 

constructions. Should design reasons ask for an „open“ construction or can a „closed“ construction not be realized for other reasons, 

only adhesives Verifix LV 740, B 665-0, Verifix HV 770, Verifix MV 750 or B 682-T must be used. 

Open Construction 

Closed Construction 


4. Positioning Aids 

For optimum curing of the UV adhesive, it it essential to prevent bonding parts from sliding out of place. Nevertheless, bonding parts 

should be fixed in position and not jammed tightly against each other. This task is considerably facilitated by using suitable positioning 

devices of the VERIFIX product range. Your technical advisor can give you detailed information. 

5. Application of Adhesive 

· Before applying the adhesive, it is recommended to check if bonding parts fit in their intended position. This is best 

done by first building the complete construction without bonding (using positioning devices). 

· The adhesive should be applied within 5 minutes after having heated the parts. Should a longer period have 

passed, the parts should be heated again. 

· Bonding should preferably be executed in horizontal position; vertical application of the adhesive may lead to 

problems. 

· Too much adhesive increases the workload for removing excess adhesive. 

· If the layer is too thick, the strength of the bond is reduced. 

· Dispensing systems allow a precise and economic application of the adhesive. 

5.1 Adhesive Application BEFORE Joining the Parts 

Medium / high viscosity adhesive (Verifix MV 750, Verifix HV 770 and B 682-T) is always applied in the shape of a caterpillar before 

joining the parts. 

When bonding surfaces, the adhesive is always applied before joining the parts. 

· When bonding horizontally, the bonding parts should be evenly and carefully lowered to avoid trapping any air 

bubbles. 

· The weight of the bonding parts is sufficient to evenly spread the adhesive over the complete bonding area. 

5.2 Adhesive Application AFTER Joining the Parts 

Low viscosity adhesive (Verifix LV 740 and B-665-0), uses capillary action to seep into the bondline gap 

by itself. Therefore the bonding parts can be joined before applying the adhesive. 

· Do not work on several parts at the same time, but build the object one step at a time. 

· To achieve an optimum distribution of adhesive over the whole bonding surface, the parts should be slightly lifted and 

lowered again (enlarging and decreasing the bondline gap) before curing. 

6. Curing (Exposure to UV Light) 

Curing the bonding connection is done in two steps: 

1. By pre-curing a working strength (approx. 30 % of the final strength) is achieved. At this stage, excess adhesive outside the bonding 

surface can easily be removed. 

2. After final curing, the bond is fully functional and can be put under load (after 24 h waiting period). 

· Use suitable UV lamp: The lamp should not be shorter/smaller than the bonding edge to avoid build-up of 

tensions due to uneven curing. 

· Position lamp as close as possible to the bonding surface during curing. 

· Never move parts during curing process and do not expose to vibrations (use positioning aids). 

· Pre-curing takes between 10 seconds to approx. 2 minutes, depending on type and efficiency of the lamp. 

· Remove any positioning devices and clean the object of any adhesive residues (Bohle special cleaner, glass scraper or steel wool fineness 

00). 

· End-curing the bond: expose from 60 seconds to approx. 5 minutes, depending on the type of lamp. 

· Exposing the bond for a longer time has no negative or positive affects on the bond. 

All Bohle UV lamps are equipped with UV filters to avoid any damage to eyes and skin. For your own safety, you should use additional 

appropriate protection, for example, Art. No. BO 50 076 10 protective glasses with UV filter and BO 50 075 10 disposable gloves. (Using 

appropriate protection when working with UV lamps is recommended by the Trade Association). 

07 

7. Test Bonding 

If you are uncertain of ideal bonding conditions, always make trial bonds: 

· Bond parts according to above instructions. 

· Test strength of the bond by subjecting it to stresses exceeding those it would normally be exposed to, e.g. 

impacts, tilting or sudden movements. If necessary use tools like pliers etc. 

· If possible, put under load until parts disconnect or break in order to determine the load limit. 

· In case of problems, doubts about specific bonding conditions or any other questions, please contact our experienced staff! 


Disclaimer of Liability 

The preceding information as well as any technical recommendation given in writing, verbally or based on tests are provided to the best 

of our knowledge. However, they are non-binding recommendations only and do not affect your responsibility to determine the correctness 

of given recommendations and suitability of the product for your particular purposes. The application, use or processing of our products 

as well as the production of products based on our technical recommendations are beyond our control and therefore fall exclusively 

in your area of responsibility. Sales of our products are effected according to our most up-dated General Sales and Delivery 

Conditions. 


277

Other Adhesives 

The term “glass bonding” is usually used to mean working with UV-curing adhesives. However, our following range of products proves that other 

adhesives also have many applications when bonding glass. 

Silicone Adhesives 

Two-Component Silicone Adhesive for Surface Bonding 

Ideal for large surface bonding both for indoor and outdoor use · additive 

cross-linking for bonding glass surfaces · adhesive is tough elastic and 

resistant to ageing, weathering and UV radiation · 1 kg kit 

Please note: 

Special advice is required 

before using this product! 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 05 

AQUAFIX Aquarium Silicone 

For the construction of aquariums, all-glass constructions, underwater glazings · saltwater resistant · algae 

resistant · produces permanently elastic bonds · tested per DIN 32622 “Glass Aquariums” · 310 ml cartridge 

Art. No. 

BO 51 079 20 

BO 51 079 21 

Colour 

transparent 

black 

Premier UB Professional HM 

High modulus · for use where low joint movement but high loads are experienced · excellent adhesion to nonporous 

surfaces · high gloss surface finish · acetoxy cure · approved ISO 1160-G-25HM · supplied in 25 cartridges 

to a box 

Art. No. 

BO 60 031 01 

BO 60 031 02 

BO 60 031 03 

BO 60 031 04 

Colour 

translucent 

white 

black 

brown 


Standard T - Trade LMA 

Low modulus · general purpose construction sealant · good adhesion to ceramics and many plastics · avoid contact 

with double glazed unit edge sealants · acetoxy cure · approved ISO 1160-G-25LM · supplied in 25 cartridges to a 

box 

Art. No. 

BO 60 040 01 

BO 60 040 02 

BO 60 040 03 

BO 60 040 04 

Colour 

translucent 

white 

black 

brown 

Standard T - Trade LMN 

Low modulus · especially developed for use in installing PVCu windows · good adhesion and flexibility · avoid 

contact with double glazed unit edge sealants · neutral cure · approved ISO 1160-F-25LM · supplied in 25 

cartridges to a box 

Art. No. 

BO 60 041 01 

BO 60 041 02 

BO 60 041 03 

BO 60 041 04 

Colour 

translucent 

white 

black 

brown 

07 



279

Two-component Acrylate Adhesive 

Bohle two-component acrylate is an adhesive for crystal clear bonding of 

different materials like glass, many metals and some plastics. It can bridge 

bonding gaps up to a maximum of 0.5 mm. 

Shear strength stainless steel/glass 17 MPa. 

Caution: If a large amount of the adhesive is processed at one time, it will 

become very hot. 

Set offer: 

Save, compared to purchasing 

individually! 

Art. No. 

BO 55 005 01 

BO 55 005 02 

Art. No. 

Two-component Acrylate Adhesive 

Applicator 

BO 55 005 03 Mixer nozzles, 10 

Art. No. 

BO 55 005 04 

Set: 2x acrylate, 2 mixer nozzles, 1 applicator 

Dispensing Units for UV 

Adhesives 

Application Needles and Accessories 

When regularly working with UV adhesives, applying the correct amount of adhesive is especially important, not only for the durability of the bond, 

but also for cost reduction. VERIFIX dispensing systems in different variants offer the right solution for all requirements. 

Application Needle Set with Adaptor 

Set of one adaptor with 5 application needles of different diameters 

(0.33 mm · 0.41 mm · 0.58 mm · 0.84 mm · 1.37 mm) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 19 


Needle Adaptor 

Fits all Bohle UV adhesive bottles (except for 1 litre container) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 20 

Application Needles 

For UV adhesives · for use with adaptor BO 52 093 20 only 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 04 

BO 52 093 05 

BO 52 093 06 

BO 52 093 07 

BO 52 093 08 

BO 52 093 09 

Colour / diameter / for adhesive 

orange / 0.33 mm / B-665-0 / LV730 

blue / 0.41 mm / B-665-0 / LV730 

pink / 0.58 mm / B-678-0 / B-690-0 

green / 0.84 mm / B-678-0 / B-690-0 

amber / 1.37 mm / B-682-T / MV750 

orange / 1.6 mm / HV770 / MV750 

Application Brush 

Soft · for activator and thin adhesive · suitable for all dispensing systems 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 99 

07 

Empty Bottle 

100 g bottle · for activator or adhesive 


Art. No. 

BO 52 093 18 


281

Dispensing Units and Accessories 

In professional serial production of glass furniture, up to 65% of adhesive can be saved with the VERIFIX dispensing unit. Precise dispensing 

eliminates time-consuming extra work and cleaning, especially with high viscosity adhesives. The time control ensures repeatable, consistently 

equal dispensed amounts, a foot switch makes operation easy. 

VERIFIX Metering Device 900 E 

Suitable for both low and highly viscous liquids · adjustable dispensing intervals from 0.01 to 31 seconds · 

continuous switch and adjustable flow control · no dripping 

Art. No. 

BO 52 093 80 



BO 5209304 Application needle · ø 0.33 mm · orange 1 piece/s 

BO 5209305 Application needle · ø 0.41 mm · blue 1 piece/s 

BO 5209306 Application needle · ø 0.58 mm · pink 1 piece/s 

BO 5209307 Application needle · ø 0.85 mm · green 1 piece/s 

BO 5209308 Application needle · ø 1.37 mm · amber 1 piece/s 

BO 5209384 Cartridge · black · UV blocker · 10 cm³ 1 bag 

BO 5209385 Adaptor for Cartridge BO 52 093 86 1 piece/s 

BO 5209399 Application Brush 1 piece/s 

BO 5209386 Cartridge · with UV blocker · 10 cm³ 1 bag 

BO 5209388 Special Plug for 10 cm³ Cartridge 1 bag 

BO 5209387 Top Cap 1 bag 

Bohle Silent Compressor 

Quiet and low-maintenance · equipped with pressure switch, power cable 

with plug connector, pressure reducer and quick-release coupling · intake 

capacity 50 l/min · pressure up to 8 bar · 230 volts · tank capacity 24 l · 

motor output 340 watts 

Art. No. 

BO 13 030 00 

Spiral Hose 

Made of polyamide · 8 x 1 mm · extended length 7.5 m · working length 

approx. 4.5 m · with quick-release coupling and plug-in nipple · blue 

Art. No. 

BO 13 052 00 


Curing 

UVA Lamps and Accessories 

Bohle offers a comprehensive range of UVA hand lamps and UVA fluorescent tube lamps which meet most requirements. The Bohle lamps have 

been especially developed to be optimally suited for Bohle UV adhesives. They are very easy to handle and have a long service life. The lamps are 

especially well suited for bonding metal parts to glass and for smaller glass objects with short bonding distances, in industrial and serial production. 

A feature of these lamps is their short curing times. 

Practical tip: 

It is best to leave the lamp turned on whilst working - frequent switching on and off reduces the service life considerably. The lamp is best rested in 

a tilted position on a light-absorbing surface (never put the lamp face down when it is still on). 

UVA Hand Lamp UVAHAND 250 

For use when bonding metal · short curing times · UVA wave length 315 - 

400 nm · integrated time meter · spacers as protection against overheating 

· integrated cooling fan · special filter screen 

07 


Art. No. 

BO 52 094 04 

BO 52 094 15 

Version 

230 Volt, 250 Watt · white light 

230 Volt, 250 Watt · black light 


283

Spare Parts 

For UVA hand lamp UVAHAND 250 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 06 

BO 52 094 07 

BO 52 094 08 

BO 52 094 14 

Spare part 

spare H1filter screen with frame 

fluorescent tube 250 F 

filter screen with frame · black light 

thermal fuse 

UVA Hand Lamp 

For curing UV adhesives · 230 volts · 100 watts · with filter screen · ideal for bonding metal parts 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 10 

BO 55 003 11 

BO 55 003 12 

UVA hand lamp 

fluorescent tube UV 150 F 

H1 filter screen 

Case 

For UVA hand lamps · light grey · 396 x 296 x 315 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 09 for BO 52 094 04 

BO 55 003 15 for BO 55 003 10 

UVA Hand Lamp 

115 V, 60 Hz, 250 W, white light, for curing UV adhesives 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 30 


UVA Fluorescent Lamps 

Especially when bonding showcases, glass furniture, etc., longer bonding distances are involved which cannot be cured tension-free with common 

UV lamps because they have to be moved back and forth over the bonding distance. For these applications Bohle offers a large range of suitable 

tubular UVA lamps. 

Practical tip: 

By combining several fluorescent tube lamps, the bonding distance can be extended. These tube lamps are not always suitable for metal part 

bonding, particularly hinges. 

UV Lamp UVA-Star “Long Light XL” 

230 V model - effective work length 1760 mm - 90 W - white light - 

especially lightweight due to separate transformer - long service life of 

fluorescent tube - short exposure times by having shorter distance to 

bonding site - uniform, tension-free UV exposure to longer bonding lengths 

- especially good value for money 

Art. No. 

07 

BO 52 094 76 

BO 52 094 82 

BO 52 094 81 

UV lamp “Long Light XL” 

stand for UVA Star “Long Light XL” 

spare fluorescent tube (90 watts) 


UV Hand Lamp UVA-Star “Light” 

Effective work length 570 mm · output 45 watts · white light · especially light-weight due to separate transformer 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 70 

BO 52 094 75 

BO 52 094 71 

230 volts 

110 volts, 60 Hz 

fluorescent tube (45 watts) 


285

UVA Star “Economy” 

Effective work length 490 mm · output 30 watts · white light · separate transformer 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 20 

BO 55 003 21 

UVA Star “Economy” 

spare fluorescent tube 

UV Hand Lamp H9 

230 volts / 50 Hz ·power output 9 watts · double fluorescent tube (white light) · effective work length 110 mm · 

with mirror reflector · transformer in mains plug 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 50 

BO 52 094 51 

UV hand lamp 


UV Hand Lamp BLB 

230 V · output 4 watts (black light) · effective work length 130 mm · basic, economic UV lamp for short bonding 

distances · with integrated, electronic transformer 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 40 

BO 52 094 41 

UV hand lamp BLB 


UV Measuring Device 

For measuring the intensity of UV hand lamps · measuring range 0-200 

mW/cm² 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 00 


Glass Bonding Kits 

Bohle glass bonding kits offer complete basic equipment fort he fixation and bonding of small to medium-sized glass parts. From beginner’s to 

professional kits: quality tools and adhesives from Bohle as well as the right UV lamp are always included. Clearly arranged and well protected in a 

sturdy carrying case, all the essentials that you need, like curing lamp, fixation aids, adhesives and accessories, are always right at hand. Also ideal 

for portable use. 

Professional Kit with VERIFIX Fixation Devices and UV 

Lamp 

Professional kit for UV bonding. Ideally suited for the construction of 

showcases and glass furniture. 

The kit includes: 1x Bohle special glass cleaner 250 ml · 1x glass scraper · 

10x spare blades with back · 1x steel wool, fineness 00 · 100 g UV adhesive 

B 665-0 · 100 g UV adhesive B 682-T · 100 g UV activator LF 52 093 66 · 

application needles: 1x ø 0.41 mm, 1x ø 0.58 mm, 2x ø 0.84 mm, 2x ø 

1.37 mm · 2x adaptors for application needles · 100 g UV adhesive B 678-0 · 

100 g UV adhesive B 690-0 · 1x UVA Star “Light”, 230 V · 1x VERIFIX angle 

suction holder, short, 90° · 1x clamp for glass thicknesses 3-10 mm · 1x 

clamp for glass thicknesses 6-19 mm · 4x eccentric stop, ø 55 mm · 2x 

VERIFIX pump-activated angle suction holders · 10x disposable gloves · 1x 

case incl. insert · 1x instructions for use 

The special cleaner is not included in the kits for export! 

Art. No. 

07 

BO 55 003 02 

BO 55 003 03 

BO 55 003 04 

standard kit 

kit for export 

110 V kit for export 


Professional UVA Bonding Kit with UV Hand Lamp 250 

Professional bonding kit. Ideal for quick and efficient bonding of glass to metal or small projects. Kit includes: 1x 

UV hand lamp 250 W · 1x “Systainer” case · 100 g UV adhesive B 682-T · 2x adaptors for application needles · 2x 

each: application needles ø 0.84mm/1.37mm · 1x steel wool · 1x glass scraper with spare blades 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 01 

BO 55 003 05 

export kit (without cleaner) 

standard kit (with cleaner) 


287

Beginner’s Kit for UV Bonding 

The “Beginner Kit” is suitable for users who need to bond glass only 

occasionally - or want to try this technology at low cost · packed in a 

practical plastic case 

Contents: 1 UVA lamp H9, 100 g UV adhesive B 682-T, 1 adapter for 

application needles, 1 application needle 0.84 mm, Bohle special glass 

cleaner 250 ml, 1 glass scraper, 10 spare blades, steel wool, carrying case 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 23 

UV Bonding Kit for Beginners 

Case with UV lamp, for small bonding projects · thin-bodied UV adhesives, 

crystal-clear and coloured, allow the production of small glass objects and 

thus an introduction to this fascinating technology. 

Contents: 1 UVA hand lamp BO 5209440, 20 g UV adhesive B 665-0 crystal 

clear, 10 g each ofB 665-0 in red, yellow and blue, 1 glass scraper, 1 steel 

wool, 1 application needle 0.33 mm, 1 adapter for application needles, 2 

disposable gloves, 1 carrying case 

Art. No. 

BO 52 094 20 


Showcase Construction 

Showcases 

Glass has always been used when building furniture. The transparency and brilliancy of the material enthuse over and again. Recent years clearly 

show that glass is being used to an increasing extent - whether in buildings or for interior decoration. Today a large range of all-glass furniture is 

available at attractive prices. The use of glass in combination with wood is also becoming increasingly popular. 

CRISTALLO FIX Glass/Glass Hinge 

With the CRISTALLO FIX, Bohle has developed a hinge which allows glass 

doors to be attached to glass cabinets by bonding and which can also be 

adjusted in three dimensions. The technically sophisticated product with an 

opening angle of 125° is equipped with a damper with spring closing 

mechanism and is equally suitable for inset or overlay doors. Instead of a 

conventional cross plate mounting, this new product uses a cabinet 

bonding plate with snap-on function which was especially developed for 

this purpose. 

Adjustment dimensions: max. height ±2 mm, depth 3 mm, width 4 mm, 

continuously adjustable · new integrated damping technology · bonding 

plates: large 28 x 90 x 16 mm, small 28 x 60 x16 mm · load capacity 10 kg / 

pair · for 6 and 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 60 



BO 5206061 Bonding plate 1 piece/s 

BO 5206064 Hinge arm 1 piece/s 

BO 5206065 Cover cap 1 piece/s 

BO 5206066 Damper system 1 piece/s 

BO 5206051 CRISTALLO Bonding Plate 1 piece/s 

07 


Flush mounted door 

A = Bonding position: Door adaptor 

B = Bonding position: Body adaptor 

D = Distance door to body 

X = 5/6/8 mm, Y = 6/8/10/12/15 mm 

B = X + 1 mm 


289

Surface mounted door 

A = Bonding position: Door adaptor 

B = Bonding position: Body adaptor 

D = Distance door to body 

X = 5/6/8 mm, Y = 6/8/10/12/15 mm 

B = 1 mm 

“CRISTALLO-FIX” Glass-to-Glass Hinge (Individual parts) 

For inset as well as overlay glass doors · adjustment dimensions: max. height ±2 mm, depth 3 mm, width 4 mm, 

infinitely adjustable · bonding plates: large 28 x 90 x 16 mm, small 28 x 60 x16 mm · load capacity 10 kg / pair · for 

6 and 8 mm glass doors · opening angle 125° · snap-on/off function 

Art. No. 

The individual parts 

allow the hinge to be 

combined in different 

ways. 

BO 52 060 61 Bonding plate 

BO 52 060 64 Hinge arm 

BO 52 060 65 Cover cap 

BO 52 060 66 Damper 

BO 52 060 51 Bonding plate 60 x 28 mm 

BO 52 060 52 Bonding plate 60 x 28 mm, pack of 25 

Glass Door Hinge VERIFIX “CLIX” 90° 

This hinge is a top quality stainless steel hinge for glass-to-glass mounting. 

This hinge is suitable for inset doors made of 6 or 8 mm glass with max. 

weight of approx. 8 kg per pair. 

It is adjustable in three dimensions and has a snap-on function for easy 

mounting and dismounting. 

It is equipped with a self-closing spring mechanism and is well suited for 

use with dampers BO 55 002 30/31 or BO 55 002 35/36. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 57 

Glass Door Hinge VERIFIX 90° 

This attractive hinge with stainless steel bonding surfaces can be used for 

inset glass doors with a glass thickness of 6 or 8 mm and a max. door 

weight of approx. 8 kgs for two hinges. Sold individually. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 00 


VERIFIX Glass Door Hinge 135° 

Thie VERIFIX glass door hinge allows the construction of interesting and 

unique glass objects with a glass thickness of 6 or 8 mm and a maximum 

door weight of 8 kg per pair of hinges · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 99 

“SWING” Hinge ø 20 mm, height 18.5 mm 

High quality stainless steel hinge suitable for inset doors · glass 

thicknesses up to max. 12 mm and a max. door weight of 10 kg per pair of 

hinges · a threaded pin in the hinge allows the door to be removed after 

bonding · sold in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 60 

“SWING” Hinge ø 30 mm, height 24.5 mm 

High quality stainless steel hinge suitable for inset doors · glass 

thicknesses up to max. 12 mm and a max. door weight of 20 kg per pair of 

hinges · a threaded pin in the hinge allows the door to be removed after 

bonding · sold in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 61 

Hinge “Conus” ø 44 mm, made of stainless steel 

For UV bonding · opening angle 180° · max. load/pair: 30 kgs · for doors 

with glass thicknesses of 6 - 15 mm · for the door a lateral overhang of at 

least 52 mm must be considered on the carcass · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 51 

07 

Hinge “Conus” ø 24 mm, made of stainless steel 

For UV bonding · opening angle 180° · max. load/pair: 10 kg · for doors with 

glass thicknesses of 6 - 10 mm · for the door a lateral overhang of at least 

28 mm must be considered on the carcass · sold individually 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 52 


291

Corner Hinge “Circle” 

Stainless steel · for UV bonding · for overlay doors · in packs of 2 

Art. No. 

BO 55 000 40 

BO 55 000 42 

BO 55 000 44 

For glass / load cap. per pair 

6 mm / 9 kg 

8 mm / 12 kg 

10 mm / 15 kg 

Please note! (for Art. No.: BO 52 062 65, BO 52 062 67 and BO 52 000 90) 

To ensure a durable bond it is necessary to use a suitable surface pre-treatment on the metal part, e.g. metal primer BO 52 094 88 or Pyrosil ® BO 52 

094 91. 

Hinge · flat 

Hinge of polished aluminium for inset doors is suitable for all glass thicknesses · max. door weight 10 kg per pair 

of hinges · supplied in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 65 

BO 52 062 67 

right 

left 

Glass Door Hinge · for bonding 

60 x 60 mm · brass · shiny chrome plated · swing range 270° · 

recommended glass thickness 6 mm · maximum load: 7.5 kg per pair · 

maximum door width: 50 cm per door · rub the bonding surface with steel 

wool! (rub lightly, don’t scratch) · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 90 


Hardware for Drawers 

Drawer Guide Rail · glass / glass 

Stainless steel · ¾ extension · for glass drawer · for UV bonding · with 

stainless steel adaptor · length 40 cm · sold in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 55 002 20 

Glass Shelf Supports 

Glass Shelf Support · stainless steel 

ø 20 mm · approx. 7 mm thick · with rubber ring · not adjustable · load 

approx. 20 kg each · in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 92 

07 


ø 20 mm · approx. 10 mm thick · after bonding height adjustable by + 3 mm · 

incl. rubber ring · load approx. 10 kg each · in packs of 4 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 93 


ø 20 mm · approx. 10 mm thick · after bonding height adjustable by ± 1 mm · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 94 


293


ø 10 mm · approx. 8 mm high · after bonding height adjustable by ± 0.5 mm · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 95 

Glass Shelf Support/Door Stopper · stainless steel 

ø 10 mm · height approx. 8 mm · with rubber ring · not adjustable (fixed) · 

can also be used as door stopper · load approx. 10 kg each · in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 96 


ø 20 mm · approx. 10 mm thick · for horizontal and vertical bonding · with 

rubber ring · not adjustable · load approx. 10 kg each · in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 91 

Glass Shelf Support with plastic lining 

ø 16 mm · for UV bonding · made of stainless steel · load approx. 15 kg each 

· in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 98 

Glass Discs · borosilicate 

ø 20 mm · approx. 10 mm thick · ground plane-parallel · centre with laser 

mark · suitable as shelf support, furniture foot etc. · in packs of 20 · load 

approx. 20 kg/each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 90 

Glass Cube for UV Bonding 

All sides polished · edges bevelled · in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 55 000 30 

BO 55 000 31 

Edge length 

15 mm 

20 mm 


Handles 

Glass Doorknob 

For UV bonding · bonding surface either ø 29 mm or ø 59 mm · total height 

40 mm · with many application possibilities: as wardrobe hook or furniture 

foot · your glass object will obtain a sophisticated, individual touch · sold 

individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 89 

Rod Handle · brushed stainless steel 

Timelessly elegant stainless steel handle for UV bonding · can be used for 

diverse applications, whether as a handle for glass doors or as a drawer 

handle · handle diameter 12 mm · handle length 220 mm ·bonding spacers ø 

20 mm · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 55 002 41 

Doorknobs · stainless steel 

For UV bonding · ø 16 mm · length 20 mm · supplied in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 56 

07 

Furniture Knob · stainless steel 

Bonding surface: ø 20 mm · grip ø 10 mm · height 25 mm · with rubber rings 

· sold individually 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 70 

Doorknobs · stainless steel 

ø 10 mm · length 16 mm · this doorknob is ideal for small glass objects · 

supplied in pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 57 


295

Adaptor for Doorknobs for UV Bonding 

Thread M4 · ø 16 mm · stainless steel · to screw on door knobs with M4 

thread · ideal to use on any individual doorknob - whether on wood, plastic 

or plexiglass · now every knob can be used · supplied in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 69 

Locks and Accessories 

Most of the following bonding locks are suitable for retrofitting. 

Lock for Single Inset or Overlay Doors 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · universal key · ø 35 mm · drill hole in glass 

ø 25 mm · for glass thicknesses of 6-15 mm (please indicate glass thickness 

when ordering) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 40 

Lock for Double Doors 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · universal key · ø 35 mm · drill hole in glass 

ø 25 mm · for glass thicknesses of 6-15 mm 

Bolt lock mechanism BO 52 062 59 is required 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 42 

Lock for Single Inset Doors 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · universal key · for cabinets with glass 

thicknesses of 6 - 12 mm · suitable positioning aid BO 633.5 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 81 

Lock for Single Overlay Doors 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · universal key · for cabinets with glass 

thicknesses of 6 - 12 mm · suitable positioning aid 633.5 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 82 



For UV bonding · universal key · stainless steel · suitable for all glass 

thicknesses · suitable positioning aid BO 633.5 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 83 

Spare key 

for locks BO 5206281, BO 5206282 and BO 5206283, universal key 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 84 

Lock for Single Inset Doors 

For UV bonding · Can be used for retrofitting finished objects and doors 

made of toughened glass · ø 28 mm · for glass thicknesses of 5-12 mm · 

suitable positioning aid BO 633.5 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 78 

Lock for Single Overlay Doors 


made of toughened glass · ø 28 mm · for glass thicknesses of 5-12 mm · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 79 

07 



made of toughened glass · ø 28 mm · suitable for all glass thicknesses · 




Art. No. 

BO 52 062 80 


297

Bolt Lock Mechanism 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · to secure double doors · total length includes air gap · 2 models 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 59 

BO 52 062 58 

Total length · ø 

68 mm · 20 mm 

50 mm · 12 mm 

Magnetic Latch 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · 11 x 12 x 12 mm · magnets ø 8 mm · for 

single doors · magnetic locking force 2 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 54 

Magnetic Latch 

For UV bonding · stainless steel · 30 x 12 x 12 mm · magnets ø 8 mm · for 

double doors · magnetic locking force 2 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 55 

Glass Shelf Support/Door Stopper · stainless steel 

ø 10 mm · height approx. 8 mm · with rubber ring · not adjustable (fixed) · 

can also be used as door stopper · load approx. 10 kg each · in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 96 


Dampers for Glass Bonding, round 

Main application fields: For damping glass doors with hinges with self-closing spring mechanisms · damping of 

drawers made of glass or wood · existing glass objects can be retrofitted 

Art. No. 

BO 55 002 30 

BO 55 002 31 

Damping force 

soft 

strong 

Dampers for Glass Bonding, square 

Main application fields: For damping glass doors with hinges with self-closing spring mechanisms · damping of 

drawers made of glass or wood · existing glass objects can be retrofitted 

Art. No. 

BO 55 002 35 

BO 55 002 36 

Damping force 

soft 

strong 

07 

Pushbutton Magnetic Latch 

The pushbutton magnetic latches are especially suitable for glass doors or drawers whose fittings are not selfclosing, 

i.e. without spring closing mechanisms. It doesn’t matter whether the latch is placed closer to the top or 

to the bottom 


Art. No. 

BO 55 002 50 

BO 55 002 51 

Version 

round 

square 


299

Furniture Supports, Feet and Rollers 

Shelf Support/ Showcase Foot 

Made of polished stainless steel · ø 40 mm · includes 2 bonding plates, ø 50 mm and threaded rod · supplied 

completely assembled · ideal as a shelf support, showcase foot or table leg when individually designing your glass 

furniture 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 11 

BO 52 061 12 

BO 52 061 13 

BO 52 061 14 

Height 

120 mm 

220 mm 

320 mm 

420 mm 

Breakfast Bar Support 

Brass, 200 mm, ø 50 mm, max. load 15 kg each, vertical, can be screw-fixed 

or UV bonded, includes UV bonding plate ø 49.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 30 

BO 55 001 31 

BO 55 001 32 

Finish 

chrome plated 

matt chrome 

stainless steel look 


Breakfast Bar Support 

Brass, 200 mm, ø 50 mm, max. load 15 kg each, angled at 20°, can be 

screw-fixed or UV bonded, includes UV bonding plate ø 49.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 35 

BO 55 001 36 

BO 55 001 37 

Finish 

chrome plated 

matt chrome 


Showcase Foot 

Height 40 mm · ø 60 mm · height adjustable by 10 mm · ideal for showcases 

and TV furniture · solid construction · the perfect solution for precise 

adjustments of heavy glass furniture 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 57 

07 

Furniture Foot 

Sophisticated furniture foot of solid construction with nylon buffer · height 

60 mm · ø 39 mm · maximum load 25 kg each · freely rotating also when 

used as roller foot for movable glass furniture 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 20 

Furniture Foot made of Stainless Steel 

Small furniture foot with plastic glider · for UV bonding · versatile uses for 

small to medium-sized objects, e. g. CD stands · diameter 35 mm · height 

14 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 55 002 80 


301

Distance Holders / Spacers 

Stainless steel · also suitable as a foot · exact positioning by bonding, no sliding possible · maximum load 15 kg 

each · in bags of 12 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 88 

BO 52 000 89 

Dimensions 

ø 10 mm · 3,5 mm 

ø 15 mm · 4 mm 

Castor Roller 

Stainless steel bonding plate ø 49,5 mm / thickness 12 mm · rollers made of 

black plastic · chrome-plated metal body · roller ø 37 mm · maximum load 

50 kg each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 81 

Castor Roller with Locking Device 

Stainless steel bonding plate ø 35 mm /thickness 2.6 mm · thread M 8 · 

smooth run due to elastic roller · rollers ø 36 mm · maximum load 30 kg 

each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 79 

Castor Roller 

Stainless steel bonding plate ø 35 mm /thickness 2.6 mm · thread M8 · 

smooth run due to elastic rollers · roller ø 36 mm · maximum load 30 kg 

each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 80 

Castor Roller with Locking Device 

Stainless steel bonding plate ø 35 mm /thickness 4 mm · thread M8 · 


each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 53 


Castor Roller 

Stainless steel bonding plate ø 35 mm /thickness 4 mm · thread M8 · 


each 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 54 

Castor Roller 

Bonding plate made of stainless steel ø 35 mm / thickness 4 mm · thread M8 · roller diameter 38 mm · max. load 

25 kg each 

Art. No. 

Quantity 

BO 55 008 01 Pack of 4 

BO 55 008 02 Pack of 20 

Bearings for Rotary Tables 

These bearings from Bohle are ideal for the construction of glass objects that turn (tabletops, TV stands, etc.). The solid construction with highprecision 

bearings provides a long life of service also under high requirements. The bearings are made completely of stainless steel and can be 

bonded with the medium-viscosity Bohle UV adhesive B-682-T without difficulty. When mounting, please ensure that the load is centered evenly. 

07 

Turntable Fixture ø 80 mm 

Stainless steel · especially smooth running · turntable bearing has 3 bore 

holes ø 6 mm and can be bonded to glass or screwed onto wood or metal · 

nut must be freely accessible · bore hole in base plate ø 30 mm · glass 

diameter max. 800 mm · load capacity approx. 120 kg 


Art. No. 

BO 52 061 83 


303

Resilient Pads 

Resilient Pads · ø 7.9 mm 

Self-adhesive · crystal clear · 2.2 mm high · on sheets 

Art. No. 

Packing unit 

BO 52 000 82 bag of 450 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 83 box of 3024 

Resilient Pads · ø 12.7 

Self-adhesive · crystal clear · 3.5 mm high ·on sheets 

Art. No. 

Packing unit 

BO 52 000 84 bag of 200 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 85 box of 3000 


Glass-Wood Furniture 

Bohle further offers a large range of UV bonding products for the combination of glass and wood. Please read the instructions for use before 

mounting any metal parts. 

“CRISTALLO” Glass/Wood Hinge with Damper System 

or Cover Plate 

The Cristallo hinge in the glass/wood version can be combined with 

damper system or cover plate · new damper technology · for inset or 

overlay glass doors · adjustment dimensions: max. height ±2 mm, depth 

3 mm, width 4 mm, continuously adjustable · bonding plate: 28 x 60 x16 mm 

· carrying capacity 10 kg / pair · for 5, 6 and 8 mm glass doors · opening 

angle 125° · snap on/off function 

Upgrade your hinge! 

The “old” hinge arm (BO 52 060 50) is not suitable for use with the damper 

system, in its place please use the new hinge arm (BO 52 060 64). 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 68 



BO 5206063 Mounting plate for wood 1 piece/s 

BO 5206064 Hinge arm 1 piece/s 

BO 5206066 Damper system 1 piece/s 

BO 5206051 CRISTALLO Bonding Plate 1 piece/s 

07 

“CRISTALLO” Glass/Wood Hinge (individual parts) 

Distance between rows of holes 32 mm · nickel-plated steel · for Art No. BO 5206064 


Art. No. 

BO 52 060 63 

BO 52 060 64 

BO 52 060 65 

BO 52 060 66 

BO 52 060 51 

Mounting plate for wood 

Hinge arm 

Cover cap 

Damper 

Bonding plate 60 x 28 mm 

BO 52 060 52 Bonding plate 60 x 28 mm, pack of 25 


305

Glass Door Hinge VERIFIX “CLIX” 90° 

This hinge is a top quality stainless steel hinge for glass-to-wood 

mounting. 

It is suitable for inset doors made of 6 or 8 mm glass with max. weight of 

approx. 8 kg per pair. 

It is adjustable in three dimensions and has a snap-on function for easy 

mounting and dismounting. 

It is equipped with a self-closing spring mechanism and is well suited for 

use with dampers BO 55 002 30/31 or BO 55 002 35/36. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 58 

Glass Door Hinge “VERIFIX” 90° 

The well known VERIFIX hinge is now also available in a glass-to-wood 

version · for inset doors with glass thicknesses of 6 - 8 mm · max. door 

weight 8 kg per 2 hinges · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 55 

“SWING” Hinge · glass / wood 

height 18,5 mm · stainless steel · suitable for inset doors with glass 

thicknesses up to max. 12 mm · maximum door weight 10 kg per pair · 

threaded pin in the hinge allows the door to be removed after bonding · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 62 

“SWING” Hinge · glass / wood 

height 24,5 mm · stainless steel · suitable for inset doors with glass 

thicknesses up to max. 12 mm · maximum door weight 20 kg per pair · 

threaded pin in the hinge allows the door to be removed after bonding · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 63 


Please note! (for Art. No.: BO 52 062 66 and BO 52 062 

To ensure a durable bond it is necessary to apply a suitable surface pre-treatment to the metal part, 

e.g. metal primer BO 52 094 88 or Pyrosil ® BO 52 094 91. 

Flat Hinge, right · glass / wood 

Hinge of polished aluminium for inset doors is suitable for all glass 

thicknesses · maximum door weight 10 kg per pair of hinges · supplied in 

pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 66 

Flat Hinge, left · glass / wood 

Hinge of polished aluminium for inset doors is suitable for all glass 

thicknesses · maximum door weight 10 kg per pair of hinges · supplied in 

pairs 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 68 

Magnetic Latch for Wooden Cabinets 

Stainless steel · 11 x 12 x 18 mm · magnets: ø 8 mm · for single doors · incl. 

screw and sleeve · magnetic locking force: 2 kg · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 94 

07 


Stainless steel · 39 x 12 x 12 mm · magnets: ø 8 mm · for double doors · incl. 

screws and sleeves · magnetic locking force: 2 kg · sold individually 


Art. No. 

BO 52 062 95 

Glass Shelf Support / Door Stopper 

Stainless steel · ø 10 mm · height approx. 12 mm · with rubber ring · 

adjustable · can be used as door stopper as well as shelf support · 

maximum load approx. 10 kg each · includes wood screw · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 97 


307

Wooden Furniture Legs for Glass Bonding 

A visual highlight are the new furniture feet made of solid beechwood, which are now available 

at Bohle in different lengths, shapes and wood tones. The application possibilities are 

numerous: Whether coffee table, dining or conference table, whether showcase or shelf; 

mounted with aluminium bonding plate and corresponding end piece, the feet are ideally suited 

for the construction of exclusive furniture. All models can be ordered in the wood tones 

beechwood, cherry or oak. To ensure a durable bond it is necessary to apply a suitable surface 

pre-treatment to the metal part, e.g. metal primer BO 52 094 88 orPyrosil ® BO 52 094 91. 

Beechwood Cherry Oak 

Wooden Legs for Glass Bonding 

124 x ø 30 mm, M8 thread · set of 4 legs 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 60 

BO 55 001 61 

BO 55 001 62 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 


124 x ø 60 mm, M8 thread · set of 4 legs 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 65 

BO 55 001 66 

BO 55 001 67 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 


125 x 40 x 40 mm, M8 thread · set of 4 legs 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 70 

BO 55 001 71 

BO 55 001 72 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 



730 x 80 x 80 mm, M10 thread · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 75 

BO 55 001 76 

BO 55 001 77 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 


732 x ø 60 mm, tapered, M8 thread · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 80 

BO 55 001 81 

BO 55 001 82 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 



Art. No. 

BO 55 001 85 

BO 55 001 86 

BO 55 001 87 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 



Art. No. 

BO 55 001 90 

BO 55 001 91 

BO 55 001 92 

Finish 

Beechwood 

Cherry 

Oak 

07 

Table Leg · stainless steel 

For UV bonding · height 710 mm · ø 80 mm · height adjustable +30 mm · threaded pin M10 

Please order adaptor disc BO 55 001 09 separately. 


Art. No. 

BO 55 001 04 

BO 55 001 09 

Table Leg 

Adaptor disc 


309

Table Leg · stainless steel 

For UV bonding · ø 60 mm · threaded hole M10 · height adjustable by 20 mm · plastic foot incl. removable adaptor 

plate made of stainless steel 

Special lengths available on request. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 58 

BO 52 061 60 

BO 52 061 59 

Height 

740 mm 

690 mm 

424 mm 

Table Leg · aluminium, corrugated 

For UV bonding · ø 80 mm · height 720 mm · removable bonding plate ø 

85 mm made of stainless steel · thread M10 · height adjustable by 25 mm · 

plastic foot · in set of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 08 

Table Leg · aluminium, corrugated 

For UV bonding · height 720 mm · removable bonding plate ø 65 mm made of stainless steel · thread M10 · height 

adjustable by 25 mm · plastic foot · in set of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 06 

BO 55 001 05 

Diameter 

60 mm 

50 mm 

Table Post, Stainless Steel · Total Height (incl. base 

plate) 470 mm 

For UV bonding · ø 60 mm · incl. removable adaptor plate ø 60.4 mm made 

of stainless steel · thread M8 · Base plates not included. Please order base 

plate BO 55 001 54 (ø 400 mm) or BO 55 001 55 (ø 500 mm) separately! 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 56 



plate) 690 mm 

For UV bonding · ø 76 mm · incl. removable adaptor plate ø 85 mm made of 

stainless steel · thread M8 · Base plates not included. Please order base 


Art. No. 

BO 55 001 58 


plate) 1100 mm 

For UV bonding · ø 100 mm · incl. removable adaptor plate ø 110 mm made 

of stainless steel · thread M8 · Base plates not included. Please order base 


Art. No. 

BO 55 001 59 

Base Plate 

Including stainless steel cover · suitable for table posts ø 60 mm, 76 mm and 100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 54 

BO 55 001 55 

Diameter 

400 mm 

500 mm 

07 

Adaptor Plates 

These adaptor plates from Bohle allow almost all commercially available table legs with suitable diameters to be used with UV bonding. 


Adaptor Disc for Table Legs 

for UV bonding - stainless steel - top diameter 65 mm - thread M 10 · 

suitable for table legs ø 60 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 84 


311

Adaptor Disc for Table Legs 

for UV bonding - stainless steel - top diameter 85 mm - thread M 10 · 

suitable for table legs ø 80 mm · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 86 

Adaptor Disc for Table Legs · stainless steel 

For UV bonding · thread M10 · top diameter 65 mm suitable for table legs 

ø 50 mm (BO 55 001 05) and table legs ø 60 mm (BO 55 001 06) · sold 

individually 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 07 

Adaptor Disc for Table Legs · stainless steel 

For UV bonding · thread M10 · top diameter 85 mm suitable for table legs 

ø 80 mm (BO 55 001 08 and BO 55 001 04) · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 55 001 09 

Adaptor Disc · stainless steel 

ø 49,5 mm · height 12 mm · can also be used as a furniture foot · thread M 8 

· sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 82 

Adaptor Disc · stainless steel 

ø 35 mm · Thickness 4.0 mm · suitable for different types of furniture rollers 

· thread M8 · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 55 

Adaptor for Doorknobs for UV Bonding 

Thread M4 · ø 16 mm · stainless steel · to screw on door knobs with M4 

thread · ideal to use on any individual doorknob - whether on wood, plastic 

or plexiglass · now every knob can be used · supplied in packs of 4 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 69 


Industrial Glass 

Bonding 

The technological leadership 

of Bohle in the field of glass 

bonding is based on 

profound, longtime knowhow 

with the major 

advantage of expertise and 

experience from many 

different aspects of glass 

processing. Due to the close 

interaction of activities in 

development, all products are 

optimally coordinated with 

each other for top 

performance. Thus, as a 

systems supplier, Bohle is the 

ideal partner to provide 

solutions for demanding, 

customer-specific 

requirements. For industrial 

glass bonding, Bohle has 

developed a new product 

range which, with innovative 

tools for the automation of 

bonding processes and 

intelligent accessories, 

allows efficient and, at the 

same time, precise serial 

production. 

07 



313

VERIFIX Portable Bonding Unit 

With this professional bonding unit, Bohle provides a totally new, highly 

flexible and precise unit ideally suitable for industrial UV-bonding. 

Wherever a pneumatic connection is available, metal parts can be precisely 

positioned and bonded onto glass – with high repeat accuracy. The 

application of the adhesive is also much easier: The innovative vacuum 

technology prevents any air bubbles from forming when the adhesive is 

applied. 

· Innovative vacuum technology 

· Trouble-free application of adhesive without air bubbles 

· Cleaning is reduced to a minimum 

· Designed for metal adapters up to a diameter of 85 mm 

· Vacuum adapter for larger bonding parts available as accessory 

Art. No. 

BO 55 004 00 

VERIFIX Bonding Table 

The multi-functional VERIFIX bonding table is an innovative piece of 

equipment allowing easy and efficient bonding of metal to glass. Whether 

in furniture or glass door production: With this device, developed and 

produced by Bohle, metal bonding parts are positioned to flat glass with an 

unsurpassed repeat accuracy. Even different metal parts, e.g. two hinges 

and a lock, can be mounted in just one operation. Any size and shape of 

glass pane is suitable to be worked on. 

· Load capacity up to 150 kg 

· Table can be expanded, if required 

· Can be integrated into existing production lines 

· Minimised adhesive consumption 

· Extremely short cycle times 

· Optimal combination with light tunnel BO 55 003 50 

Art. No. 

BO 55 004 20 

VERIFIX Light Tunnel 

With the new VERIFIX light tunnel, high quality is guaranteed - with the 

shortest possible cycle times and tailored to the shape of the glass panes 

and positions of the bonding sites. Four groups of UVA lamps can be 

switched on variably. 

· Illumination is targeted exactly where needed 

· Homogeneous illumination level and long service life of lamps 

· On request with automatic conveying system 

· Optimal supplement for bonding table BO 55 004 20 

Total length: 2330 mm, total width: 1690 mm, inside width: 1560 mm, total 

height: 457 mm (without extensions), inside height: 352 mm, with 

additional, optional extensions 732 mm, number of UVA tube lamps: 20 à 

80 watts, total power rating: 1760 watts, circuitry: 15 switching 

possibilities, weight: 107 kg (without extensions). Supplied without 

extensions and without automatic conveying system 

Art. No. 

BO 55 003 50 


Pyrosil ® Applicator GVE 2 

Surface pre-treatment with Pyrosil ® is essential for many UV-bonding 

applications. In serial production, however, the cycle time often suffers 

from the use of silication technology, because until now the cartridges had 

to be exchanged frequently. Now you can shorten your cycle times with the 

Pyrosil ® applicator GVE 2. With two large Pyrosil ® cartridges, a firing period 

of approx. 75 minutes per cartridge can be achieved (depending on the 

burner) - with all the benefits that Pyrosil ® and trouble-free surface pretreatment 

can offer you. 

Art. No. 

BO 55 004 50 

07 



315

Fittings 

Clamps 319 

Technical Information for Toughened and Laminated Glass 319 

Clamps 321 

Accessories 349 

Hardware for Shower Doors 350 

Shower Door Hinges 350 

Shower Door Sealing Strips and Profiles 393 

Reinforcement Bars, Handles and Towel Holders 397 

Glass Hardware for All-Glass Constructions 406 

SlideTec Sliding Door System 406 

TwistTec Pivot Door System 410 

Point Fixings and Glass Connectors 416 

Glass Door Handles 424 

Glass Hardware for Furniture and Showcases 431 

Glass Door Hinges 431 

Glass Door Hinges with Clamp Plates for Drilled Glass 435 

Glass Door Hinges for Clamping Glass Panes 439 

Glass Door Locks 443 

Fittings for Sliding Glass Doors and Accessories 445 

Handles for Showcase Doors 449 

Accessories for Glass Furniture and Showcases 450 

Glass Shelf Supports, Glass Connectors and Glass Holders 452 

Glass Shelf Supports 452 

Glass Holders 459 

Glass Connectors 460 


Profiles 462 

Profiles for Glass Partitions 462 

Mirror Profiles 463 

Mirror Fixations 464 

Mirror Fixation Kits and Accessories 464 

Mirror Adhesive Tapes and Mirror Adhesive 470 

Mirror Profiles, Mirror Clips and Mirror Screws 474 

Demisting Pad 478 

Security Mirrors 479 

Informational Guidance Systems and Name Plates 481 

Standoffs 481 

Door Signs 482 

Ventilators 483 

Speak Holes 486 

Springs and Accessories 489 

08 

Fittings 


317

Fittings 

Fittings - a term which 

describes numerous 

functions and comprises an 

even larger application 

spectrum. From a simple 

holder for fixed glazing units 

to TÜV and ETB approved 

clamp fixations, this chapter 

includes all types of fittings 

which play a part in glass 

processing. 

Last not least, fittings are the 

elements which, next to their 

functionality, show the 

advantages of the material 

glass and emphasize the 

fascination and design of 

finished furniture pieces or 

other objects. 

We want to give 

consideration to this fact 

with our varied and 

comprehensive range - 

quality and design are 

combined to find their 

optimal form. 

Drawings indicating required 

dimensions and further 

details are available on 

request by fax or mail. Or 

even easier, in the internet 

under www.bohle-group.com 

Our glass bonding hinges can 

be found in the chapter 07 

“Glass Bonding”. 


Clamps 

On the following pages you can find clamps for toughened glass, other models for use with toughened or laminated glass, as well as clamps for use 

with laminated glass up to a total thickness of 21.52 mm. 

The glass measurement to be deducted (if not stated otherwise) = clear width (dimension between posts) ./. 40 mm (an exception to this are the end 

and middle clamps for front-mounted constructions) · All finishes marked with “*” are only suitable for indoor use. 

The clamps are manufactured either of diecast zinc or stainless steel. For the most part they are suitable for right or left use and are supplied with 

fixing screws (VA) and cover caps which match the finish of the clamps. If desired, securing pins are available as extra for almost all of the clamps. 

General building authority approval applied for. 

General building authority approval granted. 

Technical information for toughened glass 

The test results are derived from the TÜV-Rheinland (Technical Inspection Authority, Rhineland). 

All the clamps are manufactured according to strict DIN regulations and their basic material is subject to continual inspection! 

Vertical force 

Definition: 

N = 1 Newton (unit of force) 

Fzul. = allowable force 

The indicated values were obtained with 4 clamps at +50°C and 

mounted to steel. The various glass thicknesses fit in the clamps with 

the aid of elastomer inserts of differing thicknesses. 

Horizontal force 

Definition: 






08 

Fittings 

ETB Guideline “ Components which protect against falling” 

June 1985 version DIN 4103 part 1 - Calculated Proof. 

· According to ETB, a component must withstand a breaking load of at least 2.8 KN. 

· The use of a securing pin reduces the breaking load by 15%. 

· If required, the technical values can be requested. 

· The indicated values were obtained with 4 clamps. 


319

Technical information for laminated glass 

The test results are derived from the TÜV-Rheinland (Technical Inspection Authority, Rhineland). 

All the clamps are manufactured according to strict DIN regulations and their basic material is subject to continual inspection! 


Important: Securing pins must be used! 

Definition: 






Horizonta lforce 

Important: Securing pins must be used! 

Definition: 







Definition: 






Horizontal force 

Definition: 






ETB Guideline “ Components which protect against falling” 

June 1985 version DIN 4103 part 1 - Calculated Proof. 

· According to ETB, a component must withstand a breaking load of at least 2.8 KN. 

· The use of a securing pin reduces the breaking load by 15%. 

· If required, the technical values can be requested. 

· The indicated values were obtained with 4 clamps. 


Clamps 

Made of die cast zinc or stainless steel · for left or right use · incl. screws (VA) and matching covers · please order rubber inserts separately · 

securing pins are available as extras for almost all of the clamps 

Finishes marked with “*” are only suitable for indoor use! 

The glass measurement to be deducted (if not stated otherwise) = clear width (dimension between posts) ./. 40 mm (an exception to this are the end 

and middle clamps for front-mounted constructions) 

Clamp for Toughened Safety Glass 

45 x 45 mm · for square tubes · for 6, 8 and 10 mm toughened glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 54 003 01 matt chrome plated* 

BO 54 003 02 aluminium-coloured powder coated 

BO 54 003 03 white powder coated RAL 9016 

BO 54 003 04 brown powder coated RAL 8019 

BO 54 003 05 mill finish* 

BO 54 003 06 shiny chrome plated* 

BO 54 003 07 shiny gold plated* 

BO 54 003 08 black powder coated RAL 9005 

BO 54 003 09 stainless steel V 4A 

BO 54 003 10 stainless steel look, matt chrome plated* 

BO 54 003 11 matt nickel plated, brushed 

Test Results 

TÜV-Rheinland 

Panel thickness Vertical force Horizontal force 

6, 8 mm (10 mm) 800 N (1000 N) 3000 N (3000 N) 

per ETB Guidelines 

Breaking load diecast zinc 6.38 KN Breaking load stainless steel 12.76 KN 

08 

Fittings 

Rubber Inserts 

Suitable for clamps BO 54 003 01-11 and BO 54 004 01-11 

Art. No. 

BO 54003G06 

BO 54003G08 

BO 54003G10 


6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 


321


45 x 45 mm · for tubular supports ø 42.4 mm (other radii on request) · for 6, 8 and 10 mm toughened glass · please 

order inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 









BO 54 004 09 stainless steel V4A, polished 


BO 54 004 11 stainless steel look, matt nickel plated, brushed 

Test Results 



6, 8 mm (10 mm) 800 N (1000 N) 3000 N (3000 N) 





Art. No. 

BO 54003G06 

BO 54003G08 

BO 54003G10 


6 mm 

8 mm 

10 mm 



50 x 40 mm · for square tube · for 6 and 8 mm toughened glass · please order inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Test Results 



6, 8 mm 1000 N 3000 N 




Suitable for clamps BO 54 006 01-11, BO 54 015 01-11 and BO 54 016 01-11 

08 

Art. No. 


BO 54015G06 

BO 54015G08 

6 mm 

8 mm 

Fittings 


323


50 x 40 mm · for tubular supports ø 33,7 mm (other radii on request) · for 6 and 8 mm toughened glass · please 


Art. No. 

Finish 












Test Results 



6, 8 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





Art. No. 

BO 54015G06 

BO 54015G08 


6 mm 

8 mm 



50 x 40 mm · for tubular supports ø 42.4 mm (other radii on request) · for 6 and 8 mm toughened glass · please 


Art. No. 

Finish 












Test Results 



6, 8 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 54015G06 

BO 54015G08 

6 mm 

8 mm 

Fittings 


325

Clamp for Toughened Glass 

End clamp for front-mounted constructions · ø 60 mm · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass · please order desired 

adaptors and rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 











Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm 800 N 3000 N 





Art. No. 

BO 52110G08 

BO 52110G10 

BO 52110G12 


8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 


Clamp for Toughened Glass 

Middle clamp for front-mounted constructions · ø 60 mm · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass · please order 

desired adaptors and rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 











Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm 800 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 52110G08 

BO 52110G10 

BO 52110G12 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

Fittings 


327

Adaptor for Clamps 

For assembly on rectangular tubes · for clamps BO 52 110 01-10 and BO 52 111 01-10 

Art. No. 

Finish 





BO 52 100 25 mill finish 







For assembly on circular tubes ø 42 mm · for clamps BO 52 110 01-10 and BO 52 111 01-10. 

Other radii available on request! 

Art. No. 

Finish 












For assembly on circular tubes ø 60 mm · for clamps BO 52 110 01-10 and BO 52 111 01-10. 

Other radii available on request! 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Clamp for Toughened Glass or Laminated Glass made of Toughened/Semi-Tough. 


63 x 45 mm · for rectangular tubes · for 6, 8 and 10 mm toughened glass or 8.76 and 10.76 mm laminated glass · 

please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 

BO 54 001 41 securing pin 6 x 23 mm (set of 4) 

Test Results 

TÜV-Rheinland (pending for lam. glass) 


6, 8, 10 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 54005G06 

BO 54005G08 

BO 54005G10 

BO 54005V08 

BO 54005V10 

6 mm toughened glass 



8,76 mm laminated glass 


Fittings 


329



63 x 45 mm · for tubular supports ø 42.4 mm (other radii on request) · for 6, 8 and 10 mm toughened glass or 8.76 

and 10.76 mm laminated glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 


Test Results 



6, 8, 10 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





Art. No. 

BO 54005G06 

BO 54005G08 

BO 54005G10 

BO 54005V08 

BO 54005V10 










63 x 45 mm · for tubular supports ø 48.3 mm (other radii on request) · for 6, 8 and 10 mm toughened glass or 8.76 

and 10.76 mm laminated glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 


Test Results 



6, 8, 10 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 54005G06 

BO 54005G08 

BO 54005G10 

BO 54005V08 

BO 54005V10 






Fittings 


331



55 x 55 mm · for rectangular tubes · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 10.76 and 12.76 mm laminated 

glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 


Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





Art. No. 

BO 54002G08 

BO 54002G10 

BO 54002G12 

BO 54002V08 

BO 54002V10 

BO 54002V12 





8.76 mm laminated glass 






55 x 55 mm · for tubular supports ø 48.3 mm · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 10.76 and 12.76 mm 

laminated glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 


Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm 1000 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 54002G08 

BO 54002G10 

BO 54002G12 

BO 54002V08 

BO 54002V10 

BO 54002V12 







Fittings 


333



60 x 55 mm · for rectangular tubes · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 10.76 and 12.76 mm laminated 

glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 

Please note: 

These clamps have received a 

general permit for use (Z-70.5- 

73) from the Building 

Supervising Department in 

Berlin. 












Art. No. 

BO 54 001 40 securing pin 6 x28 mm (set of 4) 

Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm zinc 800 N, stainless steel 1300 N 3000 N 




Suitable for clamps BO 54 001 01-11, BO 54 007 01-11, BO 54 013 01-11 and BO 54 014 01-11 

Art. No. 

BO 54001G08 

BO 54001G10 

BO 54001G12 

BO 54001V08 

BO 54001V10 

BO 54001V12 











60 x 55 mm · for tubular supports ø 40 mm (other radii on request) · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 

10.76 and 12.76 mm laminated glass · please order rubber inserts separately 

Art. No. 

Finish 

Please note: 





Berlin. 









BO 54 014 09 stainless steel V 4A 


BO 54 014 11 matt nickel plated, brushed* 

Art. No. 


Test Results 



8, 10, 12 mm zinc 800N, stainless steel 1300 N 3000 N 





08 

Art. No. 


BO 54001G08 

BO 54001G10 

BO 54001G12 

BO 54001V08 

BO 54001V10 

BO 54001V12 







Fittings 


335



60 x 55 mm · for tubular supports ø 48.3 mm (other radii on request) · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 


Art. No. 

Finish 

Please note: 





Berlin. 












Art. No. 


Test Results 








Art. No. 

BO 54001G08 

BO 54001G10 

BO 54001G12 

BO 54001V08 

BO 54001V10 

BO 54001V12 











60 x 55 mm · for tubular supports ø 60 mm (other radii on request) · for 8, 10 and 12 mm toughened glass or 8.76, 


Art. No. 

Finish 

Please note: 





Berlin. 












Art. No. 

BO 54 001 40 securing pint 6 x 28 mm (set of 4) 

Test Results 








08 

Art. No. 


BO 54001G08 

BO 54001G10 

BO 54001G12 

BO 54001V08 

BO 54001V10 

BO 54001V12 







Fittings 


337

Important Safety Information: 

For clamps BO 54 011 01-11, BO 54 012 01-11, BO 54 020 01-11 and BO 54 021 01-11: 

When mounting laminated glass with in-line rubber inserts, a securing pin must also be used for added 

protection against falling. Alternatively, clamps with a support ridge can be used at the bottom of the glass 

(see BO 54 020 01-11 and BO 54 021 01-11). 

Clamps for Toughened and Laminated Safety Glass 

60 x 69 mm · for rectangular tubes · for 8 - 15 mm toughened glass and 8.76 - 12.76 mm laminated glass · please 

order rubber inserts separately (see following pages) · please observe the safety information 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 

BO 54 001 40 securing pin 6 x28 mm (set of 4) 

Test Results 

TÜV-Rheinland Vertical force Horizontal force 

8, 10, 12, 15 mm toughened 1500 N 3000 N 

8.76 - 12.76 mm laminated 4000 N 3000 N 




Clamps for Toughened and Laminated Safety Glass 

60 x 69 mm · for tubular supports ø 42 mm · for 8 - 15 mm toughened glass and 8.76 - 12.76 mm laminated glass · 

please order rubber inserts separately (see following pages) · please observe the safety information 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Art. No. 


Test Results 






08 

Fittings 


339

Corner Clamp for Toughened and Laminated Glass · with support ridge 

60 x 69 mm · for rectangular tubes · for 8-15 mm toughened glass and 8.76-12.76 mm laminated glass · with builtin 

tilting support · sold in pairs (1x left + 1x right) · please order inserts separately (see following pages) · please 

observe safety information 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Test Results 







Corner Clamp for Toughened and Laminated Glass · with support ridge 

60 x 69 mm · for tubular supports ø 42 mm · for 8-15 mm toughened glass and 8.76-12.76 mm laminated glass · 

with built-in tilting support · sold in pairs (1x left + 1x right) · please order inserts separately (see following pages) · 

please observe safety information 

Art. No. 

Finish 












Test Results 






08 

Fittings 


341

Special Insert · unfinished 

Insert for BO 54 012 01-11 and BO 54 021 01-11 for use with bent glass · for 

tubular supports · made of zinc 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 60 

Special Insert · Stainless Steel V 4A unfinished 

Insert for BO 54 012 01-11 and BO 54 021 01-11 for use with bent glass · for 

tubular supports 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 61 

Rubber Inserts for Toughened Safety Glass 


Art. No. 

BO 54011G08 

BO 54011G10 

BO 54011G12 

BO 54011G15 


8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

15 mm 


Rubber Inserts for Toughened Safety Glass 


Art. No. 

BO 54020G08 

BO 54020G10 

BO 54020G12 

BO 54020G15 


8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

15 mm 

Rubber Inserts for Laminated Safety Glass 

In-line rubber inserts for tension-free bearing for clamps BO 54 011 01-11 and BO 54 012 01-11 

Art. No. Thickness Lam. Films of 0,38 mm 

BO 54011V08 8,76 mm 8/2 2 

BO 54011V09 9,52 mm 8/2 4 

BO 54011V10 10,76 mm 10/2 2 

BO 54011V11 11,52 mm 10/2 4 

BO 54011V12 12,76 mm 12/2 2 

Rubber Inserts for Laminated Safety Glass 

In-line rubber inserts for tension-free bearing for clamps BO 54 020 01-11 and BO 54 021 01-11 

08 

Art. No. Thickness Lam. Films of 0,38 mm 

BO 54020V08 8,76 mm 8/2 2 

BO 54020V09 9,52 mm 8/2 4 

BO 54020V10 10,76 mm 10/2 2 

BO 54020V11 11,52 mm 10/2 4 

BO 54020V12 12,76 mm 12/2 2 

Fittings 


343

Clamp for Laminated Toughened / Semi-Toughened 


60 x 70 mm · for rectangular tubes · polished stainless steel V4A · for 12.76 

to 16.76 mm laminated glass · Please order rubber inserts and safety 

support brackets BO 54 001 53 separately (see following pages) 

Art. No. 

BO 54 024 09 

Test Results 


Test requested 


Breaking load stainless steel 12.27 KN 



60 x 70 mm · for rectangular tubes · polished stainless steel V4A · for 17.52 

to 21.52 mm laminated glass · Please order rubber inserts and safety 

support brackets BO 54 001 54 separately (see following pages) 

Art. No. 

BO 54 025 09 

Test Results 








70 x 70 mm · for tubular supports ø 42.4 mm · polished stainless steel V4A · 

for 12.76 to 16.76 mm laminated glass · Please order rubber inserts and 

safety support brackets BO 54 001 53 separately (see following pages) 

Art. No. 

BO 54 026 09 

Test Results 







70 x 70 mm · for tubular supports ø 42.4 mm · polished stainless steel V4A · 

for 17.52 to 21.52 mm laminated glass · Please order rubber inserts and 

safety support brackets BO 54 001 54 separately (see following pages) 

Art. No. 

BO 54 027 09 

08 

Fittings 

Test Results 






345


Suitable for clamps BO 54 024 09 and BO 54 026 09 

Art. No. 

BO 54024V12 

BO 54024V13 

BO 54024V14 

BO 54024V15 

BO 54024V16 


12.76 mm 

13.52 mm 

14.76 mm 

15.52 mm 

16.76 mm 


Suitable for clamps BO 54 025 09 and BO 54 027 09 

Art. No. 

BO 54024V17 

BO 54024V18 

BO 54024V19 

BO 54024V20 

BO 54024V21 


17.52 mm 

18.76 mm 

19.52 mm 

20.76 mm 

21.52 mm 

Safety Bracket 

To support pane and increase security of clamps BO 54 024 09 and 

BO 54 026 09 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 53 

Safety Bracket 

To support pane and increase security of clamps BO 54 025 09 and 

BO 54 027 09 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 54 


Clamp for Toughened or Laminated Glass 

50 x 40 mm · D-shaped · for rectangular tubes · V4A stainless steel 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 50 

BO 50 083 52 

BO 50 083 51 

BO 50 083 53 

Glass Thickness · Finish 

8 mm · polished 

8 mm · brushed satin 




50 x 40 mm · D-shaped · for 42 mm circular tubes · V4A stainless steel 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 54 

BO 50 083 56 

BO 50 083 55 

BO 50 083 57 






Clamp for Toughened and Laminated Glass 

55 x 55 mm · square · for rectangular tubes · V4A stainless steel 

08 

Art. No. 


BO 50 083 58 

BO 50 083 60 

BO 50 083 59 

BO 50 083 61 

Art. No. 





Fittings 

BO 54 001 41 Securing pin 6 x 23 mm (set of 4) 


347


55 x 55 mm · square · for 50 mm circular tubes · V4A stainless steel 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 62 

BO 50 083 64 

BO 50 083 63 

BO 50 083 65 

Art. No. 








D-shaped · for rectangular tubes · zinc · shiny chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 66 

BO 50 083 67 

BO 50 083 70 

Art. No. 

Glass Thickness · Size 

8 mm · 60 x 43 mm 

10 mm · 60 x 43 mm 

6 - 8 mm · 55 x 53 mm 



D-shaped · for 42 mm circular tubes · zinc · shiny chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 50 083 68 

BO 50 083 69 

BO 50 083 71 

Art. No. 

Glass Thickness · Size 

8 mm · 60 x 43 mm 

10 mm · 60 x 43 mm 

6 - 8 mm · 55 x 53 mm 



Accessories 

Rivet Pliers 

With threaded drift M6/8 · black 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 51 

Rivet Nut with Small Countersunk Head and Knurl 

For threaded screws M8 · strength of material to be riveted from 0.5 to 

3 mm · yellow chrome plated · in bags of 100 

ATTENTION: drill hole in post ø 10 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 55 

Rivet Nut with Flat Head 

Unfinished VA · for threaded screws M8 · strength of material to be riveted 

from 0.1 to 3 mm · in bags of 100 

ATTENTION: drill hole in post ø 11.1 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 56 

Cylinder Head Screw 

With hexagon socket · DIN 6912 · M8 x 20 mm · galvanized · in bags of 100 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 57 

Fittings 

Cylinder Head Screw 

With hexagon socket · DIN 6912 · M8 x 20 mm · VA · unfinished · 

in bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 54 001 58 


349

Europe 

Shower Door Hinges 

The “Europe” series of shower door hinges was developed by Bohle taking both functionality and aesthetics into account. The series has a timeless 

design which fits perfectly in modern bathrooms. The zero position is individually adjustable by +/- 5° and can easily be adjusted and re-set at any 

time. The “Europe” series is suitable for 8 or 10 mm glass and door weights up to 40 kg with a maximum door width of 1000 mm (with 8 mm glass). 

Shower Door Hinge “Europe” one side wall mounted 

Opens 90° each way · with adjustable zero position ± 5° · distance glass to wall = 4 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 000 00 

BO 54 000 01 

BO 54 000 02 

Finish 


chrome plated 

matt chrome plated 

Shower Door Hinge “Europe” both sides wall mounted 

Opens 90° each way · with adjustable zero position ± 5° · distance glass to wall = 4 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 000 10 

BO 54 000 11 

BO 54 000 12 

Finish 


chrome plated 



Shower Door Hinge “Europe” Glass to glass · 180° flush 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel 180° flush · Door opens 90° each way with adjustable zero position ± 5° · 

Distance glass to glass = 3 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 000 20 

BO 54 000 21 

BO 54 000 22 

Finish 


chrome plated 


Connector · Glass to wall 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · dimensions 55 x 55 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 000 60 

BO 54 000 61 

BO 54 000 62 

Finish 


chrome plated 


Connector · Glass to wall 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · dimensions 55 x 55 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 54 000 70 

BO 54 000 71 

BO 54 000 72 


chrome plated 


Fittings 


351

Connector · Glass to glass 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · dimensions 55 x 55 mm · dimension 

x = 29 mm + glass thickness 

Art. No. 

BO 54 000 80 

BO 54 000 81 

BO 54 000 82 

Finish 


chrome plated 


Please note: 

The measurement data sheets for our “Europe” shower door hinges can be found in the internet under www.bohle-group.com. 


De Luxe 

For 8 mm glass thickness, made of brass. The hinges have an arrest which can be activated or de-activated and set in any position. They also have 

an automatic return motion of ± 30° to position 0. Outside the automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold singly with fixing 

screws. Max. door weight per pair: 40 kg · max. door width: 950 mm · all movable parts are made of rustproof steel and are maintenance-free. 

Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” 

One side wall mounted · door opens 90° each way 

Distance glass to wall: 3 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 102 12 chrome-plated 

BO 52 102 13 gold plated 


BO 52 102 15 matt chrome plated 

08 

Fittings 


353

Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” 

Both sides wall mounted · door opens 90° each way 

Distance glass to wall: 3 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 102 02 chrome plated 




Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” · glass to glass 

180° alignment · door opens 90° each way · max. door size 1000 x 2000 mm · 40 kg per pair of hinges · pre-set for 

8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 






Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” · glass to glass 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · glass to glass 25 mm overlapping · door opens 180° 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” · glass to glass 90° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° inwards and 90° outwards · pres-set for 8 mm toughened 

glass · max. door size 1000 x 2000 mm · 40 kg per pair of hinges 

Art. No. 

Finish 





08 

Fittings 


355

Shower Door Hinge “De Luxe” · glass to glass 135° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° inwards and 90° outwards · pres-set for 8 mm toughened 

glass · max. door size 1000 x 2000 mm · 40 kg per pair of hinges 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Corner Clamp “De Luxe” · glass to wall 90° 

For glass-to-wall vertical dividing walls and bathtub partitions · made of brass · pre-set for 8 mm glass · 

dimensions: 60 x 60 mm · drill hole in glass ø 20 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 






Side Connector “De Luxe” · glass to wall 

For glass-to-wall vertical partitions in 180° alignment · made of brass · pre-set for 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Corner Clamp “De Luxe” 135° · glass to wall 

For glass-to-wall partitions 135° · made of brass · pre-set for 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 





08 

Fittings 


357

Side Connector “De Luxe” 

For vertical dividing walls glass to glass in 180° alignment · made of brass · for 8 mm glass thickness 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Corner Clamp “De Luxe” 90° 

For glass-to-glass partitions 90° · made of brass · for 8 mm glass · x = 28 mm + glass thickness 

Art. No. 

Finish 






Corner Clamp “De Luxe” 135° 

For vertical dividing wall glass to glass 135° · made of brass · for 8 mm glass thickness 

Art. No. 

Finish 





08 

Fittings 


359

Marine 

For 6 or 8 mm glass. Made of diecast zinc.The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. Outside of the automatic return range, 

the hinges remain in any set position. Max. door weight per pair: 25 kg · max. door width: 700 mm 

Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · one side wall mounted 

Adjustable 0 position · with stop in 0° and 90° outward · distance glass to wall = 3 mm 

When using sealing strips on the hinge side, spacer BO 52 135 21 is required! 

Art. No. 

Finish 




BO 53 300 06 stainless steel look 


Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · both sides wall mounted 

Adjustable 0 position · distance glass to wall = 3 mm 


Art. No. 

Finish 





Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · in alignment 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel, in 180° alignment · door opens 90° each way · with 

stops at 0° and 90° · distance glass to glass = 5 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 





08 

Fittings 


361

Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · overlapping 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel 180° · but overlapping · door opens 180° · with stops at 

0° and 90° · glass to glass folding hinge overlapping 24 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · corner hinge 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel 90° · door opens 90° each way · with stops at 0° and 

90° · distance glass to glass = 7 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 






Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass 135° 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel 135° · door opens 112° to one side and 65° to the other 

· with stops at 0° and 112° · distance glass to glass = 3 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Clamp “Marine” · glass to wall 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · dimensions 40 x 40 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 




BO 52 130 54 white RAL 9010 

08 

Fittings 


363

Plastic Spacer · 4 mm 

Required when applying sealing strips to the door side where the hinges 

are mounted · 55 x 56 mm · suitable for BO 53 200 02 - 06, BO 53 200 12 - 

16, BO 52 131 01A + BO 52 131 02A 

Marine 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 21 

For 8 and 10 mm glass. Made of diecast zinc. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. Outside the automatic return range, 

the hinges remain in any set position. Max. door weight per pair: 40 kg · max. door width: 900 mm 

Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · one side wall mounted 

Adjustable 0 position · with stop at 0° and 90° outward · distance glass to wall = 3 mm 


Art. No. 

Finish 






Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · both sides wall mounted 

Adjustable 0 position · with stops at 0° and 90° outward · distance glass to wall = 3 mm 


Art. No. 

Finish 





BO 5213101A chrome plated · WITHOUT adj. 0° 

BO 5213102A matt chrome · WITHOUT adj. 0° 

Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · in alignment 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel in 180° alignment · door opens 90° each way · with 

stops at 0° and 90° · distance glass to glass = 5 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 





08 

Fittings 


365

Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · overlapping 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel in 180° alignment · but overlapping · door opens 180° · 

with stops at 0° and 90° · glass to glass folding hinge 24 mm overlap · dimension A with 8 mm glass = 21.5 mm, 

with 10 mm glass = 19.5 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · corner clamp 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel 90° · door opens 90° each way · with stops at 0° and 

90° · distance glass to glass = 7 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 






Shower Door Hinges “Marine” · glass to glass · 135° 

Adjustable 0 position · for mounting doors to a fixed panel 135° · door opens 112° to one side and 67° to the other 

· with stops at 0° and 112° 

Art. No. 

Finish 





Clamp “Marine” · glass to wall 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 mm glass thickness · dimensions 45 x 45 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 136 00 

Finish 





BO 52 136 04 white RAL 9010 

08 

Fittings 


367

Corner Clamp “Marine” · glass to wall 90° 

Made of brass · for 8 and 10 mm glass · wall plate hole diameter inside 5.5 mm, outside 10 mm · screw and screw 

cover are included 

Art. No. 

Finish 




BO 52 131 14 white RAL 9010 

Plastic Spacer · 4 mm 

Required when applying sealing strips to the door side where the hinges 

are mounted · 55 x 56 mm · suitable for BO 53 200 02 - 06, BO 53 200 12 - 

16, BO 52 131 01A + BO 52 131 02A 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 21 


Monaco 

The alternative shower door hinge system for 6 mm or 8 mm glass, made of brass. All movable parts are made of rustproof steel. 

The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. Outside this automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold 

individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. 

Maximum door weight: 25 kg · maximum door width 790 mm 

Shower Door Hinge “Monaco” · one side wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 

Door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to wall = 8 mm · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 231 01 

BO 52 231 02 

BO 52 231 03 

BO 52 231 04 

BO 52 231 05 

Finish 

polished and lacquered clear 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


08 

Fittings 


369

Shower Door Hinge “Monaco” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 

Door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to wall = 8 mm · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 230 01 

BO 52 230 02 

BO 52 230 03 

BO 52 230 04 

BO 52 230 05 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 



Door opens outward 135° · distance glass to wall = 6 mm · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 230 11 

BO 52 230 12 

BO 52 230 13 

BO 52 230 14 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 



Door opens inward 135° · distance glass to wall = 6 mm · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 230 21 

BO 52 230 22 

BO 52 230 23 

BO 52 230 24 

BO 52 230 25 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


Shower Door Hinge “Monaco” · glass to glass 180° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel in 180° alignment · door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to glass = 4 mm 

· for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 232 01 

BO 52 232 02 

BO 52 232 03 

BO 52 232 04 

BO 52 232 05 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


08 

Fittings 


371


For mounting doors to a fixed panel in 180° alignment · door opens 180° outward · distance glass to glass = 3 mm · 

for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 232 11 

BO 52 232 12 

BO 52 232 13 

BO 52 232 14 

BO 52 232 15 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


Shower Door Hinge “Monaco” · glass to glass · corner hinge 90° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to glass = 4 mm · for 6 or 8 mm 

glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 233 01 

BO 52 233 02 

BO 52 233 03 

BO 52 233 04 

BO 52 233 05 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 




For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° outwards · distance glass to glass = 3 mm · for 6 or 8 mm 

glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 234 01 

BO 52 234 02 

BO 52 234 03 

BO 52 234 04 

BO 52 234 05 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


Corner Clamp “Monaco” · glass to wall 90° 

For fixed partitions · distance glass to wall = 3 mm · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 234 11 

BO 52 234 12 

BO 52 234 13 

BO 52 234 14 

BO 52 234 15 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


08 

Fittings 


373

Corner Clamp “Monaco” · glass to glass 90° 

For fixed partitions · for 6 or 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 234 21 

BO 52 234 22 

BO 52 234 23 

BO 52 234 24 

BO 52 234 25 

Finish 


chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


Cordoba 

Shower door hinges made of stainless steel, suitable for 8 - 12 mm glass. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. Outside 

this automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. Maximum door weight: 

45 kg, maximum door width: 800 mm. 

Shower Door Hinge “Cordoba” · both sides wall mounted · glass-wall 90° 

Door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to wall = 8 mm · for 8 mm - 12 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 139 02 

BO 52 139 03 

Finish 

satin 

polished 


Shower Door Hinge “Cordoba” · glass to glass 135° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to glass = 5 mm · for 8 mm – 

12 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 145 02 

BO 52 145 03 

Finish 

satin 

polished 

Shower Door Hinge “Cordoba” · glass to glass 180° 


· for 8 mm – 12 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 146 02 

BO 52 146 03 

Finish 

satin 

polished 

08 

Fittings 


375

Barcelona 

Shower door hinges made of brass, suitable for 8 or 10 mm glass. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. Outside this 

automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. Maximum door weight: 35 kg, 

maximum door width: 700 mm. 

Shower Door Hinge “Barcelona” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 

Door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to wall = 8 mm · for 8 mm or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 190 10 

BO 52 190 11 

Finish 

shiny chrome plated 


Shower Door Hinge “Barcelona” · glass to glass 90° or 135° or 180° 


glass 

Art. No. 

Finish / Angle 

BO 52 192 10 shiny chrome plated / 180° 

BO 52 192 11 stainless steel look / 180° 






Clamp “Barcelona” · glass to wall 90° 

For fixed partitions · for 8 or 10 mm glass · outer dimensions 54 x 90 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 190 50 

BO 52 190 51 

BO 52 190 40 

BO 52 190 41 

Finish 



shiny chrome plated / with mounting flange 

stainless steel look / with mounting flange 

Corner Clamp “Barcelona” · 90° or 135° or 180° 

For fixed partitions · 52 mm x 90 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Type / Finish / Angle 

BO 52 190 60 glass-to-glass / shiny chrome plated / 90° 

BO 52 190 61 glass-to-glass / stainless steel look / 90° 





BO 52 190 80 glass-to-wall / shiny chrome plated / 90° 

BO 52 190 81 glass-to-wall / stainless steel look / 90° 

08 

Fittings 


377

Malaga 




Shower Door Hinge “Malaga” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 150 10 

BO 52 150 11 

Finish 



Shower Door Hinge “Malaga” · glass to glass 90° or 135° or 180° 


glass 

Art. No. 

Finish /Angle 








Corner Clamp “Malaga” · 90° or 135° or 180° 


Art. No. 










Bilbao 




Shower Door Hinge “Bilbao” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 180 10 

BO 52 180 11 



Fittings 


379

Shower Door Hinge “Bilbao” · glass to glass 90° or 135° or 180° 


glass 

Art. No. 








Clamp “Bilbao” · glass to wall 90° 

For fixed partitions · for 8 or 10 mm glass · 55 x 90 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 184 20 

BO 52 184 21 

BO 52 184 30 

BO 52 184 31 

Finish 



shiny chrome plated / with mounting flange 

stainless steel look / with mounting flange 


Corner Clamp “Bilbao” · 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 131 30 

BO 52 131 31 

BO 52 131 20 

BO 52 131 21 

Type / Finish 

glass-to-glass / shiny chrome plated 

glass-to-glass / stainless steel look 

glass-to-wall / shiny chrome plated 

glass-to-wall / stainless steel look 

Valencia 

Shower door hinges made of brass, for different glass thicknesses. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 30° to position 0. Outside this 



Shower Door Hinge “Valencia” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 121 10 

BO 52 121 11 



Fittings 


381

Shower Door Hinge “Valencia” · glass to glass 90° or 135° or 180° 


glass 

Art. No. 








Corner Clamp “Valencia” glass to wall 90° or glass to glass 90° or 135° or 180° 

For fixed partitions · for 8 or 10 mm 

Art. No. 











Granada 




Shower Door Hinge “Granada” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 140 50 

BO 52 140 51 

Finish 

polished chrome plated 

satin chrome plated 

Shower Door Hinge “Granada” · glass to glass 180° 



Art. No. 

BO 52 140 52 

BO 52 140 53 

Finish 



08 

Fittings 


383


For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 112° to one side and 67° to the other · distance glass to glass = 

3 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 140 54 

BO 52 140 55 

Finish 





glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 140 56 

BO 52 140 57 

Finish 




Pamplona 

A shower hinge made of brass, suitable for 8 or 10 mm glass and a variety of applications. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to 

position 0. Outside this automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. 

Maximum door weight: 45 kg, maximum door width: 790 mm. A big advantage of this hinge: the weight is carried from below. Pivots 360°. 

Shower Door Hinge “Pamplona” · glass to floor or ceiling 

Distance glass to floor or glass to ceiling = 11 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 225 00 

BO 52 225 01 

BO 52 225 02 

Finish 

chrome plated 

brushed satin chrome 

polished 

Shower Door Hinge “Pamplona” · glass to glass 

For mounting doors to a top glass panel · distance glass to glass = 3 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 225 05 

BO 52 225 06 

BO 52 225 07 

Finish 

chrome plated 


polished 

08 

Fittings 


385

Shower Door Hinge “Pamplona II” · glass to floor or ceiling 

Distance glass to floor or glass to ceiling = 11 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 225 10 

BO 52 225 11 

BO 52 225 12 

Finish 

chrome plated 


polished 

Shower Door Hinge “Pamplona II” · glass to glass 

For mounting doors to a top glass panel · distance glass to glass = 3 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 225 15 

BO 52 225 16 

BO 52 225 17 

Finish 

chrome plated 


polished 


Cologne 

Shower door hinges made of chrome-plated brass, suitable for 8 or 10 mm glass. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 15° to position 0. 

Outside this automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. Maximum door 

weight: 35 kg, maximum door width: 710 mm. 

Shower Door Hinge “Cologne” · both sides wall 

mounted · glass to wall 90° 

Door opens 90° both ways · distance glass to wall = 8 mm · for 8 mm or 

10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 500 01 

Shower Door Hinge “Cologne” · glass to glass · corner 

hinge 90° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° both ways · distance 

glass to glass = 11 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 500 11 

08 

Fittings 


387

Shower Door Hinge “Cologne” · glass to glass 180° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel in 180° alignment · door opens 90° 

both ways · distance glass to glass = 4 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 500 21 

Shower Door Hinge “Cologne” · glass to glass 135° 

For mounting doors to a fixed panel · door opens 90° both ways · distance 

glass to glass = 4 mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 500 31 

Corner Clamp “Cologne” · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 500 81 


Corner Clamp “Cologne” · glass to glass 90° 

For fixed partitions · for 8 or 10 mm glass · x = 25 mm + glass thickness 

Art. No. 

BO 52 500 91 

Geneva 

For 8 and 10 mm glass thickness, made of brass. All moveable parts are made of rustproof steel. The hinges have an automatic return motion of ± 

15° to position 0. Outside the automatic return range, the hinges remain in any set position. Sold individually and include fixing screws and gaskets. 

Max. door weight: 36 kg · max. door width: 710 mm 

Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 115 12 

BO 52 115 13 

BO 52 115 14 

BO 52 115 15 

Finish 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


08 

Fittings 


389

Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · glass to glass 180° 



Art. No. 

BO 52 117 12 

BO 52 117 13 

BO 52 117 14 

BO 52 117 15 

Finish 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 


Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · one-sided wall mounting · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 115 42 

BO 52 115 44 

BO 52 115 45 

Finish 

chrome plated 

white 



Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · both sides wall mounted · glass to wall 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 116 02 

BO 52 116 03 

BO 52 116 04 

Finish 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 

Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · glass to glass · corner hinge 90° 


glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 118 02 

BO 52 118 03 

BO 52 118 04 

Finish 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 

Shower Door Hinge “Geneva” · glass to glass 135° 


glass 

08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 119 02 

BO 52 119 03 

BO 52 119 04 

chrome plated 

gold plated 

white 

Fittings 


391

Corner Clamp “Geneva” · glass to wall 90° 

For fixed partitions · distance glass to wall = 3mm · for 8 or 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 115 22 

BO 52 115 24 

BO 52 115 25 

Finish 

chrome plated 

white 


Corner Clamp “Geneva” · glass to glass 90° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 115 32 

BO 52 115 33 

BO 52 115 34 

BO 52 115 35 

Finish 


gold plated 

white 



Shower Door Sealing Strips and Profiles 

This product range shows an overview of shower door sealing strips made of plastic. 

Mitre shears (BO 5109700) suitable for cutting shower door sealing strips, rubber profiles, slide rails and flat inserts made of wood or plastic can be 

found on page 196. 

Sealing Strip 

With lower sealing lip and water deflector 8 mm long · for 6 and 8 mm 

glass thicknesses · length 2100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 134 90 

Sealing Strip 

With water reflector and lip · for 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · length: 

2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 90 

Sealing Strip with Bellows 

For 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 17 

Sealing Strip with Bellows 

For 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2010 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 17 

Fittings 

Sealing Strip 

For 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2010 mm · seals between fixed 

panel and door in 180° alignment 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 18 


393

Sealing Strip 


panel and door in 180° alignment 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 18 

Sealing Strip 


panel and door at 90° 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 19 

Sealing Strip 


panel and door at 90° 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 19 

Sealing Strip with Magnetic Profile 

135° · for 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 15 


For 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · 135° · length: 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 15 


For access from 90° corner · for 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 

2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 29 



For 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · for 90° corner entry · length 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 29 


In 180° alignment · for 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 30 


For 8 and 10 mm glass thicknesses · in 180° alignment · length: 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 30 

Sealing Strip 

With water deflector 8 mm long · but without lower sealing lip · für 6 and 

8 mm glass thicknesses · length 2010 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 134 91 

Sealing Strip 

With lower sealing lip · for 6 and 8 mm glass thicknesses · length: 2100 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 16 

Fittings 

Sealing Strip, 2-part 

For 8 mm glass thickness · length 2485 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 20 


395

Sealing Strip 

For glass to glass, overlapping 180° · for use with shower door hinges 

BO 53 300 52 - 56 + BO 53 200 32 - 36 · for 6 mm glass thickness · length 

2200 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 27 

Sealing Strip 

For glass to glass, overlapping 180° · for use with shower door hinges 

BO 53 300 52 - 56 + BO 53 200 32 - 36 · for 8 mm glass thickness · length 

2200 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 135 24 

Sealing Strip 

With sealing lip · for 8 mm glass · length 2100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 134 92 

Sealing Strip 

With sealing lip · for 10 mm glass · length 2100 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 810 92 


Reinforcement Bars, Handles and Towel Holders 

Reinforcement Bars 

Easy mounting because stabilising bars can be shortened to any desired length. No cut-outs or bore holes in the glass required. Glass holders are 

infinitely adjustable. 

Reinforcement Bar · glass to wall 

1200 mm long · with wall connection and end piece for side panel · turnable glass support · for 6 - 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 136 44 white RAL 9010 


08 

Fittings 


397

Reinforcement Bar · glass to glass 

1200 mm long · turnable glass support · for 6 - 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 136 54 white RAL 9010 


Reinforcement Bar · wall to wall · 180° 

1600 mm long · with 2 end pieces for wall mounting and 2 glass supports · for 6 - 10 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 





BO 52 136 49 white RAL 9010 


Reinforcement Bar · wall to wall · 90° 

1200 mm long each · with 2 end pieces for wall mounting and 2 glass supports · for 6 - 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 




BO 52 136 59 white RAL 9010 

Reinforcement Bar · wall to wall 

90° adjustable, each 1200 mm long · with 2 end pieces for wall mounting and 2 glass supports · for 6 - 8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

Finish 





BO 52 136 39 white RAL 9010 

08 

Fittings 


399

End Pieces for Reinforcement Bars 

Art. No. 

Description 

BO 5213692G Glass fastener, chrome plated 

BO 5213692W Wall fastener, chrome plated 

BO 5213694W Wall fastener, white RAL 9010 

Reinforcement Bar 45° for left glass panel 

Made of brass · mounting: glass-to-wall 45° for left panel · für 8 mm glass · glass support can turn by 360° · 

supplied without mounting hardware 

Art. No. 

BO 5400100L 

BO 5400101L 

BO 5400102L 

BO 5400200L 

BO 5400201L 

BO 5400202L 

Finish · Length 

stainless steel look · 300 - 375 mm 

shiny chrome plated · 300 - 375 mm 

matt chrome plated · 300 - 375 mm 




Reinforcement Bar 45° for right glass panel 

Made of brass · mounting: glass-to-wall 45° for right panel · für 8 mm glass · glass support can turn by 360° · 

supplied without mounting hardware 

Art. No. 

BO 5400100R 

BO 5400101R 

BO 5400102R 

BO 5400200R 

BO 5400201R 

BO 5400202R 









Reinforcement Bar without Fixings 

ø 19 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 01 

BO 54 200 02 

BO 54 200 03 

BO 54 200 05 

BO 54 200 06 

BO 54 200 07 


shiny chrome plated · 1 m 

matt chrome plated · 1 m 

stainless steel look · 1 m 

shiny chrome plated · 1.3 m 

matt chrome plated · 1.3 m 

stainless steel look · 1.3 m 

Wall Connector for Reinforcement Bar 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 11 

BO 54 200 12 

BO 54 200 13 

Finish 




Glass Connector for Reinforcement Bar 90° 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 21 

BO 54 200 22 

BO 54 200 23 

BO 54 200 25 

BO 54 200 26 

BO 54 200 27 

Finish · Glass thickness 







08 

Fittings 


401

Adjustable Glass Connector for Reinforcement Bar 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 31 

BO 54 200 32 

BO 54 200 33 

BO 54 200 35 

BO 54 200 36 

BO 54 200 37 

Finish · Glass Thickness 







Corner Connector for Reinforcement Bar 90° 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 41 

BO 54 200 42 

BO 54 200 43 

Finish 




Straight Glass Connector for Reinforcement Bar 

Connects to glass sidelight or overpanel · ø 30.4 mm · length 50.8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 51 

BO 54 200 52 

BO 54 200 53 

BO 54 200 55 

BO 54 200 56 

BO 54 200 57 

Finish · Glass thickness 







Straight Wall Connector for Reinforcement Bar 

Art. No. 

BO 54 200 61 

BO 54 200 62 

BO 54 200 63 

Finish 





Handles and Towel Holders for Shower Enclosures 

Shower Doorknob 

ø 30 mm · double-sided · brass, chrome plated · drill hole in glass: ø 10 mm · for 6 - 10 mm glass 

thicknesses 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 25 

BO 52 137 05 

Handle length 

50 mm 

30 mm 


ø 40 mm, handle length 35 mm · double-sided · made of brass · drill hole in glass: ø 10 mm · for 6 - 10 mm glass 

thicknesses 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 16 

BO 52 137 15 

Finish 



Shower Doorknob · ø 30 mm 

Length of handle: 30 mm · double-sided · brass, chrome plated · drill hole in 

glass: ø 10 mm · for glass thicknesses 6-10 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 22 

Crystal Glass Knob · ø 37 mm 

For glass thicknesses 6-10 mm · drill hole in glass: ø 12 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 81 

Fittings 


Double-sided · brass, chrome plated · drill hole in glass: ø 12 mm · for 6-8 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 067 02 

BO 52 068 02 

Diameter · Length 

35 mm · 35 mm 

50 mm · 40 mm 


403


Length of handle: 16 mm · double-sided · made of aluminium bronze · drill hole in glass: ø 16 mm · for glass 

thicknesses 6-10 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 


BO 52 137 01 shiny chrome plated 


BO 52 137 04 white RAL 9010 


Length of handle: 37 mm · double-sided · made of brass · drill hole in glass: ø 12 mm 

· for glass thicknesses 6-10 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 50 

Finish 





BO 52 137 54 white RAL 9010 


Shower Door Handle · ø 19 mm 

Height of handle: 169 mm · made of brass · for glass thicknesses 6-10 mm · 

drill hole in glass: ø 10 mm · distance between drill holes 150 mm · shiny 

chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 52 125 02 

Shower Door Handle · ø 19 mm 

Height of handle: 149 mm · made of brass · for glass thicknesses 6-10 mm · 

drill hole in glass: ø 10 mm · distance between drill holes 130 mm · shiny 

chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 52 126 02 

Door Handle withTowel Holder 

ø 19 mm · made of polished stainless steel · variable handle (vertical or 

horizontal) · drill holes in glass: ø 14 mm · for 6 – 8 mm glass thicknesses · 

centre distance handle: 152 mm · centre distance towel holder: 457 mm · 

height: 60 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 49 

Towel Rack 

For mounting onto glass · made of brass · chrome plated · ø 19 mm · drill holes in glass: ø 12 mm · for 6 - 8 mm 

glass · depth: 64 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

Length · Distance between hole centres 

BO 52 136 62 

BO 52 136 72 

322 mm · 303 mm 

475 mm · 456 mm 

Fittings 

Towel Rack 

For mounting onto glass · made of brass · chrome plated · ø 19 mm · drill 

holes in glass: ø 12 mm · for 6 - 8 mm glass · approx. 475 mm wide · 

distance from centre of drill holes: 456 mm · depth: 64 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 136 72 


405

Glass Hardware for 

All-Glass Constructions 

SlideTec Sliding Door System 

Stainless steel and glass. A perfect combination for modern interiors. With the top qualtiy 

SlideTec sliding door system from Bohle, any wall opening is transformed into an interior 

architectural highlight. The space-saving system can also be installed in glass walls. 

The rollers of the Bohle SlideTec system glide quietly along an elegant rail and can support 

sliding doors up to 150 kg. The sleek, straight-lined design of this stainless steel system gives 

you endless possibilities for all modern interiors. 

Fittings sets that include all necessary components are available for the most common door 

situations. If needed, these sets can also be individually supplemented by separate components 

from the SlideTec sliding door system. Also belonging to the system is the matching point fixing 

system for mounting glass sidelights and overpanels. 

SlideTec Sliding Door Fittings Set 1 

For wall mounting, for 10 - 12 mm glass, max. door width 1000 mm, 

max. height 2100 mm 

Contents of set: 

5 track clamps for wall connection, BO 52 141 02 

1 set of sliding door rollers, BO 52 141 01 

1 set of door stoppers for track, BO 52 141 04 

1 floor guide for glass door, BO 52 141 05 

1 tool for pivot/sliding door system, BO 52 141 10 

Optional: 

Sliding track tube BO 52 141 08 page 409 

Suitable drill BO 50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 60 



Mounts to glass, one side masonry, for 10 - 12 mm glass, 

max. door width 1000 mm, max. height 2100 mm 


6 track clamps for glass connection, BO 52 141 03 





1 sliding sleeve, BO 52 137 94 

Optional: 



Art. No. 

BO 52 141 62 


Mounts to glass, side panels glass on both sides, for 10 - 12 mm glass 


7 track clamps for glass connection, BO 52 141 03 





Optional: 



08 

Fittings 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 66 


407

Recommended Distances for Track Fixing Points (in mm) 

Sliding Door Roller 

Max. weight 150 kg/pair · stainless steel · for sliding track tubes ø 25 mm · 

flat · width 30 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 01 

Track Clamp for Wall Connection 

Stainless steel · for sliding track tube ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 02 

Track Clamp for Glass Connection 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 03 


Door Stop on Track 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 04 

Floor Guide 

Stainless steel 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 05 

Glass to Glass Straight Connector 

Stainless steel · length 132.5 mm · width 30 mm · distance between 

centres 102.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 93 

Sliding Sleeve 

Stainless steel · for sliding track tubes ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 94 

End Cover for Track 

Stainless steel · for sliding track tubes ø 25 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 95 

Fittings 

Sliding Track Tube 

Stainless steel · 3000 mm long · 2 mm thick · includes 2 end covers 

BO 5213795 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 08 


409

TwistTec Pivot Door System 

Stainless steel and glass. A perfect combination for modern interiors. The TwistTec premium 

pivot door system from Bohle with its interchangeable design leaves nothing to be desired. 

Whether single or double glass doors, whether in an all-glass construction or in a wall opening. 

With a minimum of components, frameless door solutions which meet the high requirements of 

sophisticated interior design can be realised. 

Fittings sets that include all necessary components are available for the most common door 

situations. If needed, these sets can also be individually supplemented by separate components 

from the TwistTec pivot door system. 

TwistTec Pivot Door System Set 1 

Without overpanel, for 10 - 12 mm glass, max. door weight 100 kg, max. 

door height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm 


1 set pivot poles, BO 5213840 

1 floor pivot, BO 5213843 

1 sunken top pivot, BO 5213846 

Optional: 

with floor spring BO 52 140 10-11 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 70 



Without overpanel, for 10 - 12 mm glass, max. door weight 100 kg, max. 

door height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm 


2 sets of pivot poles, BO 5213840 

2 floor pivots, BO 5213843 

2 sunken top pivots, BO 5213846 

Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 72 


With overpanel, for 10 - 12 mm glass, max. door weight 100 kg, max. door 

height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm 


1 set of pivot poles, BO 5213840 


1 pivot bearing locator for overpanel, BO 5213841 

Optional: 


08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 74 

Fittings 


411



height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm (at right on illus.) 





1 overpanel connector, BO5213842 

Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 76 



height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm 




2 pivot bearing locators for overpanel, BO 5213841 

Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 78 


With overpanel and sidelight, for 10 - 12 mm glass, max. door weight 

100 kg, max. door height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm (at right on 

illus.) 





1 overpanel/sidelight connector, BO 5213837 

Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 80 





illus.) 





Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 82 




illus.) 




1 overpanel connector, BO 5213838 


Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 84 



100 kg, max. door height 2500 mm, max. door width 1200 mm 






08 

Fittings 

Optional: 


Art. No. 

BO 52 141 86 


413

Connector 

Overpanel/sidelight connector with pivot bearing location · round · ø 25 mm 

Illus. shows right version 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 37 

BO 52 138 38 

Version 

right 

left 

Pivot Pole 

Pivot pole with point fixings and upper and lower pivot bearings · set for 

floor and ceiling connection · round ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 40 

Pivot Bearing Locator 

For overpanel 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 41 

T-bar for Overpanel 

Interchangable sides · round · ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 47 


Connector 

For glass overpanel and sidelight · flat · width 30 mm 

Illus. shows right version 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 42 

BO 52 138 52 

Version 

right 

left 

Floor Pivot 

With mounting plate · width 51 mm · length 90 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 43 

Flat Screwed Top Pivot 

With mounting plate · width 28 mm · length 105 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 45 

Top Pivot 

Sunken · for drill hole ø 10 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 46 

Fittings 

Stopper for Pivot Door System 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 05 


415

Floor Spring for Double Action Doors 

For glass doors up to 1000 mm, heavy duty, adjustable, max. weight 300 kg, 

for indoor use only 

Art. No. 

BO 52 140 10 

Cover plate 

satin 

Floor Lock 

With key · suitable for Euro key cylinders 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 44 

Glass Connectors and Point Fixing 

Premium stainless steel connectors and point fixing systems for a clean, modern design. 

These fittings can also be combined with the “SlideTec” and “TwistTec” systems. 

Corner Connector 

Glass / wall 90 - 180° · for 10 or 12 mm glass · suitable drill BO 50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 82 

BO 52 137 83 

52.5 mm 

82 mm 



Glass / glass 90 - 180° · for 10 or 12 mm glass · suitable drill BO 50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 84 

BO 52 137 85 

52.5 mm 

82 mm 


Glass / wall · for 10 or 12 mm glass · suitable drill BO 50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 86 

BO 52 137 87 

75 mm 

103 mm 

Corner Clamp 

Double sided glass / glass · for glass thickness 10 and 12 mm · suitable drill BO 50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 88 

BO 52 137 91 

52.5 mm 

82 mm 

Single Point Fixing 

For glass thickness 10 and 12 mm · adjustable in three dimensions (BO 52 137 96 not adjustable) · suitable drill BO 

50 006 26 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 96 

BO 52 137 97 

BO 52 137 98 

BO 52 138 14 

BO 52 138 15 

BO 52 137 99 

BO 52 138 00 

Distance from wall x 

x = 6 mm 

x = 8.5 - 10 mm 

x = 10.5 - 12.5 mm 

x = 12.5 - 14.5 mm 

x = 14 - 18 mm 

x = 18 - 22 mm 

x = 22 - 26 mm 

08 

Fittings 

Tool for Point Fixing 

Art. No. 

BO 52 141 10 


417

Corner Clamp · glass to wall 90° 

For vertical partition walls · for glass thicknesses 8 - 10 mm · dimension 65 x 65 mm · drill hole in glass ø 12 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 000 11 alum., silver-coloured powder coated 

BO 52 000 12 alum., gold-coloured powder coated 

BO 52 000 13 alum., white powder coated RAL 9010 

BO 52 000 14 alum., brown powder coated RAL 8019 

BO 52 000 15 brass, chrome plated 

BO 52 000 16 brass, matt chrome plated 

Corner Clamp · glass to glass 90° 


Art. No. 

Finish 







Side Connector · glass to glass 180° 


Art. No. 

Finish 









For vertical partition walls · made of brass · for glass thicknesses 6 - 8 mm · dimensions 50 x 40 mm · drill hole in 

glass ø 14 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 




For vertical partition walls · made of brass · for glass thicknesses 6 - 8 mm · dimensions 50 x 40 mm · drill hole in 


Art. No. 

BO 52 000 93 

BO 52 000 94 

Finish 

chrome plated 

white powder coated - remaining stock 


For fixed partitions · made of brass · for 5-10 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 100 31 

BO 52 100 32 

chrome plated 


Fittings 


419



Art. No. 

BO 52 100 41 

BO 52 100 42 

Finish 

chrome plated 


Side Connector · glass to glass 180° 


Art. No. 

BO 52 100 51 

BO 52 100 52 

Finish 

chrome plated 




Art. No. 

BO 52 100 61 

BO 52 100 62 

Finish 

chrome plated 




For vertical partition walls · made of zinc · for glass thicknesses 8 - 12 mm · dimensions 58 x 45 mm · drill hole in 


Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 001 97 



For vertical partition walls · made of zinc · for glass thicknesses 8 - 12 mm · dimensions 58 x 45 mm · drill hole in 


Art. No. 

Finish 




08 

Fittings 


421

Clamp · glass to wall 90° 

For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 or 10 mm glass · dimensions 44 x 44 mm 

· drill hole in glass: ø 16 mm 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 136 14 white RAL 9010 



For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 or 10 mm glass · dimensions 45 x 45 mm 

· drill hole in glass: ø 16 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 136 22 

BO 52 136 25 

Finish 

chrome plated 




For vertical dividing walls · made of brass · for 8 or 10 mm glass · drill hole in glass: ø 16 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 136 31 

BO 52 136 32 

BO 52 136 35 

Finish 

polished 

chrome plated 


08 

Fittings 


423

Glass Door Handles 

Good products can be felt - when you decide for our glass door handles and knobs you not only get quality products in excellent design which are 

easily and quickly installed - but one “grip” tells you that you made the right decision. 

Mounting Instructions 

All of the handles for all-glass doors in the Bohle range are mounted 

according to the same easy method - as shown here on the right. 

Handle for All-Glass Doors 

Brushed stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: 

ø 14 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 49 

BO 52 137 89 

BO 52 137 90 

BO 52 137 79 

ø · L · C-C · H 

25 mm · 300 mm · 200 mm · 67 mm 

32 mm · 450 mm · 300 mm · 72 mm 

32 mm · 600 mm · 400 mm · 72 mm 

32 mm · 1000 mm · 800 mm · 80 mm 



Stainless steel, polished and brushed · gripping zone of handle brushed · for 

10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 59 

BO 52 137 69 

ø · L · C-C · H 

32 mm · 1000 mm · 800 mm · 72 mm 

38 mm · 1800 mm · 1600 mm · 80 mm 


Brushed stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: 

ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · ø 32 mm · centre distance C-C = 400 mm · 

height 72 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 09 

Fittings 


425


Polished stainless steel · gripping zone of handle brushed · for 10 - 12 mm 

glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · ø 32 mm · centre 

distance C-C = 568 mm · height 72 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 19 


Oval · polished stainless steel · gripping zone of handle brushed · for 10 - 

12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · ø 38 x 20 mm · 

centre distance C-C = 400 mm · height 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 88 


Brushed stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · 

length 500 mm · ø 25 mm · centre distance = 450 mm · height 59 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 55 




Art. No. 

BO 52 137 56 




10 – 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · ø 32 mm · 

centre distance = 300 mm · height 75 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 57 


Rectangular · brushed stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in 

glass: ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · 30 x 15 mm · centre distance = 400 mm · 

height 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 58 


Rectangular · brushed stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in 

glass: ø 14 mm · length 600 mm · 30 x 15 mm · centre distance = 450 mm · 

height 60 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 65 




Art. No. 

BO 52 137 66 




08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 67 

Fittings 



10 – 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 800 mm · ø 32 mm · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 137 68 


427


Polished stainless steel · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm 

· length 330 mm · ø 25 mm · centre distance = 305 mm · height 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 72 



· length 450 mm · ø 25 mm · centre distance = 425 mm · height 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 73 



10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 530 mm · ø 38 mm · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 137 74 




Art. No. 

BO 52 137 75 




Art. No. 

BO 52 138 29 


Polished stainless steel · gripping zone of handle brushed · for 10 - 12 mm 

glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 457 mm · ø 32 mm · centre 

distance = 425 mm · height 72 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 39 




· length 600 mm · ø 32 mm · centre distance = 568 mm · oval shape 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 59 


Polished stainless steel · gripping zone of handle brushed (golf ball pattern) 

· for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 500 mm · 

ø 38 mm · centre distance = 468 mm · height 78 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 69 


Stainless steel, polished and brushed · gripping zone of handle brushed (BO 52 138 79) · for 10 - 12 mm glass · bore 

hole in glass: ø 14 mm · length 500 mm · ø 32 mm · centre distance = 468 mm · height 80 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 138 79 

BO 52 138 80 

Finish 

brushed / polished 

brushed 

Handle for Wooden Doors 

Satin stainless steel · 265 mm long 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 76 



08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 77 

Fittings 



Art. No. 

BO 52 137 78 


429

Sliding Glass Door Handle with Opening 

Stainless steel satin · for 8 mm glass · drill hole in glass: ø 54 mm · inner ø 

47 mm · outer ø 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 142 16 

Sliding Glass Door Handle 

Stainless steel satin · for 10-12 mm glass · drill hole in glass: ø 54 mm · 

outer ø 65 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 142 17 


Glass Door Hinges 

Glass Hardware for 

Furniture and Showcases 

The great variety of our range reflects the great variety of different applications. Hinges for inset, overlay or semi-overlay doors in different models 

and designs cover this important field. 

Hinge Arms 

With snap-on assembly · integrated door overlay and eccentric depth adjustment · opening angle 95° · glass door 

hole diameter ø 26 mm · for glass doors 4 - 6 mm thick · hinges are snapped onto the mounting plate · depth 

adjustment via eccentric screw: ± 1.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 030 00 

BO 52 030 01 

BO 52 030 02 

For glass doors 

11 mm overlay 

8 mm overlay, centered 

inset 

Screw-on Wing Mounting Plate 

Hole distance 32 mm · for glass door hinges BO 52 030 00-02 · eccentric height adjustment ± 2 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

For glass doors / for hinge arm 

BO 52 030 12 overlay for BO 52 030 00 

BO 52 030 11 overlay, centered for BO 5203001 

BO 52 030 10 inset for BO 52 030 02 

Fittings 

Drawings 

with the dimensions and data 

you require will be sent to you 

on request. 


431

Cover Plates, round · ø 30 mm 

Made of plastic · for glass door hinges BO 52 030 00-02 

Art. No. 

BO 52 030 20 

BO 52 030 21 

BO 52 030 22 

BO 52 030 23 

Finish 

shiny gold plated 


black 

matt nickel plated 

Cover Plate D-shaped · 40 x 30 mm 

Made of plastic · for glass door hinges BO 52 030 00-02 

Art. No. 

BO 52 030 30 

BO 52 030 31 

BO 52 030 32 

BO 52 030 33 

Finish 

shiny gold plated 


black 

matt nickel plated 

Cover 

For hinge arms BO 52 030 00-02 · matt nickel plated · 43 x 12 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 030 03 


Hinge for Overlay Glass Doors 

With snap function · can be mounted on the right or left side · opening angle 90° · for 5 or 6 mm glass · mounting 

plate silver-coloured 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 21 

BO 52 052 22 

Finish 

alum. EV 1 silver-coloured anodized 

alum. EV 3 gold coloured anodized 

Recommended: 

Door weight/ no. of hinges 

8 kg / 2 

10 kg / 3 

12 kg / 4 

13 kg / 5 

Hinge for Inset Glass Doors 

With snap function · can be mounted on the right or left side · opening angle 90° · for 5 or 6 mm glass · mounting 

plate silver coloured 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 11 

BO 52 052 12 

Finish 

alum. EV 1 silver-coloured anodized 

alum. EV 3 gold coloured anodized 

Recommended: 


8 kg / 2 

10 kg / 3 

12 kg / 4 

13 kg / 5 

08 

Fittings 


433

Glass Door Hinge for All-glass Constructions 

For overlay or inset glass doors · with snap function · can be mounted on right or left side · opening angle 90° · for 

5 or 6 mm glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 31 

BO 52 052 32 

Cover plate 

alum., EV 1 silver-coloured anodized 

alum., EV 3 gold-coloured anodized 

Recommended: 


8 kg / 2 

10 kg / 3 

12 kg / 4 

13 kg / 5 

Glass Door Hinge · inset · 65 x 40 mm 

Made of aluminium bronze, chrome plated · for 6-8 mm glass · simple 

mounting due to retractable axle · with eccentric bush and wood screw · 

can be used on the right or left side · maximum door weight: approx. 16 kg · 

maximum door width: 400 mm · minimum distance door/shelves: 20 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 51 



Made of aluminium bronze, chrome plated · for 6-8 mm glass · can be used 

on the right or left side · maximum door weight: approx. 16 kg · maximum 

door width: 400 mm · mounting plate 3 mm · height deduction dimension 

7 mm · minimum distance door/shelves: 20 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 53 


Made of aluminium bronze, chrome plated · for 8 mm glass · can be used on 

the right or left side · maximum door weight: approx. 25 kg · maximum door 

width: 500 mm · mounting plate 3 mm · height deduction dimension 7 mm · 

minimum distance door/shelves: 20 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 52 

Glass Door Hinges with Clamp Plates for Drilled Glass 

08 

Fittings 

Hinge for All-Glass Showcases · glass to glass 

For overlay doors · up to 270° opening angle · for 5 - 8 mm glass · 5 mm 

knuckle · height and lateral adjustment (± 1mm) · with catch · nickel-plated 

finish · includes fastening screws and plastic spacers · 3 mm gap · 6/3 mm 

hinge/door overlay 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 41 


435

Hinge for All-Glass Showcases · glass to glass 

For inset doors · up to 220° opening angle · for 5 - 8 mm glass · 5 mm 


finish · includes fastening screws and plastic spacers · 3 mm gap 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 42 

Glass Door Hinge · glass to wood 

For overlay doors · up to 230° opening angle · for 5 - 8 mm glass · 5 mm 


finish · includes fastening screws and plastic spacers · 3 mm gap · 6/3 mm 

hinge/door overlay · 16 - 19 mm carcass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 45 

Glass Door Hinge · glass to wood 

For inset doors · up to 190° opening angle · for 5 - 8 mm glass · 5 mm 


finish · includes fastening screws and plastic spacers · 3 mm gap · 16 - 

19 mm carcass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 052 46 

Glass Door Hinge · inset 

With fixation plate and sleeve screw · 33 x 25 mm · brass, chrome plated · 

for glass thicknesses 6 or 8 mm · maximum door weight: 5 kg per pair · 

maximum door size: 400 x 600 mm · drill hole in glass: ø 11 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 65 






Art. No. 

BO 52 000 69 


With fixation plate · 60 x 30 mm · brass, chrome plated · for glass 

thicknesses 6 or 8 mm · maximum door weight: 15 kg per pair · maximum 

door size: 600 x 1200 mm · drill hole in glass: ø 14 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 68 

Glass Door Hinge 180° 




08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 62 

Fittings 


437


With fixation plate and 1 sleeve screw each · for mounting doors at 90° to 

side panel · brass, chrome plated · for 6 mm glass · maximum door weight: 

5 kg per pair · maximum door size: 400 x 600 mm 

A = door · B = side panel · suitable for inset or overlay mounting 

Please note: 

Drawing applies to inset 

hinges! For overlay hinges 

switch A + B! 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 66 


With fixation plate and 2 sleeve screws each · brass, chrome plated · for 

glass thicknesses 6 or 8 mm · maximum door weight: 10 kg per pair · 


Art. No. 

BO 52 000 67 


With fixation plate and 2 sleeve screws each · for mounting doors at 90° to 

the side panel · brass, chrome plated · for 8 mm glass · maximum door 

weight: 10 kg per pair · maximum door size: 500 x 1000 mm 

A = door · B = side panel · suitable for inset or overlay mounting 

Please note: 

Drawing applies to inset 

hinges! For overlay hinges 

switch A + B! 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 64 


Glass Door Hinges for Clamping Glass Panes 

The important advantage of this hinge is the fact that no bore holes are required in the glass - quickly and easily mounted and adjustable as well. 

Glass Door Hinge 

Brass, chrome plated · for glass thicknesses 4 - 6 mm · maximum door 

weight: 2 kg per pair · maximum door size: 300 x 400 mm · suitable for inset 

or overlay mounting 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 61 



weight: 4 kg per pair · maximum door size: 400 x 600 mm · suitable for inset 

or overlay mounting 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 59 

08 

Fittings 


439



weight: 7.5 kg per pair · maximum door size: 450 x 1300 mm · suitable for 

inset or overlay mounting 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 63 


Double · brass, chrome plated · for glass thicknesses 4 - 6 mm · maximum 

door weight: 1 kg per pair · maximum door size: 200 x 300 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 56 




Art. No. 

BO 52 000 58 





Art. No. 

BO 52 000 60 




Art. No. 

BO 52 000 55 




08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 57 

Fittings 


441




Art. No. 

BO 52 000 54 

Hinged Clip for Glass Doors · 15 x 15 mm 

For inset doors · to clamp glass panels · brass, chrome-plated · for glass 

thicknesses 6-8 mm · can be used on the right or left side · with bush made 

of brass · maximum door weight: 2.5 kg per pair · maximum door size: 300 x 

400 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 71 



thicknesses 4 - 6 mm · can be used on the right or left side · with bush 

made of brass · maximum door weight: 5 kg per pair · maximum door size: 

400 x 600 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 70 



thicknesses 6-8 mm · can be used on the right or left side · with bush made 

of brass · maximum door weight: 8 kg per pair · maximum door size: 500 x 

800 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 73 


Glass Door Locks 

When selecting glass door locks, security as well as design are important criteria. In this section you can find high quality locks in different design 

series which meet diverse application requirements. 

Cylinder Lever Lock for Double Doors 

Made of brass · for glass thickness 6 mm · with 2 keys · 180° closing angle · 

with rosette · drill hole in glass ø 16 mm · locking pin locks into the 

floor/ceiling · matt nickel plated · universal key 

Art. No. 

BO 52 065 01 

Cylinder Lever Lock for Single Doors 

Made of brass · for glass thickness up to 8 mm · with 2 keys · 180° closing 

angle · with rosette · drill hole in glass ø 16 mm · matt nickel plated · 

universal key 

Art. No. 

BO 52 064 01 

08 

Fittings 


443

Glass Door Lock with Closing Cylinder 

Made of zinc · for glass thicknesses 6 - 8 mm · with 2 keys · drill hole in glass ø 25 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 063 01 

BO 52 063 04 

Finish · Model 

matt chrome plated · universal key 

matt chrome plated · individual key 

Glass Door Lock 36 x 40 mm 

Made of zinc · for glass thicknesses 6 - 8 mm · with 2 keys · with closing bush · drill hole in glass ø 22 mm · locking 

depth: 5 mm · edge of glass to middle of hole = 21 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 063 09 

BO 52 063 10 

Finish · Model 

chrome plated · universal key 

chrome plated · individual key 

Glass Door Lock 

For glass thicknesses 6-8 mm · zinc, chrome-plated · universal key · with 3 

keys · key can only be removed when the lock is locked 

Art. No. 

BO 52 063 11 


Sliding Glass Door Fittings & Accessories 

Hardware for sliding glass doors, made of light metal, for 5 or 6 mm glass. For a fixed dimension of 1000 mm the following is required: 1x 1000 mm 

bottom twin glass track · 1x 1000 mm upper guide rail · 2 x 525 mm slide rails (always fixed dimension + 50 mm : 2) · at least 2 roller units per slide 

rail · 2 end stops per slide rail (alternatively lock and/or handle) · glass size = installation height ./. 29 mm when using plastic profile BO 52 011 01 · 

an additional 30% fee will be charged for cutting to size 

Guide Rail 

For 5 - 6 mm glass thickness · upper twin U-channel guide with countersunk screw holes · flock coated for muffling 

of noises · light metal EV 1 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 00 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 20 

5000 mm 

2150 mm 

Twin Glass Track 

Bottom twin glass track without holes · with double-sided special adhesive tape at the bottom · light metal EV 1 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 05 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 25 

5000 mm 

2150 mm 

08 

Fittings 

Dust Protection Rail 

With grey bristles · in lengths of 5000 mm · light metal EV 1 · bristles project 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 12 

BO 52 011 13 

Glass thickness 

6 mm 

8 mm 


445

Slide Rail 

For glass thickness 5 - 6 mm · with protective adhesive film · light metal EV 1 · max. load per m of slide rail: with 2 

rollers approx. 25 kg; with 4 rollers approx. 50 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 02 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 22 

5000 mm 

2150 mm 

Plastic Profile 

For slide rail BO 5201102 and BO 52 011 22 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 01 

BO 52 011 08 

Glass thickness 

6 mm 

5 mm 

Roller Unit 

With plastic-covered steel ball bearing roller 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 03 

End Stop 

Plastic · matt chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 04 

BO 52 011 14 

with cut-out 

without cut-out 

Assembly Tool 

Made of plastic · for mounting steel ball bearing roller units 

Art. No. 

BO 52 020 00 


Glass Sliding Door Slide Lock 

With pressure-closing cylinder · can be used on the right or left side · with 2 keys · zinc, matt chrome plated finish 

Art. No. 

BO 52 022 00 

BO 52 022 01 

Model 

universal key N2056 

individual key 


With pressure-closing cylinder · can be used on the right or left side · with 2 keys · zinc, matt chrome plated finish 

Art. No. 

BO 52 022 02 

BO 52 022 03 

Model 

with cut-out · universal key N2056 

with cut-out · individual key 

Slide Handle 

Plastic, matt chrome plated · with cut-out 

Art. No. 

BO 52 023 00 


With cylinder block · can be used on the right or left side · with 2 keys · plastic, matt chrome plated finish 

Art. No. 

BO 52 021 00 

BO 52 021 01 

Model 

universal key 


08 

Fittings 

Glass Sliding Door Ratchet Lock 

For glass thicknesses up to 8 mm · for ratchet operation · chrome plated · with 2 keys 

Art. No. 

BO 52 050 01 

BO 52 050 02 

Model 


universal key 


447

Glass Door Handle, one-sided 

ø 55 mm · for bonding in sliding doors · made of brass · drill hole in glass: ø 40 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 051 01 

BO 52 051 02 

Finish 

polished brass 

chrome plated 

Retainer for Sliding Door 

(Anti-theft protection) · zinc, matt chrome plated · simply screw it to the 

middle of the lower track · in combination with a slide lock, it prevents the 

door from being lifted out 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 19 

Rubber Pad 

Fastens by screws · 18 x 12 x 12 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 011 50 

Glass Sliding Door Lock 

For glass thicknesses 5-8 mm · zinc, chrome plated · universal key · drill 

hole in glass = ø 22 mm · with 2 keys · edge of glass to middle of hole = 

30 mm · latch bar extends 11 mm when locked 

Art. No. 

BO 52 063 21 


Handles for Showcase Doors 

Glass Doorknob · ø 14 mm 

Made of brass · with 2 washers and 1 Phillips screw M 4 x 12 mm · handle 

length 25 mm · matt chrome plated 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 01 


Made of brass · with Phillips screw M 4 · 22 mm long 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 21 

Finish 

polished brass 


For glass thicknesses 4-8 mm · made of brass, chrome-plated · drill hole in 

glass : ø 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 137 71 

08 

Fittings 


449

Accessories for Glass Furniture and Showcases 

Magnetic Snapper 

Made of plastic · black 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 78 

Snapper Counterpart 

Made of steel · for 4 - 5 mm glass · includes plastic spacer 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 80 

BO 52 000 81 

Finish 

chrome plated 

lacquered black 


Stainless steel · 11 x 12 x 18 mm · magnets: ø 8 mm · for single doors · incl. 

screw and sleeve · magnetic locking force: 2 kg · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 94 



Stainless steel · 39 x 12 x 12 mm · magnets: ø 8 mm · for double doors · incl. 

screws and sleeves · magnetic locking force: 2 kg · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 95 

Glass Shelf Support / Door Stopper 

Stainless steel · ø 10 mm · height approx. 12 mm · with rubber ring · 

adjustable · can be used as door stopper as well as shelf support · 

maximum load approx. 10 kg each · includes wood screw · sold individually 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 97 

08 

Fittings 


451

Glass Shelf Supports 

Glass Shelf Supports, 

Connectors and Holders 

The comprehensive range of glass shelf supports in different models combines flexible application possibilities, high quality as well as interesting 

designs. 

Glass Shelf Support 

Wall profile made of high-strength aluminium · for glass shelves 10 mm thick and projecting up to 400 mm 

Technical information: 

Load per meter: 

with a projection of 

20 cm: approx. 80 kg 



Art. No. 

BO 52 120 06 

BO 52 120 09 

BO 52 120 12 

BO 52 120 24 

BO 52 120 35 

Length · Finish 

60 cm · silver-coloured anodized 




mounting kit · silver 


Glass Shelf Support · oval · small 29 x 55 mm 

Infinitely adjustable for glass thicknesses from 3 - 15 mm · maximum projection: 16 cm · maximum width: 60 cm · 

maximum load: 10 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

BO 52 069 41 

BO 52 069 45 

Finish 

chrome plated 


Glass Shelf Support · oval · medium 30 x 76 mm 

Infinitely adjustable for glass thicknesses from 3-25 mm · maximum projection: 200 mm · maximum width: 600 mm 

· maximum load: 14 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

BO 52 069 51 

BO 52 069 55 

Finish 

chrome plated 


Glass Shelf Support · oval · large 40 x 106 mm 



08 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 069 61 

BO 52 069 65 

chrome plated 


Fittings 


453

Glass Shelf Support · angular · small 22 x 40 mm 



Art. No. 

BO 52 073 31 

BO 52 073 35 

Finish 

chrome plated 


Glass Shelf Support · angular · large 42 x 48 mm 



Art. No. 

Finish 


BO 52 072 22 white RAL 9010 

Art. No. 

BO 52 073 14 

Art. No. 

BO 52 073 15 



Rod Glass Shelf Supports 

Aluminium stainless steel look · ø 12 mm · für shelves 200 mm deep · maximum load: 10 kg/pair 

The indicated loads are based on the assumption that the rod glass shelf supports are fastened sufficiently to a 

sturdy wall. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 070 20 

BO 52 070 30 

Decorative cap 

with double ring 

with point 



Chrome plated · hemispherical · for glass up to 8 mm thick · backing 5 mm · 

ø 30 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 073 01 


30 mm wide · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. projection 160 mm · max.width 

600 mm · load 5 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 

BO 52 069 00 stainless steel V4A 


BO 52 069 03 white RAL 9010 



BO 52 069 10 spare screw 


30 mm wide · with larger bearing surface · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. 

projection 200 mm · max.width 600 mm · load 10 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 069 07 white RAL 9010 




08 

Fittings 


455


50 mm wide · with steel fixing screw · D-shaped · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. projection 200 mm · 

max.width 600 mm · load 5 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 072 03 white RAL 9010 





50 mm wide · with larger bearing surface · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · D-shaped · 

max. projection 200 mm · max. width 600 mm · load 10 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 072 13 white RAL 9010 

BO 52 072 14 

BO 52 072 09 

BO 52 069 10 

stainless steel V4A 

matt nickel plated, brushed 

spare screw 


100 mm wide · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. projection 200 mm · max. width 


Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 070 03 white RAL 9010 






100 mm wide · with larger bearing surface · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. 

projection 200 mm · max. width 800 mm · load 10 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 



BO 52 070 13 white RAL 9010 





ø 20 mm · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 6 - 10 mm · max. projection 150 mm · max. width 600 mm · 

load 5 kg/pair 

Art. No. 

Finish 


BO 52 071 03 white RAL 9010 




BO 52 069 09 spare screw for BO 52 071 01 

BO 52 069 10 spare screw for BO 52 071 03-11 


chrome plated · 50 mm wide · with plastic fixing screw · for glass 

thicknesses 8 - 10 mm · max. projection 200 mm · max.width 600 mm · load 

5 kg/pair 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 073 21 

Fittings 


457


23 mm wide · with steel fixing screw · for glass thicknesses 8 - 10 mm · max. projection 150 mm · max. width 


Art. No. 

BO 52 069 11 

BO 52 069 12 

Finish 

polished brass, gold plated 

brass, chrome plated 


45 mm wide · with 2 steel fixing screws · for glass thicknesses 8 - 10 mm · max. projection 150 mm · max. width 


Art. No. 

BO 52 069 13 

BO 52 069 14 

Finish 

polished brass, gold plated 


Showcase Shelf Supports 

For 6 - 8 mm glass thickness · with rubber shelf rest and set screw · 2 plastic washers and 1 plastic hose section · 

drill hole in glass ø 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 41 

BO 52 000 43 

BO 52 000 42 

BO 52 000 44 

Model · Finish 

single-sided · polished brass 

double-sided · polished brass 

single-sided · brass, nickel plated 

double-sided · brass, nickel plated 


Showcase Shelf Support 

Single-sided · brass nickel-plated · with rubber shelf rest · without set 

screw · for flat head screws ø 3.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 40 

Showcase Shelf Support · chrome plated 

With steel fixation screw · for 6 - 10 mm glass thickness · with rubber shelf rest and set screw · 2 plastic washers 

and 1 plastic hose section · drill hole in glass ø 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 47 

BO 52 000 48 

Model 

single-sided 

double-sided 

Glass Holders 

Glass Clip 15 x 15 x 12 mm 

Made of brass · chrome-plated · for glass thicknesses 4-6 mm · incl. wood 

screw 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 75 

Fittings 

Glass Clip 15 x 15 x 15 mm 


screw 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 77 


459

Glass Clip 16 x 27 mm 


screw 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 72 


Made of brass · chrome-plated · for glass thicknesses 6-8 mm · incl. 2 wood 

screws 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 74 


Made of brass · chrome-plated · for glass thicknesses 6-8 mm · incl. 2 wood 

screws 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 76 

Glass Connectors 

Two-way Frameless Showcase Clips 

With 2 knurled screws · for 6 - 10 mm glass thickness · 4 plastic washers · 2 

plastic hose sections · bore hole in glass: ø 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 45 

Three-way Frameless Showcase Clips 

With 3 knurled screws · for 6 - 10 mm glass thickness · 6 plastic washers 

· 3 plastic hose sections · bore hole in glass: ø 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 46 


Connector Balls · ø 30 mm 

Made of plastic · for 4 mm glass · 8 balls are required for the first element, 4 balls for each additional element · 

recommended modular dimension approx. 40 x 40 cm. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 091 03 

Finish 

silver-coloured 

Connector Balls · ø 35 mm 

Made of plastic · for 6 mm glass · 8 balls are required for the first element, 4 balls for each additional element · 

recommended modular dimension approx. 40 x 40 cm. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 092 03 

Finish 

silver-coloured 

08 

Fittings 


461

Profiles 

Profiles for Glass Partitions 

U-Channels 

Made of aluminium · for installing fixed glass partitions · three different finishes · length: 3650 mm · available for 

8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mm glass · with radius corners · drilling guide in the bottom of the profile 

Art. No. 

BO 67 034 15 

BO 67 034 16 

BO 67 034 17 

BO 67 034 20 

BO 67 034 21 

BO 67 034 22 

BO 67 034 40 

BO 67 034 41 

BO 67 034 42 

Finish / for glass thickness 

polished anodised / 8 mm 

matt anodised / 8 mm 

stainless steel look / 8 mm 








Mirror Profiles 

Very popular, medium gauge aluminium mirror profile. The J-bar profile is pre-drilled for easy installation. The polished aluminium finish is ideal for 

silver mirrors. This is a cost effective but attractive solution for fixing mirrors and mirrored walls. 

Bright Mirror Edge, Aluminium 

Mirror profile · good value for money · 3657 mm long · for 6 mm mirror glass 

Art. No. 

BO 67 034 85 

BO 67 034 86 

BO 67 034 87 

BO 67 034 88 

BO 67 034 89 

BO 67 034 90 

BO 67 034 91 

BO 67 034 92 

Section · Finish 

Main “J” · silver-coloured 

Int/ext corner · silver-coloured 

End cap · silver-coloured 

H bar divider · silver-coloured 

Main “J” · gold-coloured 

Int/ext corner · gold-coloured 

End cap · gold-coloured 

H bar divider · gold-coloured 

08 

Fittings 


463

Mirror Fixations 

Mirror Fixation Kits and Accessories 

There are many ways to mount mirrors of any size without visible fixations, permanently and yet removable at any time. Independent of the system 

you choose: You can be sure you will get a reliable fixation system in proven Bohle quality. All the mirror mounting sets, adhesive tapes and 

adhesives are suitable for mirrors per DIN EN 1036 (not suitable for specially coated safety mirrors like “Mirrox Safe” etc.). 

SafecliX ® 08 

Press button set, for mirrors up to 0.8 m² · consisting of: 2 lipped plates 100 

x 100 mm, self-adhesive · 2 eccentric discs · 2 press buttons · 2 spacers · 2 

countersunk and 2 buttonhead screws ø 4 x 50 mm · 4 plugs ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 10 





Art. No. 

BO 52 082 11 





Art. No. 

BO 52 082 12 

SafemaX ® 08 

For mirrors up to 0.8 m² · contents: 2 lipped metal plates 100 x 100 mm, 

self-adhesive · 2 eccentric discs · 2 magnets ø 45 mm · 2 plates without 

ridge 70 x 70 mm, self-adhesive · 2 buffers · 4 screws ø 4.5 x 50 mm · 4 

plugs ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 28 


SafemaX ® 16 

for mirrors up to 1.6 m² · 2 lipped metal plates 100 x 200 mm, self-adhesive 

· 2 eccentric discs · 2 magnets ø 45 mm · 2 plates without ridge 70 x 70 mm, 

self-adhesive · 2 buffers · 4 screws ø 4 x 50 mm · 4 plugs ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 30 

SafemaX ® 10-SK 

for mirrors up to 1.0 m², with self-adhesive plates · consisting of: 2 metal 

plates with ridge 100 x 100 x 2 mm, self-adhesive · 2 plates without ridge 

100 x 100 x 2 mm, self-adhesive · 4 magnets ø 45 mm · 4 countersunk 

screws ø 4 x 50 mm · 4 plugs ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 40 

SafefiX ® 04 

for mirrors up to 0.4 m² · consisting of: 1 lipped metal plate 100 x 100 mm, 

self-adhesive · 1 eccentric disc · 2 buffers · 1 countersunk screw ø 4 x 

50 mm · 1 plug ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 19 

SafefiX ® 08 

for mirrors up to 0.8 m² · consisting of: 2 lipped metal plates 100 x 100 mm, 

self-adhesive · 2 eccentric discs · 2 buffers · 2 countersunk screws ø 4 x 

50 mm · 2 plugs ø 6 x 36 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 082 20 

Protective Adhesive Tape 

for making mirrors non-splintering in case of breakage · the tape is adhered to the mirror back and holds the mirror 

pieces together in case the glass should break · roll of 25 m · conforms to all safety regulations of workplace 

directives and to the specifications according to DIN 52 337 

08 

Art. No. 

Width 

BO 52 078 73 

BO 52 078 74 

300 mm 

500 mm 

Fittings 


465

Metal Plate 

With one eyelet · galvanized · the self-adhesive plates are coated with “Xtramount” mirror adhesive tape and thus 

are suitable for humid rooms and mirrors per DIN EN 1036 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 15 

BO 52 086 06 

BO 52 086 16 

BO 52 086 07 

Dimensions · Version · Load*/ plate 

100 x 100 mm · uncoated 

100 x 100 mm · self-adhesive · 6 kg 



Metal Plate 

With two eyelets · galvanized · the self-adhesive plates are coated with “Xtramount” mirror adhesive tape and 

thus are suitable for humid rooms and mirrors per DIN EN 1036 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 17 

BO 52 086 10 

BO 52 086 18 

BO 52 086 19 






Metal Plate 

Lipped · galvanized · the self-adhesive plates are coated with “Xtramount” mirror adhesive tape and thus are 

suitable for humid rooms and mirrors per DIN EN 1036 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 20 

BO 52 086 12 

BO 52 086 21 

BO 52 086 13 







Metal Plate 

Without ridge · plate thickness 2 mm · tested for use with our mirror magnets BO 52 086 01· the self-adhesive 

plates are coated with “Xtramount” mirror adhesive tape and thus are suitable for humid rooms and mirrors per 

DIN EN 1036 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 05 

BO 52 086 09 

BO 52 086 22 

BO 52 086 23 






Metal Plate 

With ridge · plate thickness 2 mm · tested for use with our mirror magnets BO 52 086 01· the self-adhesive plates 

are coated with “Xtramount” mirror adhesive tape and thus are suitable for humid rooms and mirrors per DIN EN 

1036 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 04 

BO 52 086 08 

BO 52 086 24 

BO 52 086 25 






* Info about load capacities for metal plates: 

Indicated load capacities of the metal mirror plates apply per plate and when used with our mirror fixation supplies. Indicated load capacities apply 

to maximum glass thicknesses of 6 mm. The load capacity of the plates used with magnets is calculated on the basis of at least 4 plates per m² of 

mirror, whereby the plates used at the top of the mirror must be ridged (ridge must face upwards). The back side of the mirror must be clean, dry and 

grease-free. After removing the protective film from the self-adhesive plates, press the plates firmly, evenly and directly onto the back side of the 

mirror (maximum load capacity is achieved 24 hours thereafter). If splinter protection film, etc. is used, it must be applied around the plates. 

08 

Fittings 

Mirror Magnet 

ø 45 mm · thickness 12.3 mm · hole ø 5 mm, eccentric · shear strength 4.0 

kg · adhesive (draw-off) strength 10.0 kg · the shear strength is calculated 

and tested for vertical mounting of mirrors with our metal plates of 2 mm 

thickness (See also “Information regarding load capacities for metal 

plates”). 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 01 


467

Eccentric Disc 

By twisting the eccentrically drilled plastic disc, it is possible to make 

height adjustments of ± 3 mm · ø 37 mm · height 11.5 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 02 

Press Button 

For fixation of mirrors · self-adhesive · ø 50 mm · height 13 mm · pull-off 

force of press button approx. 1.8 kg ± 0.3 kg 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 11 

Mounting Plate 

Made of galvanized sheet steel · with elongated hole for height adjustment 

up to approx. 20 mm and two additional fixation drill holes 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 14 

Spacer 

20 x 20 x 13 mm · made of high strength rigid foam · self-adhesive coating 

on one side · prevents deflection of large mirrors 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 00 

Spacer 

Self-adhesive · height 13.2 mm · ø 20.6 mm · in packs of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 086 03 

Concealed Mirror Hanging Kit 

One kit per m² of mirror per DIN EN 1036 up to 6mm thick and max. surface 

area of 3.2 m² · set consists of: 1 mirror hanging device, 1 double-pack of 2- 

component adhesive with wooden spatula and mixing pallet, 1 screw with 

dowel, 2 self-adhesive spacer pads, 1 instructions for use 

Art. No. 

BO 52 090 00 


Mirror Hangers Vitofix “Plus” 

Self-adhesive · with Velcro fastening · for safe and variable mirror 

mounting · for mirrors up to 1.6 m² 

Art. No. 

BO 52 089 31 

Mirror Hangers Vitofix “Plus” 

Self-adhesive · for safe and variable mirror mounting · 

for mirrors up to 0.8 m² 

Art. No. 

BO 52 089 32 

08 

Fittings 


469

Mirror Adhesive Tapes and Mirror Adhesive 

Xtramount ® - Mirror Adhesive Tape 

More security for your mirrors is hardly possible. 

Xtramount ® is a double-sided mirror-mounting tape made of closed-cell 

polyethylene foam (density 100 kg/m³), coated on both sides with a solventbased, 

pure acrylate adhesive and protected on one side by brown release 

paper. Xtramount ® was specially developed for vertical mounting of mirrors 

per DIN EN 1036, but can also be used for many other materials such as 

metal plates, some plastics, glass or ceramic. 

Xtramount ® offers you the following advantages: 

- Excellent resistance to humidity 

- High adhesive strength right from the start 

- UV-resistant 

- Suitable for outdoor use 

- Temperature resistant from -30° C to +100° C 

- Very long storage life 

- Excellent reistance to water, plasticisers, oils and solvents 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 60 

BO 52 077 70 

BO 52 077 80 

BO 52 077 61 

BO 52 077 71 

BO 52 077 81 

BO 52 077 75 

BO 52 077 85 

BO 52 077 76 

BO 52 077 86 

BO 52 077 56 

BO 52 077 57 

BO 52 077 58 

BO 52 077 59 

Width · Thickness · Length 

15 mm · 0.8 mm · 5 m 

19 mm · 0.8 mm · 5 m 

25 mm · 0.8 mm · 5 m 

15 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 

19 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 

25 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 

19 mm · 1.6 mm · 5 m 

25 mm · 1.6 mm · 5 m 

19 mm · 1.6 mm · 25 m 

25 mm · 1.6 mm · 25 m 

70 mm · 0.8 mm · 10 m 

70 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 

100 mm · 0.8 mm · 10 m 

100 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 


XtraCryl 

is a highly transparent, polyacrylate-based adhesive tape with adhesive on 

both sides. lt has excellent adhesiveness immediately after application, 

quickly offering a high degree of security. XtraCryl has excellent resistance 

to ageing, weathering, temperature and solvents and is ideal for bonding 

rough materials as well as for permanently bonding glass, metal, mirrors 

per DIN EN 1036 and many plastics. Stresses in the adhesive bond are 

reduced and the strength of the bond increases greatly over time. We 

especially recommend XtraCryl for mounting laminated glass mirrors and 

when bonding cast resin panes. 

Technical data 

Peel strength*: steel up to 45N/25mm · glass up to 43N/25mm 

Shear strength**: up to 45N/625 mm² at 20°C · up to 15N/625 mm² at 70°C 

Temperature resistance: -40°C to +120°C, for short periods of time up to 

+150°C 

Shelf life: 12 months (room temperture 20°C, humidity 50 %) 

(According to AFERA *4001, **4012, depending on thickness, technical 

data can vary slightly – please request our Data Sheet.) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 40 

BO 52 078 40 

BO 52 079 40 

BO 52 077 41 

BO 52 078 41 

BO 52 079 41 

BO 52 077 42 

BO 52 078 42 

BO 52 079 42 

BO 52 077 43 

BO 52 078 43 

BO 52 079 43 

BO 52 077 44 

BO 52 078 44 

BO 52 079 44 

BO 52 077 45 

BO 52 078 45 

BO 52 079 45 


6 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

6 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

6 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

9 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

9 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

9 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

12 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

12 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

12 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

15 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

15 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

15 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

19 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

19 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

19 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

25 mm · 1.0 mm · 25 m 

25 mm · 2.0 mm · 16.5 m 

25 mm · 3.0 mm · 12.5 m 

08 

Fittings 


471

Mirror Adhesive Tape “Vito” 

A double-sided adhesive tape with high initial adhesive strength and good final adhesive strength · for permanent 

indoor mounting of mirrors per DIN EN 1036 · max. volume weight 70 kg/m³ · not suitable for humid rooms 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 19 

BO 69 999 37 

BO 52 077 22 

BO 52 077 23 

BO 52 077 20 

BO 52 077 21 


19 mm · 0.8 mm · 5 m 

19 mm · 1.6 mm · 5 m 

19 mm · 1.6 mm · 33 m 

25 mm · 1.6 mm · 33 m 

19 mm · 1 mm · 50 m 

25 mm · 1 mm · 50 m 

Double-sided Foam Tape 

All-round adhesive tape for emergency glazings and mirrors per DIN EN 1036 · also suitable for many metals and 

some plastics · weather-resistant polyethylene foam ( 80 kg/m³) · coated with a modified acrylate adhesive · good 

UV resistance · resistant to plasticisers and oils 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 90 

BO 52 077 91 


19 mm · 0.8 mm · 5 m 

19 mm · 0.8 mm · 50 m 

Mirror Adhesive Tape “Scotchmount” 

Scotchmount mirror adhesive tapes have been used for decades to permanently mount mirrors in the furniture 

industry as well as in the construction of fair stands and shop displays · suitable for indoor use only · not suitable 

for humid rooms 

Art. No. 

BO 52 079 19 

BO 52 079 25 

BO 52 078 19 

BO 52 078 25 


19 mm · 1,6 mm · 33 m 

25 mm · 1,6 mm · 33 m 

19 mm · 0,8 mm · 66 m 

25 mm · 0,8 mm · 66 m 

Scotch Primer 

For improving the adhesive strength of “Scotchmount” mirror adhesive tape 

· good temperature stability · good ageing stability · can of 1 litre 

Art. No. 

BO 52 079 51 


Verifix Quick, 5 min. 2-Component Epoxy Resin Adhesive 

Two-component construction adhesive, suitable for bonding all kinds of 

different materials, e.g. metal, plastic, wood, fabrics and ceramic. 

Especially suitable for quick bonding of hanging plates at the back of 

mirrors and for other small jobs at construction sites and workshops. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 087 95 

Xtragrip ® - Mirror Adhesive 

Solvent-free, neutral, silicone-based single-component adhesive (oximefree). 

Intended for stress-compensating mirror bonding onto wood, concrete, 

stone, glass, metal, etc. Porous surfaces must first be treated with a primer. 

Not suitable for force-fit connections. 

Xtragrip ® is easy to work with, stays permanently elastic, and does not 

corrode the mirror coating. 

Colour light grey · cartridge of 310 ml 

Technical characteristics 

Basis: polysiloxane (oxime-free) 

Consistency:stable paste 

Curing system: polymerisation by humidity 

Skin formation: approx. 10 min. (+20°C and 65% rel. humidity) 

Curing speed: 1mm / 24 h. (+20°C and 65% rel. humidity) 

Density: 1.36 

Thermal stability: -50°C to +120°C 

Art. No. 

BO 6002005S 

Art. No. 

BO 60 020 05 

cartridge of 310 ml 

This product is only available from Bohle Ltd. in Great Britain. 

Xtraprime 

Improves the adhesive capacity of Xtragrip ® mirror adhesive on porous 

surfaces (also suitable for use with other silicone adhesives or MS 

polymers). Xtraprime is also recommended to prime surfaces subject to 

humidity. Xtraprime is thin, transparent and moisture resistant. 

Instructions for use 

Processing temperature +5°C to +25°C. The subsurface must be clean, dry 

and free of dust and grease. Generously apply Xtraprime undiluted with a 

brush. Allow Xtraprime to dry thoroughly (approx. 60 min. at +20°C / 65% 

relative humidity) before applying adhesive. To ensure that the subsurface 

is completely covered, a second coating of Xtraprime can be applied. After 

Xtraprime has been applied, protect the surface against moisture and dirt. 

Covers approx. 5 m²/litre, depending on condition of the subsurface. 

08 

Fittings 

Art. No. 

BO 6002005P 


473

Mirror Profiles, Mirror Clips and Mirror Screws 

Mirror Profile 

For safe and easy mounting of mirrors · in lengths of 5 m · with drilling aid · mirror dimensions = mounting height ./. 

24 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 080 01 Mirror Profile · silver-coloured anodized EV1 

BO 52 080 04 Mirror profile · stainless steel look 

BO 52 080 12 Mirror profile · white RAL 9010 

Art. No. 

BO 52 081 00 

BO 52 081 01 

BO 52 081 04 

BO 52 081 05 

BO 52 080 18 

BO 52 080 19 

end piece right · silver-coloured 

end piece left · silver-coloured 

end piece right · stainless steel look 

end piece left · stainless steel look 

end piece right · white 

end piece left · white 

Concealed Mirror Rails 

Aluminium, bright · 80 mm wide · in 2 m lengths · only one profile required 

to mount the mirror · load capacity per running meter of rail approx. 10 kg · 

Please order 70 mm wide mirror adhesive tape separately. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 080 16 

Xtramount ® - Mirror Adhesive Tape 

70 mm wide · for concealed mirror rails BO 52 080 16 

Art. No. 

BO 52 077 57 

BO 52 077 56 

Roll of 

50 m 

10 m 

Mounting Instructions for Xtramount ® 

The back side of the mirror and the concealed mirror rails must be clean, dry and grease-free. The Xtramount must be applied to the concealed 

mirror rails without trapping air bubbles and then pressed on firmly. Next, the protective film of the Xtramount is removed and the concealed mirror 

rail must be directly pressed onto the back side of the mirror firmly and evenly, again taking care to avoid bubbles. The maximum load bearing 

capacity of Xtramount is achieved 24 hours after having been taped to the mirror. Suitable for mirrors per DIN EN 1036. 


Mirror Clips 

Steel, chrome plated · with cork insert, consisting of: 2 bottom supporting 

clips, 2 top holding clips with coil, 4 wood screws, 4 dowels · load capacity: 

max. 12 kg · glass thickness: max. 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 074 00 

Mirror Clips 

Cast brass, chrome plated · with cork insert · solid design, consisting of: 4 

adjustable clips, 4 wood screws 4 x 35 mm, 4 thin cork plates · load 

capacity: max. 28 kg · glass thickness: max. 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 075 00 

Mirror Clips 

Brass, chrome plated · with cork insert · consisting of: 2 lower supporting 

clips, 2 upper holding clips, 4 wood screws, 4 dowels · load capacity: max. 

15 kg · glass thickness: max. 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 076 00 

GM PICO ® 

For flush mounting of mirror or glass elements indoors · incl. nickel-plated cover cap (stainless steel look) · 

countersunk drill hole ø12mm · 45° · minimum distance from glass edge to centre of drill hole: float glass and 

mirrors 20 mm; toughened glass 2 x glass thickness + 10mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 060 10 

BO 52 060 11 

BO 52 060 12 

BO 52 060 13 

Glass thickness · Colour 

6 - 8 mm · black 

6 - 8 mm · transparent 

10 - 12 mm · black 

10 - 12 mm · transparent 

08 

Fittings 


475

Mirror Screws, round 

With screw-on head for screwing on top · ø 20 mm · for 5 and 6 mm glass · eccentric · with dowel and wood screw 

· no drill hole required in the mirror 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 79 

BO 52 000 86 

Finish 


brass, polished 

Mirror Holder No. 61 

Nickel-plated mirror holder with rubber inlay · 18 x 19 x 10 mm · without 

step · pack of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 083 61 

Mirror Holder No. 62 

Nickel-plated mirror holder with rubber inlay · 21 x 20 x 9 mm · with step · 

pack of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 083 62 


Mirror Screws, round 

Brass, nickel-plated · with 1/8” threaded pin · thread length 7 mm · cap height 4 mm · suitable 

for BO 52 009 84-85 · bag of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 009 80 

BO 52 009 81 

Diameter 

19 mm 

24 mm 

Wood Screws 

With inner thread · polished steel · suitable for mirror screws BO 52 009 80 + 81 · inner thread 1/8” · bag of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 009 84 

BO 52 009 85 

Size 

4.5 x 35 mm 

4.5 x 40 mm 

Spacers 

For mirror screws BO 52 009 84-85 · drill hole in glass: ø 7 mm 

· in bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 009 88 

Euroklick Type 3 Shims 

To compensate for uneven walls or as a larger spacer between wall and mirror, e.g. when hiding a transformer 

behind the mirror. The Euroklick is clipped onto the screw between the wall and the eccentric disc, for example. In 

bags of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 51 331 01 

BO 51 331 02 

BO 51 331 03 

BO 51 331 04 

BO 51 331 05 

BO 51 331 06 

BO 51 331 08 

BO 51 331 10 

40 x 30 x 1 mm · unfinished 

40 x 30 x 2 mm · blue 

40 x 30 x 3 mm · red 


40 x 30 x 5 mm · green 

40 x 30 x 6 mm · black 

40 x 30 x 8 mm · grey 

40 x 30 x 10 mm · brown 

08 

Fittings 


477

Demisting Pad 

VISABEL Mirror Demisting Pad 

Steamed up bathroom mirrors have always been accepted as an everyday 

problem that couldn’t be solved... until now. Safe - the low surface 

temperature means no overheating or damage, even if left on accidentally. 

Easy to fit - VisaBel is self-adhesive, fits to the back of the mirror - new or 

existing, and simply wires into the bathroom lighting in accordance with 

instructions. VisaBel can also be connected to the fan or separate switch, if 

preferred. 

Maintenance & trouble free - Complete reliability with no costly wire 

elements to break and no hot spots. 

Approvals - Fully approved to BS and International standards by BEAB and 

other recognised test houses. 

Fully guaranteed - 5 year warranty against any manufacturing fault, 

providing VisaBel is fitted strictly in accordance with instructions supplied · 

240V supply as standard 

Art. No. 

BO 60GNX30 

BO 60GNX31 

BO 60GNX32 

BO 60GNX33 

BO 60GNX34 

Dimensions 

150 x 247 mm 

274 x 274 mm 

274 x 574 mm 

524 x 524 mm 

524 x 1024 mm 


Security Mirrors 

Bohle Convex Security Mirrors · Standard Interior / Exterior 

Featuring an impact-resistant, high performance, silvered acrylic face · exceptional finish ensures a very clear 

reflected image, even of blind angles · a simple solution to the growing problems of in-store theft and safety in the 

workplace · with fastening adapter 

Art. No. 

BO 61 009 00 300 mm / 12” 

BO 61 009 01 450 mm / 18” 

BO 61 009 02 600 mm / 24” 

BO 61 009 03 760 mm / 30” 

BO 61 009 19 U-bolt accessory 60 mm 


Bohle Convex Security Mirrors · Heavy Duty Exterior 


reflected image, even of blind angles · a simple solution for the prevention of accidents · heavy duty, for outdoor 

use · with fastening adapter 

Art. No. 

BO 61 009 05 300 mm / 12” 

BO 61 009 06 450 mm / 18” 

BO 61 009 07 600 mm / 24” 

BO 61 009 08 760 mm / 30” 

BO 61 009 09 900 mm / 36” 



08 

Fittings 


479

Bohle Convex Security Mirror · Full Ceiling Dome 



workplace 

Art. No. 

BO 61 009 10 600 mm / 24” 

BO 61 009 11 900 mm / 36” 

BO 61 009 12 1200 mm / 48” 

Bohle Convex Security Mirror · Half Face / Quarter Face 



workplace · extensively used also in such applications as car parks and airports 

Art. No. 

BO 61 009 13 

BO 61 009 14 

BO 61 009 15 

BO 61 009 16 

BO 61 009 19 

BO 61 009 20 

600 x 300 mm / 24” x 12” · half face 

900x450 mm / 36” x 18” · half face 

1200x600 mm / 48” x 24” · half face 

300x300 mm / 12” x 12” · quarter face 

U-bolt accessory 60 mm 

U-bolt accessory 75 mm 


Standoffs 

Informational Guidance 

Systems and Name Plates 

Name plates or guidance systems are found everywhere in our daily life. Sophisticated, high-quality systems made of glass should therefore belong 

to the standard. We further offer stainless steel holders and some of the products also include the glass. A series which is especially suitable for 

comprehensive interior installations. 

Standoffs 

Polished stainless steel · for 6 - 19 mm glass · Wall mounting by 5 mm countersunk screw · max. diameter of screw 

head 9 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 140 17 

BO 52 140 18 

BO 52 140 19 

BO 52 140 20 

BO 52 140 21 

BO 52 140 22 

BO 52 140 23 

BO 52 140 24 

BO 52 140 25 

D1 / D2 / M / H 

11.7 / 11.7 / 6 / 40 mm 

11.7 / 11.7 / 6 / 60 mm 

11.7 / 11.7 / 6 / 80 mm 

18.7 / 18.7 / 8 / 40 mm 

18.7 / 18.7 / 8 / 60 mm 

18.7 / 18.7 / 8 / 80 mm 

24.7 / 24.7 / 8 / 40 mm 

24.7 / 24.7 / 8 / 60 mm 

24.7 / 24.7 / 8 / 80 mm 

Holder · stainless steel with flat head 

ø 13 mm ·drill hole in glass ø 9 mm · for glass thicknesses 5-8 mm · 

distance from wall 20 mm 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 72 

Fittings 

Holder · stainless steel with round head 



Art. No. 

BO 52 061 73 


481

Holder · stainless steel with pointed head 



Art. No. 

BO 52 061 74 




Art. No. 

BO 52 061 75 

Holder · stainless steel for table stand 

With flat head · ø 8 mm · drill hole in glass ø 6 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 76 


ø 35 mm · drill holes ø 9 mm · distance from drill hole to drill hole 18 mm · 

for glass thicknesses 5-8 mm · distance to wall 20 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 061 77 

Door Signs 

Door Sign Kit, complete 

With 2 bent glass plates, each 4 mm thick · 170 x 100 x 20 mm · also 

included are one sheet each of clear and matt laser film having 2 prepunched 

holes and perforations to fit the glass 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 31 


Laser Film 

170 x 100 mm · high-grade heat resistant printer film DIN A 4 · perforated and pre-punched to fit glass name plates 

BO 52 062 31 · in packs of 5 

Art. No. 

BO 52 062 35 

BO 52 062 36 

clear transparent 

matt 

Ventilators 

Axial ventilators to be installed in single pane or insulated glazing units from 3 - 25 mm as well as for walls 25-300 mm thick (additional wall 

mounting kit required). Ventilators are available in the following models: manually operated · electrically controlled. The housings are made of 

shock-resistant, white plastic. Flat outer part does not interfere with outdoor shutters. High efficiency fan with low noise level. Touch protection 

inside and outside as per EN 60 335-1 and EN 60 335-2-80. 

Window Ventilator · outward air flow 

With pull switch · flow rate up to 225 m³/h · 230V / 32W / 50Hz · drill hole 

in glass: ø 189 mm · self-lubricating bearings · maintenance-free · thermal 

overload protection · maximum allowable air flow temperature 40°C 

Drawings 

with the dimensions and data 

you require will be sent to you 

on request. 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 30 

Window Ventilator · reversible air flow 

Two-stage with pull switch · flow rate up to 600 m³/h · 230V / 34W / 50Hz · 

drill hole in glass: ø 261 mm · self-enclosed bearings · maintenance-free · 

thermal overload protection · maximum allowable air flow temperature 

40°C 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 32 

Fittings 

Window Ventilator · outward air flow 

Flow rate up to 225 m³/h · 230V / 32W / 50Hz · drill hole in glass: ø 189 mm 

· self-lubricating bearings · maintenance-free · thermal overload protection 

· maximum allowable air flow temperature 40°C · please order speed 

control BO 52 114 38 or BO 52 114 39 separately 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 31 


483

Window Ventilator · inward and / or outward air flow 

Flow rate up to 600 m³/h · 230V / 50Hz · drill hole in glass: ø 261 mm · selfenclosed 

bearings · maintenance-free · thermal overload protection · 

maximum allowable air flow temperature 40°C · speed control BO 52 114 

38 or 39 required for inward or outward air flow, BO 52 114 40 for 

reversible air flow (not included) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 33 

Window Ventilator ·inward and / or outward air flow 

Flow rate up to 1100 m³/h · 230V / 50Hz · drill hole in glass: ø 329 mm · selfenclosed 

bearings · maintenance-free · thermal overload protection · 

maximum allowable air flow temperature 40°C · speed control BO 52 114 

38 or 39 required for inward or outward air flow, BO 52 114 40 for 

reversible air flow (not included) 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 34 

Electronic Speed Control 

For infinitely adjustable speed control · AC 230V/ 50Hz · on-wall mounting · 

protection class II · overload protection by safety fuse · meets EC-RL 

336/89-EC (EMV) 

· dimensions: width: 80 mm · height: 80 mm · depth: 68 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 38 


For infinitely adjustable speed control · AC 230V/ 50Hz · in-wall mounting · 

protection class II · overload protection by safety fuse · meets EC-RL 

336/89-EC (EMV) 

· dimensions: width: 80 mm · height: 80 mm · depth : 68 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 39 


For infinitely adjustable speed control · with switch for reversing air flow 

operation · AC 230V/ 50Hz · on-wall mounting · protection class II · overload 

protection by safety fuse · meets EC-RL 336/89-EC (EMV) · dimensions: 

width: 160 mm · height: 90 mm · depth: 48 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 114 40 


Vent-a-matic Rotary Ventilators 

High quality rotary ventilators · various models with shutters or without for single glass and double-glazing · 

models with shutters have pull cord operation · made of UV stabilised materials 

Art. No. 

BO 65 201 01 

BO 65 201 02 

BO 652C102S 

BO 65 201 05 

BO 65 201 06 

BO 6520RXL 

BO 652C106S 

BO 6520SXL 

BO 652D106 

BO 652APAD 

Aperture 

121 mm 

121 mm · shuttered 

121 mm · with stormguard 

162 mm 


162 mm · shuttered slimline 

162 mm · with stormguard 


162mm · f. double gl. 12-32mm · controllable 

Adaptor · 162 mm for 180 - 200 mm hole 

Vent-a-matic Static Ventilator 

For continuous ventilation · providing a continuous supply of fresh air, e.g. in kitchens · models for single glass and 

double-glazing · with stormguard 

Art. No. 

BO 6520PBS 

BO 65200JG 

BO 65200PB 

BO 652DPBS 

BO 6520DJG 

BO 652APAD 

Aperture 

159 mm 

162 mm 

164 mm · without stormguard 

159 mm · for d/g 12-32 mm 

162 mm · for d/g 12-32 mm 

Adaptor · 162 mm for 180 - 200 mm hole 

Stormguard 

08 

Art. No. 

Aperture 

BO 6520SG5 

BO 6520SG6 

BO 6520SG8 

121 mm 

162 mm 

219 mm 

Fittings 


485

Speak Holes 

In addition to speak holes for single pane and insulated units with different finishes and in different sizes, we also offer the respective templates to 

cut the required cut-out professionally. 

Speak Hole · 8 - 10 mm glass thickness 

Round · light alloy · with “Geschlossen” sign and replacement membrane · 

overall size: approx. ø 195 mm · opening size: approx. ø 134 mm · drill hole: 

approx. ø 170 mm · aluminium-coloured powder coated 

Art. No. 

BO 52 204 00 

Speak Hole · for glass thickness 12 - 22 mm 




Please indicate glass thickness when ordering 

Art. No. 

BO 52 204 10 

Speak Hole · for insulated glass 24 - 26 mm thick 




Art. No. 

BO 52 204 24 

Plexiglass Sheet 

For speak holes · round · with holes 

Art. No. 

BO 52 204 20 

BO 52 204 21 


spare membrane (only with “Geschlossen”) 


MELAPHONE Speech Panels 

For gatehouses, counters or information desks at railway stations, banks, finance offices, etc. · with a strong, 

impact-resistant polycarbonate guard 

Art. No. 

BO 60GPX01 

BO 60GPX02 

Hole Size 

229 mm 

292 mm 

Speak Hole · 8 - 10 mm glass thickness 

Oval · light alloy · with “Geschlossen” sign and replacement membrane · 

outer dimensions: approx. 202 x 352 mm · opening size: approx. 150 x 

300 mm · glass cut-out: approx. 180 x 330 mm · aluminium-coloured powder 

coated 

Art. No. 

Information 

Technical drawing applies to: 

BO 52 206 00 

BO 52 205 10 

BO 52 205 24 

BO 52 206 00 

Speak Hole · for glass thickness 12 - 22 mm 




coated 


Art. No. 

BO 52 205 10 

Speak Hole · for insulated glass 24 - 26 mm thick 




coated RAL 9010 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 205 24 

Fittings 


For speak holes · oval · with holes 

Art. No. 

BO 52 207 00 

BO 52 207 01 


Spare membrane (only with “Geschlossen”) 


487

Utility Door · up to 10 mm glass thickness 

Made of light alloy, with door wing prepared for glass panes up to 6 mm · 

with casement fastener · outer dimensions 292 x 196 mm · glass cut-out 

268 x 184 mm · opening size 240 x 170 mm · aluminium-coloured powder 

coated 

Information 

Technical drawing applies to: 

BO 52 108 00 

BO 52 108 10 

Art. No. 

BO 52 108 00 

Utility Door · for glass 12 - 24 mm thick 

Made of aluminium, with door prepared for glass panes up to 10 mm · with 

casement fastener · outer dimensions 292 x 196 mm · glass cutout 

268 x 184 mm · opening size 240 x 170 mm · aluminium-coloured 

powder coated 


Art. No. 

BO 52 108 10 

Oval Speak Hole · plastic 

Door made of transparent plastic material with lock-up speak rosette · for glass thickness 4-6 mm · outer 

dimensions: approx. 170 x 300 mm · glass cut-out: approx. 150 x 275 mm · radius: 75 mm 

· opening size: approx. 120 x 245 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 112 01 

BO 52 112 02 

Frame 

grey 

chrome plated 

Utility Door · plastic 

Door made of transparent plastic material · for glass thickness 4-6 mm · outer dimensions: approx. 154 x 300 mm · 

glass cut-out: approx. 143 x 280 mm · radius: 55 mm · opening size: approx. 130 x 250 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 113 01 

BO 52 113 02 

Frame 

grey 

chrome plated 


Springs and Clips 

For mirror holders and frameless pictures. Suitable for double glass or glass and back board. 

Picture Coil for Frameless Frames, Mirrors and Double- 

Sided Glass Frames 

Plastic coated · black · in rings of 50 m 

Art. No. 

BO 52 095 00 

Blind Rivets 

ø 2,4 mm · with steel pin and aluminium body · in boxes of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 097 00 

Round-Headed Wood Screws 

Steel, nickel plated · 3.0 x 12 mm · in boxes of 200 

08 

Art. No. 

BO 52 099 00 

Fittings 


489

Clamps 

Steel, nickel plated · in several designs · hole ø 4.5 mm · in boxes of 100 

Art. No. 

BO 52 096 01 

BO 52 096 02 

BO 52 096 00 

BO 52 096 03 

Jaw width · Width · Version 

6 mm · 16 mm · 2 holes 

4 mm · 12 mm · 1 hole 

6 mm · 12 mm · 1 hole 

8 mm · 12 mm · 1 hole 

Resilient Pads · ø 7.9 mm 

Self-adhesive · crystal clear · 2.2 mm high · on sheets 

Art. No. 

Packing unit 

BO 52 000 82 bag of 450 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 83 box of 3024 

Resilient Pads · ø 12.7 

Self-adhesive · crystal clear · 3.5 mm high ·on sheets 

Art. No. 

Packing unit 

BO 52 000 84 bag of 200 

Art. No. 

BO 52 000 85 box of 3000 


Glass Supports · PVC 

Soft · ø 16 mm · total height 9 mm · bore hole: ø 8 mm 

Art. No. 

BO 52 115 00 


Height 3 mm · ø 18 mm · pack of 5,000 

Art. No. 

BO 51 051 16 

08 

Fittings 


491

0-9 

3M TRIZACT glass grinding and polishing belts 102 

3M Trizact glass repair system 146 

A 

Abrasive belts for Flex, diamond 84 

Abrasive belts for Makita 83 

Abrasive belts, aluminium oxide 101 

Abrasive belts, compact grain 98 

Abrasive belts, diamond 89 

Abrasive belts, hollow spherical 100 

Abrasive belts, industrial quality 89 

Abrasive belts, silicon carbide 93 

Abrasive cartridges, diamond 86 

Abrasive diamond belts, standard 91 

Abrasive discs Trizact 146 

Abrasive wheels for edge coating deleters 148 

Accessories for cordless angle grinder 85 

Accessories for Flex wet belt grinder 84 

Accessories for Makita grinders 83 

Accessories for mirror mounting 475 

Accessories for multi-purpose sander 85 

Accessories for putty routers 142 

Accessories for showcases 450 

Accessories for shower reinforcement bars 400 

ACECUT cutting fluid 76 

Activator LF 272 

Active Plus cutting head 22 

Active Plus oil glass cutter 21 

Adaptor cable for CEE coupling 171 

Adaptor for grinder 111 

Adaptor for industrial glass drills 114 

Adaptor plates for table legs 311 

Adaptor, grinding head for drills 111 

Adaptors for clamps (fittings) 328 

Adhesive for mirrors Xtragrip ® 473 

Adhesives, UV curing 269 

Air-cushioned wrapping film 184 

All-rubber suction lifters 161, 234 

ALL-Stabilo Pen 122 

Aluminium oxide abrasive belts 101 

Aluminium oxide grinding pads 106 

Ammoniac block 228 

Analysing tool for glass, GlassBuddy 212 

Angle grinder, cordless 85 

Angle measuring system 39 

Angle suction holders, VERIFIX 262 

Anti-splintering protective tape 465 

Application instructions for ClearShield 252 

Application needle set for UV adhesives 280 

Application needles for UV adhesive 281 

Applicator GVE 2 for Pyrosil ® 315 

Apron, work 118 

Aprons 223 

Aqua Drill wet drilling machine 124 

AQUAFIX aquarium silicone 278 

Aquarium sealant, AQUAFIX 278 

Assembly tool for sliding doors 446 

Assortment case for cutting wheels 73 

Automatic cutting - pressure measuring device 79 

Automatic straight line edger grinding wheels 108 

Automotive glazing 224 

Awl 201 

Awl, grinder 109 

Axles 73 

Axles, PCD 74 

B 

B 665-0 adhesive 271 

B 678-0 UV adhesive "Lamifix" 272 

B 682-T adhesive 271 

Balls, connector, for modular constructions 461 

Barcelona shower door hinges 376 

Base plate for table posts 311 

Battery charger 137 

Battery charger, Makita 136 

Battery charger, Panasonic 136, 209 

Battery for Makita cordless saw 136 

Battery pack Panasonic for cartridge gun 209 

Battery pack, Panasonic 136 

Battery pump, VERIBOR suction lifter with 155 

Battery-operated angle grinder 85 

Bearings for rotary tables 303 

Beginner's bonding kit 288 

Belt grinder, Flex 84 

Belt grinding machine, Makita 83 

Belt holder for storing grinding belts 104 

Belts, abrasive for Makita 83 

Belts, aluminium oxide abrasive 101 

Belts, compact grain abrasive 98 

Belts, silicon carbide abrasive 93 

Bevel clusters 238 

Bevel grinding head 111 

Bevels 235 

Bilbao shower door hinges 379 

Blade strips for snap-off knives 194 

Blades for FEIN cutter 139 

Blades for film cutting 75 

Blades, glass scraping 196 

Blind rivets 489 

Block lever 186 

Blocks, plastic 177 

Blocks, setting and distance 177 

Blue line suction lifters 153 

Blue Runner glass running pliers 53 

Bohle glass cleaner 257 

Bohle glass/metal primer for UV bonding 272 

Bohle Professional glass cleaner 257 

Bohle silent compressor 282 

Bohle silicone adhesives 279 

Bohle special cleaner 257 

Bohle straight edges with suction cups 41 

Bolt lock mechanism for UV bonding 298 


Bonding kit, UVA 287 

Bonding table, VERIFIX 314 

Bonding, glass 256 

Bonding, glass, industrial 313 

Box for diamond drills 131 

Breakfast bar supports 300, 301 

Brush for activator or thin adhesive 281 

Brush, caliper 205 

Brush, metal, for soldering 228 

Brush, roller, for glass splinters 205 

Bubble wrap 184 

Burnisher, lead 231 

C 

Caliper brush 205 

Carbide axles 74 

Carbide cutting wheels 61 

Carbide glass and tile cutters 25 

Carbide glass cutters 25 

Carbide glass cutting wheels 26 

Carbide glass nibbling pliers 79 

Carbon brush for sander 85 

Carbon brushes for Scratch-A-Way 145 

Carborundum glass file 227 

Care product for shower enclosures 248 

Carpet gripper VERIBOR 164 

Carrying aids 163 

Carrying clamps 164 

Carrying straps 165 

Cart for Compact-Lifts 171 

Cart for storing magnetic grinding discs 106 

Cartridge gun, Panasonic 209 

Cartridge guns for sealant 207 

Cartridge knife 209 

Cartridges, abrasive diamond 86, 107 

Case for UVA hand lamps 284 

Castor roller 122 

Castor rollers, with/without locking devices 302 

Cavity pliers 54 

Centering device for segmental drills 132 

Ceramic diamond drills 131 

Chip brush 205 

Chisel for putty removal 148 

Circle and oval cutter 36 

Circle corner hinge 292 

Circle cutter for repetitive cuts 35 

Circle cutter, thick glass 31 

Clamping carriage 164 

Clamping devices, VERIFIX 263 

Clamping glass door hinges 439 

Clamps (fittings) 321 

Clamps for laminated toughened glass 329 

Clamps for toughened glass 321 

Clamps for toughened laminated glass 329 

Clean-All 245 

Cleaning products 202 

ClearShield application instructions 252 

ClearShield Heat Performance 244 

ClearShield sprayers 249 

Clusters, bevel 238 

Coating detector 213 

Cologne shower door hinges 387 

Coloured UV adhesive 273 

Compact grain abrasive belts 98 

Compact-Lift VERIBOR 166 

Compressor, Bohle silent 282 

Concealed mirror hanging kit 468 

Concealed mirror rails 474 

Cone, grinding, to arris drill holes 133 

Connector balls 461 

Connectors for glass constructions 416 

Connectors for pivot door systems 414 

Container for glass cutters 27 

Conus hinges 291 

Converter, thread, for diamond drills 134 

Convex security mirrors 479 

Coolant circulation pump for cooling head 113 

Coolant concentrate 120 

Cooling head 113 

Copper foil 232 

Cordless angle grinder 85 

Cordless glass saws 136 

Cordless Makita glass saw 136 

Cordless wet drilling machine 124 

Cordoba shower door hinges 374 

Core drill for adaptor TG H12 112 

Core drills 115 

Core drills, diamond 127 

Cork polishing belts 103 

Cork protector pads 182 

Corner clamps for partition walls 418 

Corner clamps for toughened / laminated glass 340 

Corner cut-out tool kit 37 

Corner hinge “Circle” 292 

Corner protectors 184 

Corner radius cutter 39 

Corner template 38 

Cotton gloves 221 

Cotton pads 250 

Countersink grinding head 114 

Countersinks, diamond 132 

Cover plates for glass door hinges 432 

Crayon, glass marking 121 

CRISTALLO FIX hinge, glass to glass 289 

CRISTALLO hinge, glass/wood 305 

Cross carrying strap 165 

Cross laser for Pico Drill 124 

Cut opener 45 

Cut opening tapper for thick glass 32 

Cut running pliers 45 

Cutmaster Gold 70 

Cut-resistant gloves KEVLAR 218 

Cutting fluid 43, 76 

Cutting fluid for automatic cutting 43, 76 

Cutting frame 41 

Cutting head 22 

Cutting pressure measuring device 79 

Cutting sledge 30 

Cutting square for profile glass 39 

Cutting wheels 61 

09 

Informations 


493

Cutting wheels, assortment case for 73 

Cylinder head screws 349 

Cylinder lever locks 443 

Dust brush 205 

Dust filtering mask 222 

Dust protection rail with bristles 445 

D 

Dampers for glass bonding 299 

De Luxe shower door hinges 353 

Deburring grinding head for drill holes 114 

Deleters, edge coating 148 

Demisting pad VISABEL 478 

Dermatril disposable gloves 221, 260 

Detector for tin side of float glass 214 

Detector for toughened glass MERLIN TGI 213 

DIAMANTOR band saw attachment 88 

Diamond abrasive belts 89 

Diamond abrasive belts for Flex 84 

Diamond abrasive cartridges 107 

Diamond abrasive hand pads and files 116 

Diamond core drills 127 

Diamond core drills with countersink 128, 130 

Diamond core drills, standard 129 

Diamond countersinks 132 

Diamond cutting wheels 71 

Diamond drill box 131 

Diamond drills for ceramic 131 

Diamond drills, storage tray for 133 

Diamond glass grinding belts 89 

Diamond grinding discs 104 

Diamond marker 121 

Diamond microfinishing film discs 104 

Diamond saw blade for stoneware 131 

Diamond saw blades for cordless saws 136 

Diamond segmental drills 132 

Diamond tools 109 

Diamond Velcro discs 106 

Diapad abrasive diamond hand pad 116 

Dispenser, tape 185 

Dispensers, paper towel 258 

Disposable gloves 221 

Disposable gloves, Dermatril 221, 260 

Disposable gloves, Latex 251 

Disposable safety mask 251 

Distance blocks 177 

DON CARLOS hacking knife 189 

DON CARLOS lead putty knife 191 

DON CARLOS putty knife 186 

Door locks for inset / overlay doors 296 

Door sign kit, complete 482 

Door stopper, stainless steel 294 

Doorknob made of glass 295 

Doorknobs, for bonding 295 

Doors, utility, for glass 488 

Drawer guide rail for glass drawers 293 

Dressing stone for diamond drills 134 

Drill extension, precision 134 

Drilling fixation templates 124 

Drilling machine Pico Drill 123 

Drilling machine, pneumatic 86 

E 

Ear plugs 222 

Ear protectors 118, 222 

Easy Grip glass cutter 49 

Eccentric disc for mirror height adjustment 468 

Eccentric suction stopper VERIFIX 42 

E-cut saw blade for FEIN cutter 139 

Edge coating deleters 148 

Edges, lead for 226 

Elastic pads, resilient, self-adhesive 304 

Electric power tools 139 

Electronic hot air unit 260 

Electronic speed controls for fans 484 

End pieces for shower reinforcement bars 400 

Energy regulator for soldering irons 230 

Euroklick type 3 shims 477 

Europe shower door hinges 350 

Extension cable, protective 126 

F 

Fans, window 483 

Feet for furniture 301 

FEIN cutter 139 

Felt polishing disc 106 

Felt polishing discs, Velcro 107 

Felt polishing wheel 118 

File for cleaning bead core 110 

Film cutting blades 74 

Films for flat glass 206 

Filter bag for sludge drainage 119 

Fittings 318 

Fittings for information plates 481 

Fittings, bonding, for showcases 289 

Fittings, SlideTec, for sliding doors 406 

Flat hinges, glass/wood 307 

Fleece cover for window washer 204, 249 

Fletcher point driver 201 

Flex glass polisher 147 

Flex spare parts for grinder 84 

Flex wet belt grinder 84 

Flexible shape templates 38 

Flexible water feed 117 

Float Glass Protect Kit 243 

Flocculant 120 

Floor lock for all-glass constructions 416 

Floor pivots for TwistTec system 415 

Floor spring 416 

Fluorescent UVA lamps 285 

Flushing head drills 114 

Flushing system 112 


Foil applicator 233 

Foil dispenser 233 

Foil holder 233 

Foot switch for core drill flushing system 113 

Frameless showcase clips 460 

Furniture feet 300 

Furniture hinges 431 

G 

Gauntlets 220 

Geneva shower door hinge 389 

Geo-Master 51 

Glass and tile cutter 25 

Glass band saw attachment DIAMANTOR 88 

Glass bead hole file 110 

Glass bonding 256 

Glass bonding kits 287 

Glass bonding, industrial 313 

Glass breaking device, JOBO 52 

Glass breaking pliers 46 

Glass carrying device Tragboy 164 

Glass carrying device Tragkuli 164 

Glass carrying gloves 219 

Glass cleaner 203 

Glass coating detector 213 

Glass cube for UV bonding 294 

Glass cutters for art glass 48 

Glass cutters with carbide cutting wheels 25 

Glass cutters with steel wheels 28 

Glass cutting wheels 26 

Glass discs, borosilicate, ø 20 mm 294 

Glass door hinge VERIFIX "CLIX" 90° 290, 306 

Glass door hinge VERIFIX 135° 291 

Glass door hinge VERIFIX 90° 290 

Glass door hinge VERIFIX 90° glass/wood 306 

Glass door hinges 431 

Glass door hinges, clamping 439 

Glass door hinges, flat, for bonding 292 

Glass door locks 443 

Glass drill stand 125 

Glass drilling machines, portable 123 

Glass drills 135 

Glass edge lacquer 121 

Glass file, carborundum 227 

Glass grinder Kristall 2000 S 87 

Glass grinding and polishing belts 102 

Glass grinding, pneumatic tools 86 

Glass grinding, power tools 83 

Glass gripper Griffi 118 

Glass grozing pliers 53 

Glass holders 459 

Glass nibbling pliers 55, 79 

Glass polisher Flex 147 

Glass polishing compound 119 

Glass Protect 247 

Glass protection film 137 

Glass Renovator 246 

Glass Renovator Heavy Duty 246 

Glass repair system 3M Trizact 146 

Glass repair system Scratch-A-Way 144 

Glass saws 136 

Glass scraper 196, 259 

Glass scraping blades 196 

Glass shelf support for wooden cabinets 307 

Glass shelf support, wall profile 452 

Glass shelf support/door stopper 298 

Glass shelf supports, stainless steel 293 

Glass supports, PVC 491 

Glass thickness gauge 215 

Glass thickness measuring device 215 

Glass transporting pliers 163 

Glass tube cutter 27 

GlassBuddy 212 

Glasses, safety 118 

Glass-O-Meter 215 

Glass-wood hinge “CRISTALLO” 305 

Glazier's aprons 223 

Glazier's hammers 192 

Glazier's knife 189 

Glazier's straight edges 41 

Glazier's wire pins 183 

Glazing shovel 186 

Gloves, KEVLAR 218 

Granada shower door hinges 383 

Griffi glass gripper 118 

Grinder awls 109 

Grinder bit for GLASTAR G51 115 

Grinding and polishing discs TRIZACT 105 

Grinding and polishing wheels for straight line edgers 108 

Grinding belt holder 104 

Grinding belts and abrasives for machinery 89 

Grinding belts for Makita 83 

Grinding cone holder 133 

Grinding cone to arris drill holes 133 

Grinding discs for disc grinding machines 104 

Grinding head 109 

Grinding pads, aluminium oxide 106 

Grinding pads, silicon carbide 105 

Grinding ring for GLASTAR grinders 115 

Grozing pliers 53 

Guide loops for locking strips 225 

Guide rail for putty cutter 142 

Guide rail for sliding doors 445 

H 

Hacking knives 189 

Hammers 192 

Hand files and abrasive hand pads 116 

Hand protection laps 221 

Hand seaming stone 116 

Handle for window washer 204 

Handles for all-glass doors 424 

Handles for showcase doors 449 

Handles for shower doors 403 

Handles for wooden doors 429 

Handles, for bonding 295 

09 

Informations 


495

HandyMax 210 

Hardware for all-glass constructions 406 

Hardware for glass 318 

Hardware for informational guidance systems 481 

Hardware for sliding doors 446 

Hearing protectors 222 

Heating pad for mirrors 478 

Helmet, protective 222 

High pressure hose 117 

Hinge “CRISTALLO FIX” for glass to glass bonding 289 

Hinge “SWING” glass/wood 306 

Hinges “Conus” 291 

Hinges “SWING” 291 

Hinges for clamping glass panes 439 

Hinges for glass doors 431 

Hinges for glass/wood furniture 305 

Hinges for shower doors 350 

Hinges, bonding, for showcases 289 

Hinges, flat, for bonding 292 

Hinges, flat, glass/wood 307 

Hobbykit 2 soldering iron 230 

Holder for table stand 482 

Holder, lead panel 232 

Hollow spherical abrasive belts 100 

Hose, high pressure 117 

Hose, reduction 117 

Hose, spiral, for compressor 282 

Hot air unit, electronic 260 

HV 770 adhesive 270 

I 

Impact drilling machine 125 

Industrial abrasive diamond belts 89 

Industrial diamond core drills 127 

Industrial glass bonding 313 

Industrial glass grinding belts, diamond 89 

Information plates, hardware for 481 

Inner corner clamps, VERIFIX suction 268 

Inserts, rubber, for clamps (fittings) 321 

Instructions for use, UV adhesives 276-277 

Interfacing for lead glazing 227 

Irons, soldering 229 

J 

Jewellery grinding head 115 

Jigsaw, pneumatic, wet 137 

JOBO glass breaking device 52 

K 

KEVLAR cut-resistant gloves 218 

KEVLAR sleeves, protective 219 

KEVLAR work aprons 223 

KEVLAR work vest 223 

Key for FEIN cutter 141 

Keys, spare, for locks 297 

Kimberly-Clark paper towels 202 

Kits for mirror fixation 464 

Knife for laminated glass 196 

Knife for sealed units 196 

Knife, Simplex 195 

KNIPEX grozing pliers 54 

KNIPEX pincers 193 

Knives, putty 187 

Knives, snap-off 194 

Kristall 2000 S glass grinder 87 

L 

Lacquer for glass edges 121 

Lamifix UV adhesive B 678-0 272 

Laminated glass, knife for 196 

Laminated glass, round blades for 79 

Laminated toughened glass clamps 329 

Lamp grinder head 111 

Lamps for curing UV adhesive 283 

Laser film for name plates 483 

Laser for Pico Drill 100 123 

Latch, magnetic, for UV bonding 298 

Latch, magnetic, for wooden cabinets 450 

Latch, pushbutton magnetic 299 

Latches, magnetic, for wooden cabinets 307 

Lateral cut-out tool kit 37 

Latex disposable gloves 221 

LCD glass drill 127 

Lead came 226 

Lead glazing 226 

Lead hammer 231 

Lead nails 231 

Lead panel holder 231 

Lead putty knives 190 

Lead reamer and burnisher 231 

Lead side-cutter 231 

Lead vice 232 

Leather apron 223 

Legs for tables, for bonding 309 

Legs, furniture, for glass bonding 308 

Lever, block 186 

Lever-activated suction lifter VERIBOR 156 

Lifting systems 166 

Light tunnel, VERIFIX, for UV curing 314 

Light UVA lamp 285 

Limescale Remover 245 

Lobosil lubricating spray 225 

Lock, floor 416 

Locking strip, automotive 224 

Locks for double doors 296 

Locks for glass doors 443 

Locks for inset / overlay doors 296 

Locks for sliding glass doors 447 


Locksmith's hammer 192 

Long Light XL UVA lamp 285 

Low-E glass, edge coating deleter wheels 148 

L-Squares 40 

LV 740 adhesive 269 

Monaco shower door hinges 368 

Mounting aid for carbide wheels 74 

Multi-Lift VERIBOR 172 

Multi-purpose sander 85 

MV 750 adhesive 270 

M 

M10 Sprayer for ClearShield 249 

M7P Sprayer for ClearShield 249 

Machines for glass sawing 136 

Magnet for mirrors 467 

Magnetic cube, VERIFIX 268 

Magnetic latch 450 

Magnetic latch for UV bonding 298 

Magnetic latches for wooden cabinets 307 

Magnetic snapper for glass doors 450 

Magnifying glass 145 

Makita belt grinder 83 

Makita cordless glass saw 136 

Makita multi-purpose sander 85 

Malaga shower door hinges 378 

Mallet, rubber 193 

Manual edge coating deleter 148 

Marine shower door hinges 360 

Markers for glass 121 

Mask, respiratory protective 222 

MASTER oil glass cutter 19 

Measuring and analysing tool, GlassBuddy 212 

Measuring device for UV lamp intensity 286 

Measuring tape 216 

Measuring tool MERLIN LASER 213 

Measuring tools 212 

Melaphone speech panels 487 

MERLIN LASER measuring tool 213 

MERLIN TGI toughened glass indicator 213 

Messfix telescopic measuring rod 214 

Metal - diamond grinding discs for Flex 147 

Metal brush for solder paste 228 

Metal diamond discs for dry grinding 107 

Metal fittings 318 

Metal holder for crayons 122 

Metal plates for mirror mounting 466 

Metal saw 134, 201 

Metering device 900 E, VERIFIX 282 

Microfibre cloth 203, 251 

Mirror adhesive tape 470 

Mirror bevels 237 

Mirror demisting pad 478 

Mirror edge 463 

Mirror fixations 464 

Mirror grinder head 110 

Mirror hangers Vitofix "Plus" 469 

Mirror magnet 467 

Mirror mounting GM PICO ® 475 

Mirror profile 474 

Mirror screws 477 

Mirrors, convex security 479 

Mitre shears 196, 224 

N 

Needles for applying UV adhesives 280 

Neutraliser 247 

Nibbling pliers for glass 55, 79 

NOVASIL S 50 silicone adhesive 278 

Nozzles for sealant guns 208 

O 

Oil glass cutters 19 

Oil valve 119 

Oil, pneumatic 119 

Oleic acid 228 

OLFA snap-off knife 195 

Outer corner clamps, VERIFIX suction 268 

Oval cutters 36 

Oval glass shelf supports 453 

Overpanel/sidelight connector 415 

P 

Packing tape 185 

Pad holder for ClearShield system 250 

Pads, resilient elastic 490 

Paint marker 121 

Pamplona shower door hinge 385 

Panasonic cartridge gun 209 

Panasonic cordless glass saw 136 

Paper towel dispensers 202, 258 

Paper towels 202, 258 

Parts for pivot door system 414 

Parts for sliding door system 409 

Pattern shears 231 

PCD axles 74 

PCD cutting wheels 71 

Pick Up all-rubber suction lifter 234 

Pico Drill drilling machine 123 

Pico Drill tabletop drilling machine 123 

Pico Drill with table 124 

PICO ® flush mirror mounting 475 

Pincers "Knipex" 193 

Pivot door system TwistTec 410 

Pivot poles with point fixings, TwistTec 414 

Plastic cap for wheel holder 432 73 

Plastic clip with blade 75 

Plastic profile for slide rail 446 

09 

Informations 


497

Plastic setting blocks 177 

Plastic stopper, suction holder with 160 

Plastic wheel holder with cutting wheel 72 

Plates for mirror mounting 466 

Pliers, rivet 349 

Pneumatic oil for oil valve 119 

Pneumatic power drill 86 

Pneumatic sealant dispenser gun 207 

Pneumatic tools for glass grinding 86 

Pneumatic wet jigsaw 137 

Point driver 201 

Point fixings 417 

Polishing and grinding belts 102 

Polishing and grinding discs TRIZACT 105 

Polishing belts, cork 103 

Polishing compound Quest 119 

Polishing disc Scratch-A-Way 145 

Polishing disc, felt 106 

Polishing felt wheel 118 

Portable bonding unit, VERIFIX 314 

Portable glass belt grinders 83 

Portable glass drilling machines 123 

Positioning aid for scalloping tool 57 

Positioning and fixation devices 262 

POWER oil glass cutter 20 

Power tools for glass grinding 83 

Powr-Grip pump-activated suction lifter 156 

Pre-Cleaner 245 

Press button for fixation of mirrors 468 

Pressure bar 51 

Pressure measuring device 79 

Pressurized water tank 125 

Primer for UV bonding 272 

Priming pump, suction lifter with 154 

Professional bonding unit 314 

Professional glass cleaner 203 

Profikit 100 soldering iron 229 

Profikit 200 soldering iron 229 

Profile glass cutting square 39 

Profiles 462 

Profiles, lead 226 

Projector to enlarge patterns 233 

Protective cap for wheel holder 432 73 

Protective clothing 218 

Protective extension cable 126 

Protective film for glass 137 

Protective films for windows 206 

Protective gloves 218 

Protective wrap 185 

Protective wrap with dispenser roller 184 

Protector pads 183, 491 

Protector pads, cork 182 

Pump-activated suction lifter Powr-Grip 156 

Pump-activated suction lifters 153 

Pushbutton magnetic latch 299 

Putty knives 187 

Putty removal chisel 148 

Putty router 142 

PVC supports for glass 491 

PYROSIL ® accessories 261 

PYROSIL ® applicator GVE 2 315 

PYROSIL ® basic set for silicate treatment 261 

PYROSIL ® professional set for silicate treatment 261 

Q 

Quest polishing compound 119 

Quick battery charger for Panasonic cartridge guns 209 

R 

Radius corner template 38 

Radius glass breaking pliers 46 

Rail with rubber strip for window washer 250 

Rail, dust protection with bristles 445 

Ratchet lock for sliding glass doors 447 

Reamer, lead 231 

Rebate cutter 142 

Reduction hose 117 

Reduction hose 1/2" to 3/8" 126 

Reflecting film 206 

Reinforcement bars for showers 397 

Resilient elastic pads, self-adhesive 304, 490 

Respiratory protector 222 

Ring blades 88 

Ringstar glass running pliers 52 

Ritepolish 246 

Rivet nuts 349 

Rivet pliers 349 

Rod handle, brushed stainless steel 295 

Roller for sliding doors 408 

Roller support frame with 12 rollers 122 

Roll-up workplace 51 

Rotary ventilators for windows 485 

Round blades for laminated glass 79 

Router, putty 142 

Rubber inserts for clamps (fittings) 321 

Rubber mallet 193 

Rubber profile, automotive glazing 224 

S 

SafecliX 464 

SafefiX 465 

SafemaX 463 

Safety brackets for clamps (fittings) 346 

Safety glasses 118, 222, 251, 260 

Safety helmet 222 

Sandblast Glass Protect 247 

Sandblast Protect Kit 243 

Sander, electric 85 

Sander, multi-purpose 85 

Saw bands 88 

Saw blade, diamond, for stoneware 131 

Saw blades for FEIN cutter 139 


Scalloping tool 57 

Scotch Brite cloth 259 

Scotch primer 472 

Scotchmount mirror adhesive tape 472 

Scraper, glass 196 

Scratch polishing compound 119 

Scratch removal 144 

Scratch-A-Way, glass repair system 144 

Screw driver set 200 

Screw-in grinder 112 

Screws, wood 477 

Scriber 121 

Sealant dispenser guns 207 

Sealant gun nozzles 208 

Sealing strips for shower doors 393 

Seaming stone, hand 116 

Seaming tool 161 

Seaming tool, hand 117 

Security mirrors 479 

Segmental drill, diamond 132 

Segments for segmental diamond drill 132 

Self-adhesive spacers for mirrors 468 

Set for manual application, ClearShield 244 

Set, VERIBOR suction lifter sets 158 

Sets of fittings for pivot doors, TwistTec 410 

Sets of fittings for sliding doors, SlideTec 406 

Setting blocks 177 

Shape templates 38 

Sharpening stone for diamond drills 133 

Shears, pattern 231 

Shelf support profile for glass shelves 452 

Shelf support/ showcase foot 300 

Shelf supports 452 

Shims, type 3 Euroklick 477 

Shims, wooden 183 

Shovel, glazing 186 

Showcase door handles 449 

Showcase foot 301 

Showcase hinges 431 

Shower Care Kit 244 

Shower door handles 403 

Shower door hinge "Barcelona" 376 

Shower door hinge "Bilbao" 379 

Shower door hinge "Cologne" 387 

Shower door hinge "Cordoba" 374 

Shower door hinge "De Luxe" 353 

Shower door hinge "Europe" 350 

Shower door hinge "Geneva" 389 

Shower door hinge "Granada" 383 

Shower door hinge "Malaga" 378 

Shower door hinge "Marine" 360 

Shower door hinge "Monaco" 369 

Shower door hinge "Pamplona" 385 

Shower door hinge "Valencia" 381 

Shower door hinges 350 

Shower door sealing strips 393 

Shower doorknobs 403 

Shower Glass Protect 248 

SIC abrasive belts for sander 85 

Side connectors for fixed partitions 420 

Side pincers 193 

Side-cutter, lead 231 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 oil glass cutter 19 

SILBERSCHNITT 2000 special glass cutter 25 

SILBERSCHNITT 4000 oil glass cutter 21 

SILBERSCHNITT axles 73 

SILBERSCHNITT carbide cutting wheels 61 

SILBERSCHNITT cutting fluid 43 

SILBERSCHNITT film cutting blades 75 

SILBERSCHNITT Geo-Master 51 

SILBERSCHNITT glass nibbling pliers 55 

SILBERSCHNITT grozing pliers 54 

SILBERSCHNITT JOKER 52 

SILBERSCHNITT PCD wheels 71 

SILBERSCHNITT roll-up workplace 51 

SILBERSCHNITT scalloping tool 57 

SILBERSCHNITT straight edge holder 161 

SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 19 

SILBERSCHNITT thick glass cutting sledge set 30 

Silicon carbide abrasive belts 93 

Silicon carbide grinding pads 105 

Silicone adhesive, dispensing gun 208 

Silicone adhesives 278 

Simplex hammer 192 

Simplex knife 195 

Skeleton guns 207, 210 

Sleeves, KEVLAR wrist protectors 219 

Slide rail for sliding doors 446 

SlideTec sliding door system 406 

Sliding cutting head 31 

Sliding door system for all-glass constructions 406 

Sliding doors, locks 447 

Sliding glass door handle 430 

Sliding track tube, SlideTec 409 

Smoothing spatulas 211 

Snap-off knives 194 

Snapper, magnetic 450 

Solar glass drill 127 

Solder 227 

Soldering iron tip cleaner 228 

Soldering irons 229 

Soldering paste 228 

Spacer tape 181 

Spacers for mirrors 468 

Spare bit for scalloping tool 57 

Spare parts for Flex wet belt grinder 84 

Spare wheel holders SILBERSCHNITT System 2000 20 

Spatulas 187 

Spatulas, smoothing 211 

Speak holes 486 

Special cleaner, UV 204 

Special cleaning cloth 251 

Special knife 195, 234 

Special nozzle for foil cartridge guns 208 

Speech panels 486 

Speed controls for window fans 484 

Speed Cutter 24 

Splinter protection film 206 

Spray head for glass cleaner 258 

Spray, lubricating, Lobosil 225 

Sprayers for ClearShield 249 

Springs for mirror holders 489 

Stabilising bars for showers 397 

Stainless steel discs for bonding 302 

09 

Informations 


499

Stainless steel doorknobs 295 

Stainless steel holder for information plates 481 

Stainless steel shelf supports 293 

Stand for glass drilling machine 125 

Standard abrasive diamond belts 91 

STANDARD oil glass cutter 20 

Standoffs 481 

Starter set, tools 199 

Static ventilators for windows 485 

Steel holder with blade 75 

Steel interfacing for lead glazing 227 

Steel wool 205, 259 

Step setting, suction holder for 160 

Stones, sharpening, for diamond drills 133 

Storage cart for magnetic grinding discs 106 

Storage tray for diamond drills 133 

Stormguard for Vent-a-matic 485 

Straight edge holder 42 

Straight edge holder SILBERSCHNITT 161 

Straight edges and L-squares 40 

Straps, carrying 165 

Strip cutter 48 

Suction holder for shape template 215 

Suction lifters 153 

Suction lifters, all-rubber 161 

Suction lifting system, Multi-Lift 172 

Suction pads for Compact-Lifts 171 

Suction stoppers, VERIFIX 263 

Suction wall hanger 161 

Sun-blocking film 206 

Support for abrasive cartridges 86 

Supports, breakfast bar 300, 301 

Surface bonding adhesive 278 

Surface Protection 243 

SWING hinges 291 

SWING hinges, glass/wood 306 

Swivelling ball castor 122 

System 2000 19 

T 

Table legs for glass bonding 309 

Table posts, stainless steel 310 

Table stand holder 482 

Tabletop drilling machine Pico Drill 123 

Tape "Vorsicht Glas" 185 

Tape dispenser 185 

Tape measure 216 

Tape, packing 185 

Tape, spacer 181 

Technical data for UV adhesives 274-275 

Template, shape 215 

Thick glass circle cutter 31 

Thick glass cutting kit 30 

Thin glass drill 127 

Thread converter for diamond drills 134 

Tile and glass cutter 25 

Tin side detector 214 

Tool bags 200 

Tool for point fixing 417 

Tool set for apprentices 199 

Tool set for automotive glazing 224 

Tool sets and tool bags 199 

Tools, diamond 109 

Toughened glass clamps (fittings) 321 

Toughened glass detector MERLIN TGI 213 

Towel racks 405 

Towels, paper 202 

Tower pincers "Knipex" 193 

TOYO oil glass cutters 24 

Track clamps for sliding doors 408 

Tragboy glass carrying device 164 

Tragkuli glass carrying device 164 

Transporting pliers for glass 163 

Trapezoidal blades 198 

TRIZACT glass grinding and polishing belts 102 

TRIZACT grinding and polishing discs 105 

T-square 41 

Tunnel, VERIFIX UV light 314 

Turntable bearing, stainless steel 303 

Twin glass track for sliding doors 445 

TwistTec pivot door system 410 

Two-component acrylate adhesive 280 

Two-component silicone adhesive 278 

Two-speed impact drilling machine 125 

U 

U profile, tinplate, for lead glazing 227 

U-channels 462 

Uni-Lift VERIBOR 173 

USB power set for GlassBuddy 213 

Utility doors for glass 488 

UV adhesive B 665-0 271 

UV adhesive B 682-T 271 

UV adhesive B 690-0 273 

UV adhesive B-678-0 “Lamifix” 272 

UV adhesive set, 5 colours 273 

UV adhesives 269 

UV adhesives, instructions for use 276-277 

UV adhesives, technical data 274-275 

UV bonding kit for beginners 288 

UV bonding table, VERIFIX 314 

UV measuring device 286 

UV special cleaner 204 

UV special wiping cloth 258 

UVA hand lamp UVAHAND 250 283 

UVA lamp H9 286 

UVA Star "Light" 285 

UVA Star "Long Light XL" 285 

UV-filtering safety glasses 222 


V 

Vacuum lifting systems 166 

Vacuum suction lifters 153 

Valencia shower door hinges 381 

Velcro diamond disc for angle grinder 85 

Velcro diamond discs 106 

Vent-a-matic rotary ventilators 484 

Vent-a-matic static ventilators 484 

Ventilator speed controls 484 

Ventilators for windows 483 

Venture copper foil 232 

VERIBOR carpet gripper 164 

VERIBOR Compact-Lift 166 

VERIBOR lever-activated suction lifters 156 

VERIBOR lifting systems 166 

VERIBOR Multi-Lift 172 

VERIBOR multi-pürpose holder 160 

VERIBOR plastic stopper with suction holder 160 

VERIBOR suction lifters 153 

VERIBOR Uni-Lift 173 

VERIFIX “CLIX” 90° glass door hinge 290 

VERIFIX 90° angle suction holders 264 

VERIFIX angle suction holders 262 

VERIFIX bonding table 314 

VERIFIX clamping devices 263 

VERIFIX eccentric suction stoppers 263 

VERIFIX light tunnel 314 

VERIFIX magnetic cube 268 

VERIFIX metering device 900 E 282 

VERIFIX portable bonding unit 314 

VERIFIX positioning device 268 

VERIFIX professional bonding kit with accessories 287 

VERIFIX pump-activated angle holder 267 

VERIFIX Quick adhesive 473 

VERIFIX suction corner clamps 267 

VERIFIX suction/magnetic holder 90° 265 

VERIFIX suction/magnetic holder 90° 268 

VERIFIX UV adhesive HV 770 270 

VERIFIX UV adhesive LV 740 269 

VERIFIX UV adhesive MV 750 270 

View-blocking film 206 

VISABEL mirror demisting pad 478 

Vito mirror adhesive tape 472 

Vitofix "Plus" mirror hangers 469 

Wet jigsaw, pneumatic 137 

Wheel holder for circle cutter 33 

Wheel holder module 73 

Wheel holders 72 

Wheel holders for SILBERSCHNITT 2000 20 

Wheels, Cutmaster Gold 70 

Window films 206 

Window lead 226 

Window ventilators 483 

Window washer handle 250 

Window washer with fleece 249 

Window wiper 204 

Windscreen tools 225 

Winkelfix 214 

Winkeltronic 214 

Wiping cloth, special UV 203 

Wire nails 183 

Wood screws, round headed 489 

Wooden folding rule 215 

Wooden furniture legs for glass bonding 308 

Wooden hammer 192 

Wooden setting blocks 179 

Wooden wedges 183 

Work aprons 118, 223 

Work gloves 218 

Work helmet 222 

Work vest, KEVLAR 223 

Wrapping film, bubble wrap 184 

Wrist protectors 219 

X 

XtraCryl adhesive tape 471 

Xtragrip ® mirror adhesive 473 

Xtramount mirror adhesive tape 470 

Xtraprime, for mirror adhesive 473 

Y 

Y profile for lead glazing 227 

Yardstick, folding 215 

W 

Washing compound for glass washing machines 120 

Water feed chuck for drill 125 

Water feed, flexible 117 

Water tank, pressurized 124 

Water tray for flushing system 113 

Weatherstrip, automotive 224 

Wedges, wooden 183 

Wet belt grinder Flex 84 

Wet drilling machine, cordless 124 

Z 

ZAG-ZAG glass nibbling pliers 56 

09 

Informations 


501


Order Form 

Sender 

Bohle AG 

Postfach 1163 

D-42755 Haan 

GERMANY 

Customer No. 

Contact Person 

Phone 

Fax 

E-Mail 

Article Number Quantity Unit* Description Unit Price € 

Please send me new order forms 

Order immediately - online under: www.Bohle.de 

Simply return page by fax: F +49 2129 5568-201 

* Possible units: piece, pair, dozen, box, meter, pack, set, bag, liter, can etc. 

We publish comprehensive General Sales Conditions on which we conduct business exclusively. We supply copies on 

request - ask for yours today. By placing orders with us you agree to accept these terms exclusively without exception 

Place, Date 

Signature 


503

Export Sales Conditions 

1. Application 

These conditions apply to sales, service as well as all statements 

made by Bohle in catalogues, brochures, price lists, quotations, on 

the internet or verbally. Variations of these conditions are only 

valid if confirmed by Bohle in writing. Any other terms or conditions 

are excluded. Placing an order means acceptance of these 

conditions. Bohle may change their sales conditions at their discretion. 

2. Orders/Contract 

Orders are accepted by mail, internet, phone or fax but are only 

binding when accepted by Bohle in writing (order confirmation). 

3.Price & Payment Terms 

Quotations are only valid in writing and for the stated period. 

Bohle reserves the right to change products at any time but guarantees 

at least equivalent functionality and performance. 

Prices are to be understood in €, net, ex-works, excluding tax, 

transport cost, insurance and installation. Bohle reserves the right 

to adjust prices due to exchange rates, production cost, duties, 

insurance, freight and other purchase costs (incl. for components 

& services). 

Orders below € 300 are not accepted. For orders of up to € 600 a 

processing charge of € 80 will be added. Excluded are deliveries 

of spare parts. 

Payment is to be made either in advance (wire transfer) or by irrevocable, 

confirmed letter of credit issued to our indicated bank. 

Other payment conditions have to be agreed upon prior to accepting 

the order. All bank charges outside Germany are for the 

account of the purchaser. Bohle covers all bank charges inside 

Germany. 

Bohle may suspend deliveries or service until having received full 

payment. Late payment entitles Bohle to charge interest of 6% 

above the minimum bank rate of the European Central Bank on the 

amount due. Any cost involved with receiving a late payment are 

for the account of the purchaser. Cheques may only be accepted 

conditionally. 

5. Acceptance 

Delivered products have to be inspected by the purchaser promptly 

after receipt of the delivery. If the purchaser does not claim any 

discrepancies in the delivery within 1 week after receipt of the 

shipment in his warehouse, the goods are considered as accepted. 

Should Bohle agree to returning products, they must be in their 

original condition (unused, undamaged, in original packaging) and 

accompanied by a return note as well as proof of purchase. Any 

return charges are for the purchaser's account. 

6. Warranty 

Bohle guarantees that their products will be free from defects for 

6 months after date of invoice. Should a product be defective within 

this period, Bohle will repair or replace it within a reasonable 

time. Bohle is allowed to examine the product at the purchaser's 

or Bohle's premises (at Bohle´s choice). Any return of goods has to 

be approved by Bohle in writing before being effected. Any shipments 

sent collect will not be accepted. Bohle will not accept 

warranty protection claims for damage caused by incorrect installation, 

use, modifications or repair by the purchaser or any unauthorised 

3rd party. 

7. Liability 

Any liability exceeding the replacement of faulty material is generally 

excluded. This refers especially to any indirect or consequential 

loss, damages or expenses. 

8. Force Majeure 

Bohle is not liable for delays in delivery or service caused by circumstances 

beyond their reasonable control and will be entitled 

to a delivery time extension for the fulfilment of the order. 

9. Jurisdiction 

Only German law applies and the exclusive place of jurisdiction 

for all legal disputes is Haan, Germany. 

4. Delivery/Title/Risk 

Deliveries take place from our warehouses in Haan or Torgau 

(Germany). The delivery period stated in the order confirmation is 

approximate. Delays in delivery do not justify any kind of compensation. 

We reserve the right to supply similar articles in case the products 

ordered are not available or have been modified. Partial deliveries 

may be made. Title to product passes on full payment only. Until 

then the purchaser has to insure and store the goods separately 

and may not modify, pledge or sell them. On request the products 

have to be made available to Bohle for re-collection. Should the 

purchaser sell the goods before the title has passed, the proceeds 

of that sale shall be held on Bohle's behalf, separately from the 

purchaser's general funds. If the purchaser refuses to accept a 

delivery without Bohle's agreement, he must pay Bohle's expenses 

or loss resulting from that refusal, including storage costs, 

until he accepts delivery. 


In regard to this catalogue 

With the printing of this catalogue, all previous catalogues and price lists, or parts thereof, are no longer valid. Our offers apply to retail, 

trade and industry. Technical specifications (dimensions, weights, materials, etc.) and other specifications (design, colour, etc.) are subject 

to change. The range of products can change during the time this catalogue is current. In particular, we reserve the right to remove 

individual articles without prior notice. Please request further details from your contact person. Print-related colour variations are 

possible. Bohle AG is not liable for any printing or other errors in this catalogue. For many of the articles protective rights such as patents, 

trademarks, design copyrights, etc. have been registered or are pending registration - also by third parties. 

© Copyright by Bohle - This catalogue is protected in all parts (texts, photos, etc.) by copyright. Any use outside the strict limits of 

copyright laws without written permission of Bohle AG is not permitted. This applies in particular to duplications, reprints, translations, 

microfilming as well as saving and processing in electronic systems. 


505

Important procedures in case of 

transport damage: 

Do not change packing or contents. 

Do not use the products. 

Inform the forwarder of the damage. 

The table below explains the important steps. 

Inform Bohle directly of the damage. 

Before accepting the delivery, make sure the number of cartons/packages is correct. 

Later claims regarding missing products can only be accepted in exceptional cases. 

Transport by: 

Packaging damaged: 

Packaging fine but 

contents damaged: 

What we need 

from you: 

Parcel Service 

Refuse the package altogether 

or, when accepting the package, 

make a note on the delivery slip 

of the parcel service and inform 

the corresponding depot 

immediately. 

Inform the corresponding parcel 

service immediately after having 

received the goods as otherwise 

there is no insurance coverage. 

The package number and number 

of delivery note. Without these, 

an acknowledgement of the 

damage is not possible. 

Postal Service 

Request a written confirmation 

from the post man or refuse the 

package. 

Inform the corresponding post 

office and request their visit 

and confirmation of the facts. 

Present original package within 

24 hours. 

A damage confirmation from the 

post office. 

Without it, a regulation of the 


Train 

Refuse the delivery or unpack in 

presence of a member of the 

carrier´s business and request a 

confirmation of the facts from 

the goods department. 

Inform the corresponding goods 

department and request their 

visit and confirmation of the 

facts. Damages must be claimed 

within one week. 

An official confirmation of facts 

and the original consignment 

note with endorsement on the 

back. Without these, an 

acknowledgement of the 


Forwarder 

Refuse delivery or, when 

accepting, make a 

corresponding comment on the 

delivery note of the forwarder 

and inform the 

forwarder immediately. 

Inform the forwarder 

immediately after receipt of the 

delivery as otherwise there is 

no insurance coverage. 

Copy of the receipt slip with 

indication of damage. 


How to contact Bohle 

Bohle AG 

Bohle Online Shop 

www.bohle.de 

If you don't have a contact person yet, dial 

Phone 

+49 2129 5568-0 for our reception 

Fax +49 2129 5568-201 

E-Mail 

export@bohle.de 

Picking goods up D - 42781 Haan · Siemensstraße 1 

Postal address D - 42755 Haan · Postfach 101163 

Opening hours 

Monday to Thursday 

Friday 

Picking goods up 

Monday to Thursday 

Friday 

8.00 am - 4.30 pm 

8.00 am - 2.00 pm 

8.00 am - 3.00 pm 

8.00 am - 12.00 am

Germany 

Bohle AG · Head Office 

Dieselstraße 10 

D - 42781 Haan 

T +49 2129 5568-0 

F +49 2129 5568-201 

export@bohle.de 

KA 01EXGB00 · 03-08 · VVA 1,1

Glass Processing - Arsenal-analitik74.ru

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?